American Kenpo Compenduim

The American Kenpo Research Council PRESENTS

THE

AMERICAN KENPO COMPENDIUM RECONNECTING THE SYSTEM

A comprehensive look at the standard curriculum of the 16, 24 and 32 technique systems. by Eric Lamkin

DISCLAIMER This publication is for informational purposes only. Please note that the author and EliteFighters.com are NOT RESPONSIBLE in any manner whatsoever for any injury or death that may result from the use or misuse from practicing the techniques and/or following the instructions given within. Since the physical activities described herein may be too strenuous in nature for some readers to engage in safely, it is essential that a physician be consulted prior to training.

Copyright © 2006 by Eric Lamkin and Elite-Fighters.com No part of this work may be reproduced by any mechanical, photographic, magnetic, or electronic process or otherwise copied for public or private use without prior written permission of the author. Printed in the United States of America

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin

The AMERICAN KENPO COMPENDIUM RECONNECTING THE SYSTEM

A comprehensive look at the standard curriculum of the 16, 24 and 32 technique systems.

by Eric Lamkin

INTRODUCTION

THE FIVE DEVELOPMENTAL PHASES OF AMERICAN KENPO The Early Days American Kenpo Karate has undergone five distinct phases of development as viewed from the belt curriculum. In its earliest incarnation, the system had only three belt colors— white, brown, and black—and degrees within the white and brown levels. There was no standard curriculum until the early 1960’s. The 32 Technique System In the early 1960’s, Ed Parker wanted to systemize the curriculum to enable better franchising of his martial art studios. During this time he created the first teaching manuals and divided all techniques into four colored belt levels—Orange, Purple, Blue and Green. Each belt level contained 32 self-defense techniques along with a number of prescribed basics, forms and sets. In addition, there was a Green-Orange Belt group which consisted of adding extensions to the 32 techniques found in the Orange Belt. The 24 Technique System In time, as new material was added to the system, the belt colors were expanded to Yellow, Orange, Purple, Blue, Green, 3rd Degree Brown Belt, 2nd Degree Brown Belt, 1st Degree Brown Belt and Black Belt. To have enough material to teach within these new levels, the 32 techniques per belt were reduced to 24 per belt and motion was pulled from forms 4, 5 and 6 to complete categories of motion. In addition, new sets and technique extensions were introduced by some of his students, which received Mr. Parker’s blessing, but were not created by him. The second version of the manual for 24 Technique System corrected the order of some of the Orange Belt techniques and removed the following techniques from the system: INTELLECTUAL DEPARTURE, AGGRESSIVE TWINS, and SPREADING BRANCHES. In addition, a technique called THE PINCHER was changed to THE GRASP OF DEATH. The 24 Technique System became the official curriculum for all schools teaching American Kenpo with the publication of Infinite Insights Into Kenpo in the early 1980’s. The 16 Technique System Prior to Ed Parker’s death, some students introduced the idea of reducing the number of techniques per belt to 16. Though Ed Parker had a similar idea several years earlier, only the 24 Technique was sanctioned as the official curriculum. The idea for a 16 Technique System was popularized by Brian Duffy. He wanted to reduce the number of techniques at the beginning and spread the curriculum over an additional 2 belt levels. Many commercial schools adopted this new arrangement because it significantly increased student retention at the early belt levels.


INTRODUCTION

The Kenpo 5.0 System In 2006, Jeff Speakman created a hybrid of the last generation version of American Kenpo by introducing ground fighting principles into the curriculum. In addition, techniques are taught within combat models that greatly increases spontaneity. THE PROBLEM Throughout its development, Ed Parker held true to one idea—standardization. Although the curriculum evolved over time, he knew that for the art to continue to develop consistently and to ensure quality, the Kenpo System must be standardized. If every school and every instructor taught their own version of Kenpo, then rank loses its meaning and the art itself would begin to fragment. This was clearly evident after his death in 1990. Shortly after his death, “rank-seekers” began to flourish. New versions of Kenpo began to emerge to justify their “new” rank and to enable these individuals to obtain exclusive “knowledge” of the system. This lust for rank and power quickly eroded the status that Kenpo once held in the martial art community the Ed Parker worked hard to build. Today, there are more versions of Kenpo and more “10th Degree Black Belts” than there has ever been throughout its entire history. Though “rank-seekers” have certainly contributed to the lack of consistency in skill levels, the systems themselves have done so as well. In the 32 Technique System the curriculum is spread to 1st Degree Black Belt; in the 24 Technique System the same amount of material is spread to 3rd Degree Black Belt; and in the 16 Technique System the material is spread to 5th Degree Black Belt. This has lead some individuals to “compare ranks” and adjust their accordingly. For example, a practitioner who holds a 3rd Degree Black Belt in the 24 Technique System sees a student in the 16 Technique System earn a 5th Degree Black Belt for learning the same amount of material. So, he “promotes himself” up to 5th Degree Black Belt to make it “equal”. This has further decreased the quality of practitioners in American Kenpo. ABOUT THIS BOOK I am a strong believer in standardizing the Art. This is not to say that I wish to stagnate the art and make it a “traditional art”. On the contrary, I feel that it is vital to the survival of Kenpo, in quality and creativity, to have a common base from which we all begin and can use as a point of reference. In addition, I feel that it is important to view Kenpo as a whole throughout its historical development. These were the inspirations for this book. Using actual historical materials such as film, notes and manuals, I have researched each self-defense technique to describe its development throughout the history of the Kenpo System. At a single glance, you can read the orthodox version of the defense as well as see how it was performed in its early stages. Though I have use the 24 Technique System as a foundation, this book has been organized to enable a practitioner from any of the three major systems (16, 24 or 32) to quickly reference the technique. I hope that you will use this information to achieve a greater appreciation for the art of American Kenpo and to continue its development as “we all strive for unity and proficiency in the Art.”


16 TECHNIQUE SYSTEM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

YELLOW BELT Delayed Sword Alternating Maces Sword of Destruction Deflecting Hammer Captured Twigs Grasp of Death Checking the Storm Mace of Aggression Attacking Mace Sword and Hammer Intellectual Departure

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

ORANGE BELT Clutching Feathers Triggered Salute Dance of Death Thrusting Salute Gift of Destruction Locking Horns Evading the Storm Lone Kimono Glancing Salute Five Swords Scraping Hoof Grip of Death Repeating Mace Shielding Hammer Striking Serpent’s Head Crashing Wings

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.

PURPLE BELT Twirling Wings Snapping Twig Leaping Crane Buckling Branch Crushing Hammer Captured Leaves Calming the Storm Crossing Talon Reversing Mace Thrusting Prongs Locked Wing Obscure Wing Raining Claw Spiraling Twig Twisted Twig Obscure Sword Spreading Branch

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

BLUE BELT Twin Kimono Parting Wings Thundering Hammers Swinging Pendulum Squeezing the Peach Circling Wing Obstructing the Storm Darting Mace Hooking Wings Shield and Sword Gift in Return Bow of Compulsion Charging Ram Sleeper Cross of Destruction Flight to Freedom

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

GREEN BELT Begging Hands Thrusting Wedge Flashing Wings Hugging Pendulum Repeated Devastation Destructive Twins Defying the Storm Crossed Twigs Snaking Talon Shield and Mace Retreating Pendulum Tripping Arrow Wings of Silk Conquering Shield Entangled Wing Raking Mace

3RD DEGREE BROWN BELT 1. Dominating Circles 2. Twist of Fate 3. Flashing Mace 4. Detour From Doom 5. Gift of Destiny 6. Blinding Sacrifice 7. Returning Storm 8. Glancing Spear 9. Encounter with Danger 10. Gathering Clouds 11. Circle of Doom 12. Squatting Sacrifice Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin

13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

Fallen Cross Brushing the Storm Desperate Falcons Circling the Horizon Gripping Talon Broken Ram Circling Destruction Obscure Claws

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

2nd DEGREE BROWN BELT Menacing Twirl Leap From Danger Circles of Protection Rotating Destruction Broken Gift Escape from Death Capturing the Storm Intercepting the Ram The Back Breaker Deceptive Panther Twirling Sacrifice Heavenly Ascent Securing the Storm Falling Falcon Taming the Mace Defensive Cross Cross of Death Kneel of Compulsion Bowing to Buddha Glancing Wing

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.

1ST DEGREE BROWN BELT Fatal Cross Thrust Into Darkness Circling Fans Dance of Darkness Falcons of Force The Bear and the Ram Clipping the Storm Circling Windmills Leap of Death Protecting Fans Reversing Circles Courting the Tiger Gathering of the Snakes Raining Lance Destructive Fans Unfurling Crane Unwinding Pendulum

16 TECHNIQUE SYSTEM

18. Grasping Eagles 19. Parting of the Snakes 20. Glancing Lance 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

1ST DEGREE BLACK BELT Destructive Kneel Entwined Maces Marriage of the Rams The Ram and the Eagle Escape from the Storm Thrusting Lance Capturing the Rod Prance of the Tiger Fatal Deviation Snakes of Wisdom Reprimanding the Bears Circling the Storm Entwined Lance Broken Rod Twirling Hammers Piercing Lance Unfolding the Dark Defying the Rod Escape From Darkness Twisted Rod

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24.

2ND DEGREE BLACK BELT Clutching Feathers Triggered Salute Dance of Death Thrusting Salute Gift of Destruction Locking Horns Lone Kimono Glancing Salute Five Swords Buckling Branch Scraping Hoof Grip of Death Crossing Talon Repeating Mace Shielding Hammer Striking Serpent’s Head Locked Wing Obscure Wing Reversing Mace Thrusting Prongs Twisted Twig Obscure Sword Raining Claw Crashing Wings

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24.

3RD DEGREE BLACK BELT Twirling Wings Snapping Twig Leaping Crane Swinging Pendulum Crushing Hammer Captured Leaves Evading the Storm Charging Ram Parting Wings Thundering Hammers Squeezing the Peach Circling Wing Calming the Storm Darting Mace Hooking Wings Shield and Sword Gift in Return Bow of Compulsion Obstructing the Storm Twin Kimono Sleeper Spiraling Twig Cross of Destruction Flight to Freedom

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24.

4TH DEGREE BLACK BELT Begging Hands Thrusting Wedge Flashing Wings Hugging Pendulum Repeated Devastation Entangled Wing Defying the Storm Raking Mace Snaking Talon Shield and Mace Retreating Pendulum Tripping Arrow Fallen Cross Returning Storm Crossed Twigs Twist of Fate Flashing Mace Gift of Destiny Wings of Silk Gripping Talon Gathering Clouds Destructive Twins Broken Ram Circling the Horizon


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24.

5TH DEGREE BLACK BELT Obscure Claws Encounter With Danger Circling Destruction Detour From Doom Squatting Sacrifice Escape from Death Brushing the Storm Menacing Twirl Leap from Danger Circles of Protection Circle of Doom Broken Gift Heavenly Ascent Capturing the Storm Conquering Shield Taming the Mace Twirling Sacrifice Cross of Death Securing the Storm Intercepting the Ram Kneel of Compulsion Clipping the Storm Glancing Wing The Back Breaker 6TH DEGREE BLACK BELT Time in Grade and Contribution to the Art 7TH DEGREE BLACK BELT Time in Grade and Contribution to the Art 8TH DEGREE BLACK BELT Time in Grade and Contribution to the Art 9TH DEGREE BLACK BELT Time in Grade and Contribution to the Art 10TH DEGREE BLACK BELT Reserved for Senior Grandmaster Edmund Kealoha Parker

ORTHODOX 24 TECHNIQUE SYSTEM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

YELLOW BELT Delayed Sword Alternating Maces Sword of Destruction Deflecting Hammer Captured Twigs Grasp of Death Checking the Storm Mace of Aggression Attacking Mace Sword and Hammer

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24.

ORANGE BELT Clutching Feathers Triggered Salute Dance of Death Thrusting Salute Gift of Destruction Locking Horns Lone Kimono Glancing Salute Five Swords Buckling Branch Scraping Hoof Grip of Death Crossing Talon Repeating Mace Shielding Hammer Striking Serpent’s Head Locked Wing Obscure Wing Reversing Mace Thrusting Prongs Twisted Twig Obscure Sword Raining Claw Crashing Wings

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

PURPLE BELT Twirling Wings Snapping Twig Leaping Crane Swinging Pendulum Crushing Hammer Captured Leaves

7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24.

Evading the Storm Charging Ram Parting Wings Thundering Hammers Squeezing the Peach Circling Wing Calming the Storm Darting Mace Hooking Wings Shield and Sword Gift in Return Bow of Compulsion Obstructing the Storm Twin Kimono Sleeper Spiraling Twig Cross of Destruction Flight to Freedom

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24.

BLUE BELT Begging Hands Thrusting Wedge Flashing Wings Hugging Pendulum Repeated Devastation Entangled Wing Defying the Storm Raking Mace Snaking Talon Shield and Mace Retreating Pendulum Tripping Arrow Fallen Cross Returning Storm Crossed Twigs Twist of Fate Flashing Mace Gift of Destiny Wings of Silk Gripping Talon Gathering Clouds Destructive Twins Broken Ram Circling the Horizon


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24.

GREEN BELT Obscure Claws Encounter With Danger Circling Destruction Detour From Doom Squatting Sacrifice Escape from Death Brushing the Storm Menacing Twirl Leap from Danger Circles of Protection Circle of Doom Broken Gift Heavenly Ascent Capturing the Storm Conquering Shield Taming the Mace Twirling Sacrifice Cross of Death Securing the Storm Intercepting the Ram Kneel of Compulsion Clipping the Storm Glancing Wing The Back Breaker

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.

3RD DEGREE BROWN BELT Glancing Spear Thrust Into Darkness Circling Fans Rotating Destruction Falcons of Force The Bear and the Ram Raining Lance Desperate Falcons Leap of Death Protecting Fans Deceptive Panther Courting the Tiger Gathering of the Snakes Glancing Lance Dominating Circles Destructive Fans Unfurling Crane Grasping Eagles

ORTHODOX 24 TECHNIQUE SYSTEM

19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24.

Parting of the Snakes Thrusting Lance Blinding Sacrifice Snakes of Wisdom Entwined Lance Falling Falcon

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24.

2ND DEGREE BROWN BELT Fatal Cross Twirling Hammers Defensive Cross Dance of Darkness Marriage of the Rams The Ram and the Eagle Escape from the Storm Circling Windmills Destructive Kneel Bowing to Buddha Reversing Circles Reprimanding the Bears Circling the Storm Unfolding the Dark Unwinding Pendulum Piercing Lance Escape from Darkness Capturing the Rod Prance of the Tiger Broken Rod Entwined Maces Defying the Rod Fatal Deviation Twisted Rod

6TH DEGREE BLACK BELT Time in Grade and Contribution to the Art 7TH DEGREE BLACK BELT Time in Grade and Contribution to the Art 8TH DEGREE BLACK BELT Time in Grade and Contribution to the Art 9TH DEGREE BLACK BELT Time in Grade and Contribution to the Art 10TH DEGREE BLACK BELT Reserved for Senior Grandmaster Edmund Kealoha Parker

1ST DEGREE BROWN BELT Extensions of Orange Belt 1ST DEGREE BLACK BELT Extensions of Purple Belt 2ND DEGREE BLACK BELT Extensions of Blue Belt 3RD DEGREE BLACK BELT Extensions of Green Belt 4TH DEGREE BLACK BELT Time in Grade and Contribution to the Art 5TH DEGREE BLACK BELT Time in Grade and Contribution to the Art Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin

32 TECHNIQUE SYSTEM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32.

ORANGE BELT Clutching Feathers Triggered Salute Dance of Death Gift of Destruction Locking Horns Lone Kimono Glancing Salute Five Swords Scraping Hoof Grip of Death Crossing Talon Shielding Hammer Thrusting Salute Striking Serpent’s Head Locked Wing Obscure Wing Reversing Mace Buckling Branch Thrusting Prongs Twisted Twig Obscure Sword Repeating Mace Raining Claw Crashing Wings Captured Leaves Evading the Storm Twirling Wings Snapping Twig Leaping Crane Crushing Hammer Circling Wing Calming the Storm

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

PURPLE BELT Charging Ram Parting Wings Thundering Hammers Squeezing the Peach Bow of Compulsion Obstructing the Storm Darting Mace Shield and Sword Swinging Pendulum Gift in Return Cross of Destruction Twin Kimono Hooking Wings Sleeper

15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32.

Spiraling Twig Begging Hands Flight to Freedom Flashing Wings Repeated Devastation Entangled Wing Defying the Storm Raking Mace Thrusting Wedge Shield and Mace Tripping Arrow Fallen Cross Returning Storm Crossed Twigs Flashing Mace Hugging Pendulum Wings of Silk Gathering Clouds

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29.

BLUE BELT Gripping Talon Snaking Talon Circling the Horizon Retreating Pendulum Gift of Destiny Destructive Twins Broken Ram Twist of Fate Circling Destruction Squatting Sacrifice Escape from Death Obscure Claws Circles of Protection Heavenly Ascent Brushing the Storm Menacing Twirl Taming the Mace Detour from Doom Cross of Death Capturing the Storm Conquering Shield Encounter with Danger Kneel of Compulsion Circle of Doom Broken Gift Securing the Storm Intercepting the Ram Leap from Danger Glancing Wing


30. Twirling Sacrifice 31. Clipping the Storm 32. The Back Breaker 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32.

GREEN BELT Circling Fans Falcons of Force The Bear and the Ram Glancing Spear Raining Lance Thrust Into Darkness Protecting Fans Rotating Destruction Courting the Tiger The Ram and the Eagle Desperate Falcons Glancing Lance Escape from Darkness Unfurling Crane Deceptive Panther Grasping Eagles Gathering of the Snakes Thrusting Lance Unfolding the Dark Destructive Fans Marriage of the Rams Parting of the Snakes Dominating Circles Piercing Lance Leap of Death Entwined Maces Reprimanding the Bears Blinding Sacrifice Entwined Lance Fatal Deviation Snakes of Wisdom Falling Falcon 3RD DEGREE BROWN BELT Extensions of Orange Belt 2ND DEGREE BROWN BELT Extensions of Purple Belt 1ST DEGREE BROWN BELT Extensions of Blue Belt 1ST DEGREE BLACK BELT Extensions of Green Belt

32 TECHNIQUE SYSTEM

2ND DEGREE BLACK BELT Time in Grade and Contribution to the Art 3RD DEGREE BLACK BELT Time in Grade and Contribution to the Art 4TH DEGREE BLACK BELT Time in Grade and Contribution to the Art 5TH DEGREE BLACK BELT Time in Grade and Contribution to the Art 6TH DEGREE BLACK BELT Time in Grade and Contribution to the Art 7TH DEGREE BLACK BELT Time in Grade and Contribution to the Art 8TH DEGREE BLACK BELT Time in Grade and Contribution to the Art 9TH DEGREE BLACK BELT Time in Grade and Contribution to the Art 10TH DEGREE BLACK BELT Reserved for Senior Grandmaster Edmund Kealoha Parker


HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL Name of Technique

Elements of Technique Basics, Concepts & Principles and Related Techniques contained within this self-defense technique appear here.

Supplemental Notes Alternate Versions of the technique or supplementary notes appear in BLUE.

Data Box Contains: • Types of Attack, • Web of Knowledge Grouping • Defensive Location (whether the attack is on the inside or outside of the opponent’s arms) • Positional Relationship of Feet • Direction of Attack • Location in the 16, 24 or 32 Curriculum* • Location in Forms

Standard Description The standard method of performing the defense appears in BLACK.

Performance Notes Details on the performance of each move appears in RED. In addition, if there are variations in the original manuals it will appear here.

*All techniques are hyperlinked to the techniques lists.

YELLOW BELT


DELAYED SWORD NAME—In this technique, a handsword will be utilized to counter-strike against a lapel grab attack; however, the handsword (sword) will be delayed from the first defensive action by a kick. BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Hammering Inward Block Front Snapping Ball Kick Outward Downward Diagonal Handsword Strike CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Back-Up Mass Gravitational Marriage Torque Control of the Dimensional Zones Contouring Open-Ended Triangle RELATED TECHNIQUES Sword of Destruction Deflecting Hammer Intellectual Departure Falcons of Force Five Swords

ATTACK FRONT Right Hand Lapel Grab WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside Right POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Yellow #1 Orthodox 24 System Yellow #1 32 System Not Found FORM LOCATION NONE


1

DELAYED SWORD

TECHNIQUE •This technique was originally called Retreating Sword. In this version, the handsword immediatley followed the block and a right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s groin concluded the technqiue. After the kick was delivered, the right foot planted back toward 6:00. Unfortunately, many students were retreating too early and, in effect, moving away from the handsword strike. To correct this error, the technique was changed by “delaying” the handsword with the kick. •This technique was originally taught as a defense against a punch. In later versions of Kenpo, it was placed at the #1 position in Yellow Belt was made into a defense against a lapel grab. It should be noted that in its present form, this technique is better suited as a defense against a punch or an attempted lapel grab. Once the grab is made, however, the concept of “Get the Upper Hand” must follow. In such circumstances, utilize the following variation: Step 1 With your left hand pin the opponent’s right hand to your left shoulder as you step back with your left foot and form a right neutral bow stance. This action should pull the opponent’s right arm controlling his Dimensional Zones. Deliver a right hammering inward block to either the nerves inside his right arm or, if range allows, to the bridge of his nose. Steps 2-3 [SAME]

1. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right hammering inward block to the inside of the opponent’s right arm. Your left hand is positioned at solar plexus level to act as a positional check. •By stepping away from your opponent, you increase the distance and give yourself more time to defend. •A general rule is to get your distance first AND THEN the rotation. •The right inward block should not knock the opponent’s arm away as it would create a rotation and may invite the opponent’s left hand into action. Instead, your right arm makes contact just below the opponent’s elbow and frictionally pulls toward the opponent’s right wrist. This will create an Angle of Disturbance and momentarily control his Dimensional Zones.

2. Immediately deliver a right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s groin. •This kick will control the opponent’s Height Zone by forcing him to bend forward at the waist. It will also provide you with Borrowed Reach for the next target. •The kick may travel through a transitional cat stance prior to kicking.

3. Plant toward 12:00 and form a right neutral bow stance to check the opponent’s right knee. Simultaneously deliver a right outward downward diagonal handsword strike to the right side of the opponent’s neck. Immediately slide your right hand (after the strike) to his right wrist to act as a precautionary check (rebounding check). •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicates planting toward 11:00. This will ensure that the buckle to the right leg is properly executed. •Some practitioners plant in a right wide kneel stance to utilize Gravitational Marriage.

NOTE: The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio Manuals do not indicate an Angle of Departure.


2

ALTERNATING MACES NAME—A mace was an ancient weapon of war that consisted of a stick and some type of weighted striking surface at one end. In this defense your arms (maces) will alternate in their defensive actions. BASICS Technique Neutral Bow Stance Inward Block Forward Bow Stance Thrusting Vertical Punch Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Torque Back Up Mass Bracing Angle

ATTACK FRONT Two Hand Push WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Pushes DEFENSIVE LOCATION Above POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Yellow #2 Orthodox 24 System Yellow #2 32 System Not found

RELATED TECHNIQUES Raining Claw Snaking Talon Circling Fans Reversing Mace

FORM LOCATION None


3

ALTERNATING MACES

TECHNIQUE •The defense is sometimes called ALTERNATING MACE. •In the Ideal Phase, the opponent steps forward with his right foot as he pushes with both hands.

1. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right inward block to the outside of the opponent’s left arm. Your left hand checks at solar plexus level. •This action controls the opponent’s Width Zone and redirects his forward body momentum.

2. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance facing 12:00 as you collapse your right arm to check above the opponent’s arms and simultaneously deliver a left thrusting vertical punch to his sternum. •In the orthodox method, your left arm punches over your right arm. Some practitioners punch under the right arm. This will depend upon the circumstances. Care should be take, however, not to clear the opponent’s arms down into your left punch.

3. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 and deliver a right outward horizontal back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right temple. Your left hand checks, palm open, on top of his arms. •Your right arm travels inside and over your left arm. •The torque stemming from your stance change increases the whipping action of your right arm by utilizing counter rotation. •Your right hand snaps back and acts as a positional check.



4

SWORD OF DESTRUCTION NAME—The name “destruction” is a symbolic term used to describe an action stemming from the left side of the body. In this defense, a left (destruction) punch is attempted which is defended with an extended outward block and countered with a handsword (sword) to the left side of the opponent’s neck. BASICS Technique Neutral Bow Stance Extended Outward Block Transitional 45-Degree Cat Stance Front Snapping Ball Kick Inward Downward Diagonal Handsword Strike CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Back-Up Mass Torque Gravitational Marriage Angle of Disturbance Contouring

ATTACK FRONT: Left roundhouse punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to left ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Yellow #3 Orthodox 24 System Yellow #3 32 System Not found

RELATED TECHNIQUES Delayed Sword Deflecting Hammer Intellectual Departure Shielding Hammer

FORM LOCATION None

BASE FOUNDATIONAL TECHNIQUE


5

SWORD OF DESTRUCTION

TECHNIQUE •

1. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right extended outward block to the inside of the opponent’s left forearm. Your left hand should cover in front of your solar plexus. •You may insert a left minor inward parry as an added defensive measure.

2. Slide your right foot back into a transitional right 45degree cat stance and immediately deliver a right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s groin. •This will control the opponent’s Height Zone. •By pivoting into a cat stance, you will rotate your upper body to face the opponent. This will enable you to add rotational force with the next strike (handsword strike). Your shoulders are essentially “cocking” for the strike.

3. Plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right inward downward diagonal handsword strike to the left side of the opponent’s neck. Immediately snap your right hand back to act as a check. •Your right arm contours the inside of the opponent’s left arm to find its target. •Utilize Marriage of Gravity with the handsword strike. •After snapping your right hand back, keep your right elbow anchored to act as a positional check to your right rib cage. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated snapping your right hand back to check the opponent’s left shoulder. The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated snapping your right hand back to check the left inner wrist of the opponent. •Your right leg acts as a Positional Check to the opponent’s left leg.



6

DEFLECTING HAMMER NAME—The name of this technique refers to the Angle of Deflection that the downward blocking arm follows. A downward block (hammering) is used to deflect the opponent’s kick. BASICS Technique Neutral Bow Stance Outward Downward Diagonal Block Forward Push-Drag Maneuver Inward Elbow Strike CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Cut Circle in Half Compact Unit Borrowed Force

ATTACK FRONT Right Thrusting Ball Kick WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Kicks DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Yellow #4 Orthodox 24 System Yellow #4 32 System Not found

RELATED TECHNIQUES Delayed Sword Sword of Destruction Mace of Aggression Intellectual Departure Buckling Branch Dance of Darkness

FORM LOCATION None


7

DEFLECTING HAMMER

TECHNIQUE •Some instructors teach this as a defense against a right side kick beginning in a right neutral bow stance. If you begin this defense in a right neutral bow stance, execute a reverse push-drag maneuver simultaneously with your right outward downward diagonal block.

1. With your left foot, step toward 7:30 to form a right neutral bow stance as you simultaneously execute a right outward downward diagonal block to the outside of the opponent’s right leg. Your left hand checks high. •Stepping toward 7:30 moves you off the Line of Attack and your right hand travels from 11:00 to 5:00. If you step back to 6:00, your right hand travels from 10:30 to 4:30. In other words, if you step on the “+” sign, you block on the “X”; if you step on the “X”, you block on the “+” sign. Experience will show that it is more advantageous to step on the “X”. In this instance, your block essentially becomes a parry. •When the block is properly executed, the opponent’s body will turn slightly to his left. The block should additionally control his Width by turning him as well as cause injury to his leg. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the block as a “right deflecting downward block” that travels from 11:00 to 5:00.

2. Without hesitation, execute a forward push-drag maneuver to deliver a right inward elbow strike to the opponent’s right rib cage or face. Your left hand checks inward toward and between the opponent’s right shoulder and biceps. •Your left check will slightly precede your right inward elbow strike. •If you check the opponent’s down, deliver the elbow to his face; if you check his arm across, deliver the elbow to his ribs. •A downard deflecting block is used because it simultaneously blocks and cocks your right arm for the elbow strike. If your block traveled from 9:00 to 3:00, you will have to draw your right arm back before you could deliver the elbow strike. By blocking toward the rear, you place your arm in the rear-most position. All you have to do is bend at the elbow and your arm is in position, and cocked, for the elbow strike.



8

CAPTURED TWIGS NAME—The term twigs is used to symbolically represent your arms. In this defense the opponent has pinned (captured) your arms against your body. BASICS Base Horse Stance Back Hammerfist Strike 90-Degree Cat Stance Upward Snapping Vertical Obscure Elbow Strike Thrusting Knife Edge Kick Downward Stomp Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Torque Gravitational Marriage Contouring Borrowed Force

ATTACK REAR Bear Hug with arms pinned WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Holds and Hugs DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Yellow #5 Orthodox 24 System Yellow #5 32 System Not Found

RELATED TECHNIQUES Crushing Hammer Squeezing the Peach Spiraling Twig Squatting Sacrifice

FORM LOCATION None


9

CAPTURED TWIGS

TECHNIQUE •This defense illustrates stepping to the side to expose the opponent’s vulnerable targets that lie along the centerline. It also introduces the concept of the Obscure Zone.

1. With your left foot step to 9:00 and form a horse stance facing 12:00 as your left hand pins the opponent’s hands to your body. Simultaneously deliver a right back hammerfist strike to his groin. •The hammerfist strike should cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist and possibly release his grip. •When you form your horse stance, brace your buttocks on his left thigh to control his Dimensional Zones. By dropping your weight, you control his Height Zone. •By pinning his hands, you will prevent any unanticipated reactions. •A right rear heel palm strike to the groin and grab to the testicles may be delivered to increase the possiblity of an early release. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual incorrectly stated which of the opponent’s hands are cleared by your right and left hands.

2. Pivot clockwise and form a right 90-degree cat stance facing 3:00 as your left hand releases the pin and clears your opponent’s left arm to cover in front of your face and your right arm clears the opponent’s right arm to cover in front of your groin. Immediately deliver a right upward snapping vertical obscure elbow strike underneath the opponent’s chin. As your right arm strikes his chin, your left hand covers in front of your groin. •If you pivot quickly enough, you will cause the grip to be broken by suddenly increasing the relative positioning of your Depth Zone. An outward shoulder strike (minor strike) to his chest may also be inserted during this phase. •Immediately snap your right arm back to its covering position in front of your groin and your left hand returns to cover your face. This is also known as the “Changing of the Guard”. •Take advantage of the opponent’s reaction of bending forward by simultaneously delivering the right upward snapping vertical elbow strike. This employs the principle of Borrowed Force. •Contour the opponent’s chest and track along his centerline to find the target for the obscure elbow strike. •Your right palm will face the opponent’s body during the elbow strike. This will assist with the proper Angle of Delivery. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual inserted a right downward foot stomp to the opponent’s right instep and then sliding off to form a horse stance prior to delivering the right obscure elbow strike for the purpose of bending him forward. •Some practitioners end this defense with the obscure elbow strike.


10

CAPTURED TWIGS

3. Deliver with a right thrusting knife edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s right knee. Scrape down his shin and end with a right downward stomp to his right instep or ankle. NOTE: The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio Manuals do not indicate an Angle of Departure.


11

THE GRASP OF DEATH NAME—A headlock is a vice-like grip that can result in your death; hence, THE GRASP OF DEATH. This defense is also known as THE PINCHER.

ATTACK LEFT FLANK Right Arm Headlock WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Locks

BASICS Base Close Kneel Stance Neutral Bow Stance Arm Bar Lock Transitory Forward Bow Stance Downward Snapping Inverted Vertical Punch CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Distract Contouring Leveraging

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 9:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Yellow #6 Orthodox 24 System Yellow #6 32 System None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Grip of Death Escape from Death Crossing Talon

FORM LOCATION None


12

THE GRASP OF DEATH

TECHNIQUE •

1. Turn your head to the left and tuck your chin into your chest as you step forward with your right foot toward 12:00 and form a right close kneel stance as you use your left knee to check and control the opponent’s right knee. Simultaneously countergrab the opponent’s right wrist with your right hand. Use your left hand to grab the flesh of his right inner thigh. •Depending upon circumstances you may need to step toward 10:30. •A left reverse handsword strike may preceed the crab hand pinch. •Some practitioners deliver a left underhand heel palm strike and grab the groin.

2. As the opponent reacts, pass his right arm over your head and anchor your right arm to your right hip to control his height. •

3. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a left neutral bow stance as you use your left forearm to apply a right arm bar lock and force the opponent to bend forward at his waist. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00.

4. Roll your left forearm on the back of the opponent’s right elbow until it is parallel to the ground and slide your left hand to grab and control his right elbow. 5. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left transitory forward bow stance facing 10:30 as you deliver a right downward snapping inverted vertical punch to the opponent’s mastoid process. Pivot back into your left neutral bow stance after delivering the punch. •The 1987 IKKA Red Manual did not mention that the fist should be inverted but it did appear in the 1975 IKKA Red Manual. Many practitioners simply deliver a downard vertical punch to the mastoid; however, the purpose of inverting the fist is to place the two large knuckles of your hand on the target.



13

CHECKING THE STORM NAME—Checking is method used to hinder or prevent an opponent’s actions either through direct or indirect means. Storm is a symbolic term used to denote attack made with a stick, club or baton. In this technique you will utilize defensive methods designed to prevent or check the stick (storm) attack. BASICS Technique Inward Parry 45-Degree Cat Stance Extended Outward Handsword Block Front Snapping Ball Kick Modified Front Twist Stance Snapping Knife-Edge Kick Neutral Bow Stance Outward Back Knuckle Strike

ATTACK FRONT Right Step Through Overhead Club Attack WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Weapons (stick) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Yellow #7 Orthodox 24 System Yellow #7 32 System Not found

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES RELATED TECHNIQUES Calming the Storm Circling the Horizon Escape form the Storm Sword of Destruction

FORM LOCATION None


14

CHECKING THE STORM

TECHNIQUE •

1. With your right foot, step toward 3:00 as you defend with a right inward parry. Immediately slide your left foot toward your right foot and form a left 45-degree cat stance facing 10:30 as you defend with a left extended outward handsword block to the right inner wrist of the opponent. Your right hand (hand open) acts as a check in front of your solar plexus. •The defense motions are designed to check the attack and not block them. Your defense footwork should move you off the Line of Attack and away from danger. They should be executed in one smooth continuous motion. •Your left foot will point toward the opponent’s groin (centerline). •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual described using a right inward block. This has caused some confusion with practitioners thinking that they needed to block the weapon. Your footwork evasion should do all the work for you; your hands are used as an added defense. •In recent years, many Kenpo practitioners have added tactics derived from the Filipino Martial Art Systems. In this technique, a left counterclockwise snake disarm may be inserted.

2. Without hesitation, deliver a left front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s groin. •This kick will cause the opponent to bend forward at his waist thereby controlling his Height and Width Zones. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described using a “left/right chicken kick” using the left foot to strike the opponent’s groin and the right foot to strike his solar plexus. It further describes planting your right foot back to 4:30 to form a left neutral bow stance and placing your hands in a defensive position. A later revision eliminated the right kick and added the following strikes:

3. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) in a modified left front twist stance toward 10:00 and immediately deliver a right snapping knife-edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s right knee. •Plant your left foot in a modified left front twist stance to properly align your body for the kick. •This kick should cause the opponent’s right knee to bend out and away from you and bring his head closer. •As you turn your body to kick, you will simultaneoulsy cock your right arm for the following strike.


15

CHECKING THE STORM

•

4. Plant your right foot toward 10:00 and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s left temple. Your left hand remains checking at your solar plexus. •This strike should drive the opponent’s head away from you and possibley cause his body to drop to the ground. •Another version of this technique directed the kick to be delivered to the inside of the opponent’s left knee. This will turn the opponent’s body counterclockwise and present his right ribcage or right temple as targets.



16

MACE OF AGGRESSION NAME—In this technique, the fist (mace) will be used in a raking method of attack while you are being pulled toward the opponent. The action of a rapid and aggressive forward step accompanies the raking fist. Hence the name, Mace of Aggression. BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Inward Downward Diagonal Raking Back Knuckle Strike Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Get the upper hand Anchoring Purposeful Compliance Gauging Distance

ATTACK FRONT Two Hand Lapel Grab (pulling in) WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles DEFENSIVE LOCATION Above Both POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Yellow #8 Orthodox 24 System Yellow #8 32 System Not found

RELATED TECHNIQUES Snapping Twig Twin Kimono Raking Mace Heavenly Ascent Destructive Twins Deflecting Hammer

FORM LOCATION None


17

MACE OF AGGRESSION

TECHNIQUE •This defense is sometimes used against a two hand lapel grab pulling into a head butt strike.

1. Pin the opponent’s hands with your left hand as you simultaneously deliver a right forward stomp kick to his right foot (landing in a right neutral bow stance) with a right inward downward diagonal raking back knuckle strike to the bridge of his nose. •The right inward downward diagonal raking back knuckle strikes follows a diagonal line toward 10:30. •As you pin the opponent’s hand to your chest, anchor your left elbow to prevent the opponent from gaining enough leverage to escape. •A left inward heel palm strike and claw to the right side of the opponent’s face may be inserted prior to pinning. •By utilizing Purposeful Compliance, your attack will be enhanced and your stability maintained. •As you deliver the right inward downward diagonal raking hammerfist strike, the lower case portion or your right arm may strike the opponent’s left elbow to create a fulcruming effect on his elbow and/or wirst. •Begin your right forward stomp kick as a knife edge kick to his right knee.scrape down his shin and end with a stomp to his instep. The knife edge kick will widen his stance and control his Dimensional Zones. •Some practitioners utilize a modified right close kneel stance when delivering the right downward stomp kick. •Some practitioners prefix a right vertical thrust punch to the face to control the opponent’s Depth Zone .

2. Continue the motion of your right arm so that it travels horizontally and downward striking on top of your opponent’s forearms which will cause him to bend forward. •Your right arm acts as a horizontal sliding check across his arms. This serves several purposes: first, it acts as a method of controlling his Dimensional Zones; second, it prepares your right arm (cocking) for the next strike; and third, it brings him into range for your close range weapons (elbows). •Caution should be taken when striking downward on his arms as a head butt may be accidentally invited. To prevent this, you may apply more downward pressure on his left arm thus causing him to be guided on a downward diagonal direction.


18

MACE OF AGGRESSION

•

3. Immediately deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the left side of his jaw. •Follow through with the elbow strike.

4. Finish with a right outward horizontal elbow strike to the right side of his jaw. •You may shuffle forward with this final elbow strike if circumstances dictate. Time the completion of your shuffle (forward push-drag maneuver) to occur simultaneously with the elbow strike to take advantage of body momentum.



19

ATTACKING MACE NAME—In this defense, the opponent attacks with a step through punch (mace). Mace is a symbolic term used to describe a closed fist. BASICS Technique Neutral Bow Stance Inward Block Forward Bow Stance Straight Thrust Punch Roundhouse Kick Forward Bow Stance Snapping Vertical Punch CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Back-Up Mass Torque Body Momentum

ATTACK FRONT right, step-through punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Yellow #9 Orthodox 24 System Yellow #9 32 System Not found

RELATED TECHNIQUES Thundering Hammers Sleeper Dance of Death

FORM LOCATION None


20

ATTACKING MACE

TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left inward block to the outside of the opponent’s right arm. Your right hand cocks near your solar plexus slightly forward with the palm up and the fist clenched. •The action will turn the Width of the opponent and close his centerline; thereby, controlling his Width Zone and his left punch.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right straight thrust punch to the opponent’s right lower ribcage. Your left hand acts as a check against the opponent’s right elbow. •This action will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist and move him slightly backward exposing his centerline. •This punch controls his Depth Zone.

3. Circle your right hand counterclockwise and track along his right arm ending with a grab to his right wrist. Immediately pull his arm diagonally down past your right hip as you simultaneously deliver a right roundhouse kick to the opponent’s groin. During this action, cock your left hand slightly above your left ribcage palm upward with the fist clenched. •Tracking along his arm gives you a Margin for Error. •Depending upon circumstances, you may deliver a right front snapping ball kick to the inside of his left knee or a right front snapping instep kick to his groin. •Pull the opponent’s arm down along the Angle of Cancellation to control his width and his rear (left) arm. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated using a right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s right rib cage or solar plexus. The technique ended at this point by planting your right foot back toward 7:30 (“between 7 and 8 o’clock”) with your hands up in a fighting position.


21

ATTACKING MACE

4. Plant forward and form a right forward bow stance facing 12:00 to check the inside of the opponent’s right knee. Simultaneously deliver a left snapping vertical punch to his right kidney. •Your right foot will contour the opponent’s right leg and plant next to the inside of the opponent’s right foot. •Some practitioners utilize a left uppercut punch to the right rib cage or the right kidney. Others utilize a diagonal punch to contour the opponent’s rib cage. In the case of the latter, your left fist will be angled along the 10:40-4:30 line. •Some practitioners plant and form a right close kneel stance.



22

SWORD AND HAMMER NAME—In this technique, a handsword and a hammerfist are used as the principle weapons to counter-strike the opponent. The term sword is symbolic for a handsword and the term hammer is symbolic for a hammerfist. Hence the name, Sword and Hammer. BASICS Fighting Horse Stance Outward Horizontal Handsword Strike Rear Hammerfist Strike CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Torque Gravitational Marriage Get the upper hand Pinning Open Ended Triangle Contouring Tracking Fitting Settling Borrowed Force

ATTACK RIGHT FLANK Left Hand Shoulder Grab WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside Left POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 3:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Yellow #10 Orthodox 24 System Yellow #10 32 System Not Found

RELATED TECHNIQUES Obscure Sword Falcons of Force Obscure Claws Obscure Wing Snakes of Wisdom Sword of Destruction

FORM LOCATION NONE


23

SWORD AND HAMMER

TECHNIQUE •This technique is often taught as an example how the Kenpo SelfDefense Techniques contain builtin answers to many What If scenarios. For example, if the opponent is attacking with a left hand grab followed by a right hand punch, the right outward handsword may be used strike his right shoulder and prevent his ability to punch (controlling the Width Zone). If the opponent attempts to punch AFTER your handsword strike, you can take advantage of your right arm’s path of travel and defend with a right inward block.

1. Pin the opponent’s left hand to your shoulder with your left hand. Simultaneously step toward 3:00 and form a right fighting horse stance as you deliver a right outward horizontal handsword strike to the opponent’s throat. •The opponent is standing between 3 and 4 o’clock. •Your initial action should be to pin the opponent’s hand to your shoulder (get the upper hand). This will eliminate the possibility of him striking you (intentionally or unintentionally) with his left hand. •When you step to 3:00, check the opponent’s left leg with your right leg. You should step deep enough to buckle or control his left leg. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that you should step toward 2:00 and form your horse stance (in this case, the opponent is standing at 3:00).

2. As the opponent reacts to your handsword strike, deliver a right rear hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin. •When you strike his groin, take advantage of the borrowed reach that exists due to his reaction to the handsword strike.


•


24

ORANGE BELT


CLUTCHING FEATHERS NAME—This technique receives its name from the manner in which the opponent grabs (clutches) your hair (feathers). BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Vertical Middle Knuckle Fist Strike Forward Bow Stance Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Extended Outward Block Inward Downward Diagonal Raking Back Knuckle Strike Extension Reverse Bow Stance Downward (Rear) Hammerfist Strike Outward Back Knuckle Strike Front Twist Stance Vertical Punch Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike Threading Knee Kick Outward Heel Palm Strike Inward Circular Five-Finger Claw Inward Overhead Hammerfist Strike Transitional Neutral Bow Stance Upward Knee Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Opposing Forces Frictional Pull Open Ended Triangle Progressive Directional Harmony

ATTACK FRONT Left Hand Hair Grab WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside Left POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Orange #1 Orthodox 24 System Orange #1 32 System Orange #1 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Lone Kimono Snapping Twig Bow of Compulsion Hooking Wings Glancing Spear Sword of Destruction


25

CLUTCHING FEATHERS

BASE TECHNIQUE •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the technique in the following manner: Step 1 Pin the opponent’s hand to your head as you step back with your left foot and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right vertical thrusting middle knuckle fist strike. Step 2 While in your neutral bow stance, strike to the inside of the opponent’s left forearm with a right vertical outward block as your left hand cocks palm up at your left hip. Step 3 Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as you deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to his jaw while switching your vertical outward block into an extended outward block. Note the elimination of Step 2 in the modern description.

1. With your left hand, pin the opponent’s left hand to your head. Simultaneously step to 6:00 and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right vertical middle knuckle fist strike to the nerves in the opponent’s left arm pit. •The mechanics of this first motion mirrors the motions found in LONE KIMONO. •By applying the pinning check with your left hand, you will neutralize the opponent’s ability to create pain. This pin should be made downward toward your head as your head presses unnoticably upward. This will create a vice-like effect and cause pain to the opponent’s left hand. •As it is pinning, your left arm should be in an upward block position (positional block) shielding your head and face from strikes that could be delivered from his right hand. •When you step back, your head should move with your body. In addition, the step back will control his Dimensional Zones and create an Angle of Disturbance.

2. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as you deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to the opponent’s jaw simultaneously with a right extended outward block to the inside of your opponent’s left arm. •Before you pivot into your right forward bow stance, strike to the inside of your opponent’s left forearm with a right vertical outward block. As you pivot into the right forward bow stance, your right arm will form an extended outward block. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual ended the self-defense technique with the thrusting heel palm strike. •Unlike the method described in the 1975 IKKA Red Manual, the modern method of executing the thrusting heel palm strike is to allow your left hand to slide down to the side of your head prior to delivering the strike. This allows you to align your heel palm properly along the path of travel. •You can elongate your circle and strike in a clockwise motion by utiliizing a right outward upward diaongal raking back knuckle strike or even a claw or eye slice/poke prior to delivering your extended outward block.


26

CLUTCHING FEATHERS

3. Finish with a right inward downward diagonal raking back knuckle strike across the bridge of the opponent’s nose as you pivot counterclockwise back into your right neutral bow stance. •Strike the opponent’s jaw with your thrusting heel palm strike as his head snaps forward in reaction to the thrusting heel palm strike (whiplash effect). This will enable you to take advantage of Borrowed Reach. •The updated 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that the raking back knuckle strike should be delivered in a horizontally inward direction.

4. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30.


27

CLUTCHING FEATHERS

EXTENSION •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the base technique and extension as follows: Step 1 Pin the opponent’s hand to your head as you step back with your left foot and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right vertical thrusting middle knuckle fist strike. Step 2 While in your neutral bow stance, strike to the inside of the opponent’s left forearm with a right vertical outward block as your left hand cocks palm up at your left hip. Step 3 Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as you deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to his jaw while switching your vertical outward block into an extended outward block. Step 4 I m m e d i a t e l y p i v o t counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward raking back knuckle strike across the bridge of the opponent’s nose. Step 5 Without a loss of motion, pivot counterclockwise and form a right reverse bow stance as you deliver a right downward (rear) hammerfist to the opponent’s groin. Step 6 From the right reverse bow stance, execute a right rear scoop kick to the opponent’s groin. Step 7 From the kick, execute a right front crossover and double coverout. Note: No Angle of Departure was specified.

4. Without disrupting the flow of motion of your right hand, pivot counterclockwise and form a right reverse bow stance facing 12:00 and convert your right hand into a right downward (rear) hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin. Your left hand should be positionally checking by the right side of your face. 5. Immediately pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to the right side of the opponent’s face. Your left hand will be positionally checking at rib cage level. 6. Slide your left foot forward and in front of your right foot forming a left front twist stance facing 12:00. Prior to your left foot planting, deliver a left vertical punch to the opponent’s sternum simultaneously with your right forearm horizontally checking below your left punch. As your left foot plants into the twist stance, execute a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the left side of the opponent’s jaw simultaneously with a left inward horizontal heel palm strike to create a sandwiching effect. •This sequence employs the concept of Progressive Directional Harmony.

7. Deliver a right threading knee kick to the opponent’s groin as you simultaneously execute a right outward heel palm strike to this solar plexus and a left inward circular five-finger claw across his face. 8. Hook around the left side of the opponent’s neck with your left hand and pull his head forward and downward. Simultaneously plant into a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward overhead hammerfist strike to the back of his neck. •Keep your left elbow anchored as you pull him downward.

9. Pivot into a transitional right reverse bow stance as you roll your right forearm clockwise to hook your opponent’s head and guide it downward and toward your right leg. Immediately deliver a right upward knee kick to his face. 10. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30.


28

TRIGGERED SALUTE NAME—In this defense, we allow the opponent’s push to trigger our defensive reaction and deliver a thrusting palm strike (salute). BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike Thrusting Vertical Back Knuckle Strike Extension Thrusting Handsword Strike Inward Overhead Heel Palm Strike and Claw Thrusting Uppercut Punch Rear Twist Stance Inward Claw Back Elbow Strike Reverse Bow Stance Downward Hammerfist Strike Thrusting Knee Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Back Up Mass Gravitational Marriage Torque Anchoring Frictional Pull

ATTACK FRONT Right Hand direct push WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Pushes DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Orange #2 Orthodox 24 System Orange #2 32 System Orange #2 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Mace of Aggression Glancing Salute Gripping Talon


29

TRIGGERED SALUTE

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left hand, pin the opponent’s right hand against your chest as you step forward (toward 11:00) with your right foot and form a right neutral bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s right knee. Simultaneously deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to his chin. •Deliver the heel palm strike from Point of Origin. Do not cock for the strike.

2. Form the shape of the crane with your right hand and frictionally slide down the opponent’s right arm to hook his right arm toward 5:30. Round the Corner and deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to his solar plexus. •The frictional pull will bring the opponent’s upper body forward and diagonally to his right. •This action can create a wrench against his right arm. During this action, the opponent’s right arm may be straight or bent. •Enroute to the crane to this right arm, execute a right inward rotating five-finger claw across his face and eyes. •The crane hand should actually strike the opponent’s biceps.

3. Follow through with your elbow strike and immediately return with a right outward horizontal elbow strike to his right floating ribs. Using Residual Torque, continue with a right outward horizontal back knuckle strike to his right floating rib or kidney and immediately cock your right fist to your right hip. 4. Without any loss of motion, deliver a right thrusting vertical back knuckle strike under the opponent’s chin. 5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30.


30

TRIGGERED SALUTE

EXTENSION 5. Deliver a right thrusting handsword strike to the opponent’s right shoulder. Immediately check his right arm downward with your right hand and deliver a left inward overhead heel palm strike and claw to his face. •The uppercut punch in the Base Technique is eliminated. After your right outward horizontal elbow and back knuckle strikes, go immediatley into the thrusting handsword to his right shoulder. •The thrusting handsword strike to his right shoulder controls his Width Zone; however, striking his right shoulder may send his left arm into orbit toward you. Therefore, many modern practioners deliver the thrusting handsword strike to his left shoulder. If you strike to his left shoulder, you may also insert a right inward claw across his face enroute to checking his right arm down. •Many practitioners pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance to enhance the range and effectiveness of the left inward overheadheel palm strike and claw.

6. Deliver a right thrusting uppercut punch to the opponent’s chin. Your left forearm acts as a pinning check. •Steps 5 and 6 are related to RAINING CLAW. •If you pivoted clockwise into a right forward bow stance in Step 5, then you should pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver the right thrusting uppercut punch.

7. Slide your left foot toward 1:30 and form a left rear twist stance as you deliver a left inward claw to the opponent’s face simultaneous with a right back elbow strike (palm up) to his solar plexus. •Your left hand passes through the opponent’s face to guard your own. •Your right arm delivers a sweeping check prior to delivering the elbow strike. •Some practitioners utilize a left two-finger poke to the opponent’s eyes instead of the inward claw.

8. Immediately slide your right foot back toward 1:30 and form a right reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s left leg as you deliver a right downward hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin. •You may substitute the hammerfist strike for a downward heel palm strike.


31

TRIGGERED SALUTE

9. Deliver a right thrusting knee kick to the inside of the opponent’s right knee. 10. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30.


32

DANCE OF DEATH NAME—In the extension of this technique, a method of stomping the opponent is utilized in a “dance-like” manner. The seriousness of the consequences of these actions is reflected in the word, death.

ATTACK FRONT Right Step Through Punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches

BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Thrusting Inward Block Forward Bow Stance Underhand Reverse Handsword Strike Forward Step Through Maneuver Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike Inward Downward Diagonal Handsword Strike Wide Kneel Stance Extension Front Heel Stomp Inward Overhead Handsword Strike Back Heel Stomp CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Angle of Deflection

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Orange #3 Orthodox 24 System Orange #3 32 System Orange #3 FORM LOCATION Form 5

RELATED TECHNIQUES Thundering Hammers Sleeper Flashing Mace


33

DANCE OF DEATH

BASE TECHNIQUE •The Ideal Phase of this defense has the opponent’s right leg back; thereby enabling you to step toward 12:00 without any obstruction. If his right foot is forward, it may accidentally track upward and strike your groin. Therefore, when his right leg is forward, you must step toward 10:30 to close off this line of entry. Stepping toward 10:30 will enable you to buckle the inside of his right leg. There are three methods that are used to step forward:

1. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you defend with a left thrusting inward block. Your right arm hangs naturally along the right side of your body.

METHOD 1 A right forward step through toward 10:30.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right underhand reverse handsword strike to his groin. Your left hand remains checking the opponent’s right arm.

METHOD 2 A left front rotating twist stance to close off your line of entry and establish your angle. As you execute the rotating twist stance, you left foot adjusts around the opponent’s right (lead) leg. Once you establish your angle, execute a right forward step through toward 10:30. Use your right knee to buckle the opponent’s right leg and assist with the takedown. NOTE: This type of maneuver is known as a forward twist through. METHOD 3 A right step through knee kick to the inside of the opponent’s right leg planting toward 10:30. This action will close off your line of entry and force his leg outward.

•The step toward 10:30 with your left foot moves you off the Line of Attack. The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00; a later update and the 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated stepping toward 10:30. •Your right arm is in a low preparatory cock position. •Your inward block controls the opponent’s Width Zone.

•Your left hand maintains a Bracing Angle Check to the opponent’s right arm. •This strike should make the opponent bend forward (controlling his Dimensional Zones) and possibly move backward.

3. Immediately step forward (right forward step through maneuver) toward 12:00 and form a right neutral bow stance as you simultaneously deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the opponent’s right rib cage as you pull upward on the opponent’s right leg with your left hand. •Your left hand contours down the right side of the opponent’s body and grabs behind the right knee. The left hand pulls his leg toward you. As the opponent falls, your left hand will end grabbing his right ankle and pinning it against your left hip and pulls upward for control. •Keep the opponent’s right hip off the ground by pulling upward. This will control his ability to escape. •The pull and strike must oppose each other to be effective. •Your Body Momentum helps you to drop your opponent onto his back. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 10:00 to buckle his right knee. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual concluded the Base Technique at this point with the takedown. The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual, and most modern verisions, concludes the base technique with the following strikes described below:


34

DANCE OF DEATH

4. Deliver a right outward downward diagonal back knuckle strike to the inside of the opponent’s left knee. Your left hand maintains its grab on his right ankle. •This strike anticipates his left leg coming up (Unintentional Move) as a result of falling.

5. Deliver a right inward downward handsword strike to the opponent’s groin as you drop and form a right wide kneel stance. Your left hand maintains its grab on his right ankle. •Your right hand follows a figure-eight motion in executing the outward back knuckle strike and the inward downward handsword strike. •Utilize Gravitational Marriage with this strike. •Depending upon the circumstances, you may also use a right fingertip slice to the groin. •Be conscious of the possibility of the opponent drawing his legs together.

6. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30. •As you coverout, circle your right arm under his right leg and force his leg outward and away from you. This will give you a clear path for your Angle of Departure and will act as a final check against any further retaliatory efforts.


35

DANCE OF DEATH

EXTENSION 6. With your right hand, grab the outside of his right ankle and slide your left hand to the top of his toes. •As your right arm moves toward his right ankle, contour along his leg. This will enable you to monitor the opponent and control his leg.

7. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance facing 12:00 as you push down on the opponent’s toes with the heel of your left hand as you simultaneously pull upward and toward you on his heel with your right hand. •Explosively twist the opponent’s ankle to cause a sprain or dislocation. •Use your left hip as a contour guide for the twist.

8. Follow through with your clockwise twist on his ankle and rotate the opponent onto his stomach. •

9. Release the grab to his ankle and execute a left heel stomp to the opponent’s lower spine. •As you stomp, counterbalance your action by switching your arms to the right side of your body. Your left forearm will be horizontal across your stomach with the palm facing in. Your right arm is cocked to the right side of your hip (cup and saucer position). •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stomping “toward one and two o’clock”.

10. Shift your entire body weight onto your left leg (having your right leg close to your left leg) as you stand on the opponent’s lower spine. Plant your right foot to the back right side of the opponent’s body (toward 4:30). •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting toward 4:00.

11. Lift your left leg off the opponent’s spine and balance on your right leg (right one-legged stance). Plant your left foot toward 10:30 to deliver a left stomp to pinch his right kidney before landing it to the side of his right ribcage. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stomping toward 11:00.


36

DANCE OF DEATH

12. Drop into a left wide kneel stance as deliver a right inward overhead handsword strike to the back of his neck. Your left hand will check his right shoulder. •Take advantage of Gravitational Marriage as you drop into the wide kneel stance. •Some practitioners drop and form a left close kneel stance.

13. Immediately rise upward and deliver a right heel stomp to the opponent’s upper spine •As you stomp, counterbalance your action by switching your arms to the left side of your body. Your right forearm will be horizontal across your stomach with the palm facing in. Your left arm is cocked to the left side of your hip (cup and saucer position).

14. Shift your entire body weight onto your right leg (right one-legged stance) as you stand on top of the opponent’s upper spine. Step through with your left foot and plant toward 10:30 so that you end to the front left of his head. •Your left foot leaps toward a Zone of Sanctuary. You should plant your left foot so that you are out of range of his left arm but still within range to kick with your right foot. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting toward 11:00.

15. Deliver a right back heel stomp to the opponent’s head. •As you kick, “throw” both of your arms along your right side in the direction of your kick. This will balance your action and utilize the principle of Directional Harmony.

16. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30.


37

THRUSTING SALUTE NAME—The name of this technique stems from the principle manner in which the opponent is struck—a thrusting heel palm strike (salute). BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Outward Downward Block Front Snapping Ball Kick Torquing Heel Palm Strike Extension Front Twist Stance Vertical Thrust Punch Outward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Forward Bow Stance Chopping Punch Inward Overhead Looping Back Knuckle Punch (Strike) CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Back-Up Mass Torque Borrowed Force RELATED TECHNIQUES Cross of Destruction Defying the Storm Menacing Twirl Leap of Death

ATTACK FRONT Right Thrusting Ball Kick WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Kicks DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Orange #4 Orthodox 24 System Orange #4 32 System Orange #13 FORM LOCATION None


38

THRUSTING SALUTE

BASE TECHNIQUE •This technique may be used as a defense against a right snap kick or a righ thrust kick.

1. With your right foot, step toward 4:30 to form a left neutral bow stance facing 10:30. Simultaneously deliver a left outward downward block to the inside of the opponent’s right leg. Immediately snap your left hand counterclockwise to a vertical position to act as a positional block with your left hand open. During the action, your right hand cocks near your right hip (palm up). •By moving Up the Circle toward 4:30, you move off the Line of Attack and align yourself to attack his centerline. In addition, you move out of range of his hand weapons but remain in range to deliver your own kicking counter attack. This is particularly useful if the opponent attempts to follow his kicking attack with a punching attack. •Your downward block should deflect the opponent’s right leg outward and away from you thereby exposing his centerline. •Your right hand may deliver a minor inward downward block (palmup) prior to delivering your left outward downward block (major). •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual directed the practitioner to step toward 6:00 with the right foot. A later revision changed this angle to 4:30.

2. Immediately deliver a right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s groin. •Time this kick to occur before the opponent plants his right foot to the ground. •This kick will cause the opponent to violently bend forward at the waist. •Pivot your left foot counterclockwise as you deliver your right kick. •A left inward two-finger hook to the opponent’s right eye may be inserted prior to delivering the front snapping ball kick or just prior to delivering the following strike (right torquing heel palm strike).


39

THRUSTING SALUTE

3. Plant your right foot toward 10:30 and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right torquing (counterclockwise) heel palm strike to the opponent’s jaw. Your left hand acts a positional check near your right ribcage. •Use your right knee to check the opponent’s right knee. •Utilize your Body Momentum and Gravitational Marriage when executing this strike. This strike will cause the opponent’s head to snap back and possibly cause his entire body to move away from you. •When you deliver the thrusting heel palm strike, force the opponent’s head backward and downward to minimize his leverage and to prevent him from delivering a right knee kick to your groin. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual directed the practioner to plant toward 11:00. A later revision changed this to 10:30. This change coincided with the angle change on the initial step.



40

THRUSTING SALUTE

EXTENSION 4. Slide your left foot forward to form a left front twist stance as you deliver a left vertical thrust punch to the opponent’s solar plexus simultaneously with a right outward horizontal heel palm strike across his midsection. •This action should momentarily check the opponent’s Width and Depth Zones as well as hurt and disturb his breathing.

5. Pivot clockwise to form a left neutral bow stance and deliver a left inward horizontal elbow strike to the opponent’s right ribcage as your right hand covers, palm out, in front of your face. •An early (pre-1975) version of this defense used the right hand as a backstop to the left inward elbow strike to create a sandwiching effect.

6. Pivot counterclockwise to form a left forward bow stance as you deliver a right chopping punch to the opponent’s left pubic bone. Your left forearm checks across the opponent’s mid-section to control his Width and Height Zones. •Some practitioners contour down the opponent’s body to deliver a right downward thrusting punch to his abdomen or bladder. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual concluded the defense at this point. A later revision added the following strikes:

7. Immediately deliver a right inward overhead looping back knuckle punch (or strike) to the opponent’s left temple. 8. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance as you deliver a left inward overhead looping back knuckle punch (or strike) to the opponent’s left temple. Your right forearm drops down to check the opponent’s midsection. 9. Without disrupting the continuity of your left looping back knuckle strike, have both of your arm flow into positional checks as you execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30.


41

GIFT OF DESTRUCTION NAME—The term gift is used to symbolize a handshake. While offering a gesture of trust, the opponent attempts a left punch (destruction). Hence the name, Gift of Destruction. BASICS Base Thrusting Knee Kick Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike Neutral Bow Stance Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Extension Inward Heel Palm Strike and Claw Forward Bow Stance Outward Raking Back Knuckle Strike Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike Outward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike Front Crossover Transitional Left Front Twist Stance Thrusting Vertical Punch Threading Knee Kick Reverse Bow Stance Inward Heel Palm Strike and Claw Downward Heel Palm Strike and Claw

ATTACK FRONT Handshake WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside Right POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Orange #5 Orthodox 24 System Orange #5 32 System Orange #4 FORM LOCATION None

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Back Up Mass Borrowed Force Angle of Cancellation RELATED TECHNIQUES Deflecting Hammer Thrusting Prongs Gift in Return Gift of Destiny Leaping Crane Shielding Hammer


42

GIFT OF DESTRUCTION

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. Pull the opponent’s right arm diagonally downward past your right hip as you hop forward onto your left foot toward 11:00 and deliver a right thrusting knee kick to the opponent’s groin. Simultaneously deliver a left inward horizontal heel palm strike to the opponent’s right elbow. •As you pull the opponent’s right arm, rotate your right arm clockwise palm upward. This will properly expose his right elbow for your heel palm strike. •The combination of pulling the opponent’s right arm and leaping forward will propel your right knee thrust with greater velocity and will enable you to take advantage of Back Up Mass.

2. Plant forward and form a right neutral bow stance as you buckle the inside of your opponent’s right knee. Simultaneously deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the left side of the opponent’s jaw. Your left hand checks down on top of his right arm. •Your left checking hand resembles a push-down block. •The buckle to the opponent’s right knee turns his head aligns the target for your right elbow strike. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting toward 10:00 to buckle the opponent’s right leg. •Utilize the residual Body Momentum generated by your initial leap to enhance this final strike.



43

GIFT OF DESTRUCTION

EXTENSION •Another version of the extension follows: Step 3 Adjust Up the Circle with our left foot and gauge for distance. Immediately deliver a right outward horizontal back knuckle strike to the opponent’s solar plexus to bend him forward at the waist. Your left hand checks high. Step 4 Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance facing 10:30 as you deliver a left outward twofinger eye hook simultaneously with a right outward reverse hammerfist strike to the opponent’s right jaw hinge. Follow through with the reverse hammerfist strike and convert it into a right outward ranking back knuckle strike to the opponent’s face. Step 5 Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance and you deliver a right inward downward diagonal raking hammerfist strike to the bridge of the opponent’s nose simultaneously with a left inward two-finger eye hook. Step 6 Pivot counterclockwise and form a right fighting horse stance and deliver a right outward horizontal hammerfist strike to the opponent’s solar plexus. Step 7 Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30.

3. Immediately slide your left foot counterclockwise (up the circle) toward 4:30 and form a right neutral bow stance as you grab your opponent’s right shoulder with your right hand and pull him downward and toward you. Simultaneously and as part of the continuous flow of your left hand, execute a left inward heel palm strike and claw to the right side of the opponent’s face. As part of the continuous flow of action, have your right hand release its grab and positionally check low near your navel. •Because of the differnece in distance of travel, your right hand shoulder grab should slightly precede the left heel palm strike and claw. •When properly executed, the body momentum of your left foot sliding up the circle should add to the force of your left heel palm strike and claw. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated adjusting your angle to 4:00.

4. Immediately pivot into a right forward bow stance as you execute a right outward raking back knuckle strike to the right side of the bridge of the opponent’s nose. Continue the flow of motion of your left hand and deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike downward to the top of his left hip. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that the left hand drops into a low horizontal covering check. It did not indicate a strike.

5. Reverse the motion of your right hand and execute a right inward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to the left side of the opponent’s jaw. 6. Have your left foot shift slightly to form a right fighting horse stance and, as you settle your weight, continue the flow of motion of your right hand and deliver a right outward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to the opponent’s upper abdominal region. Your left hand switches and positionally checks in front of your right chest. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual ended the extension at this point and proceeded with a right front crossover and double coverout. No Angle of Departure was indicated. The Updated 1975 IKKA Red Manual insert continues the defense in steps 7-10.


44

GIFT OF DESTRUCTION

7. Execute a left front crossover toward 10:30 and form a transitional left front twist stance as you deliver a left thrusting vertical punch to the left side of your opponent’s head. Your right hand checks horizontally in front of you to control his arms. 8. Deliver a right threading knee kick to the inside of your opponent’s right knee. 9. From Point of Contact plant toward 1:30 and form a right reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of your opponent’s left knee. Simultaneously deliver a left inward heel palm strike and claw to the right side of the opponent’s face as your right hand executes a right downward heel palm strike and claw to this groin. •By changing direction of your right leg, you launch a Diversified Angle of Attack.



45

LOCKING HORNS NAME—The name of this defense is derived from the manner in which horned animals lock their horns together in their struggle for dominance.

ATTACK FRONT Headlock WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Locks

BASICS Base Wide Kneel Stance Underhand Reverse Handsword Strike Neutral Bow Stance Vertical Obscure Elbow Strike Downward Heel Palm Strike Push-Drag Foot Maneuver Inward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strike Inward Hooking Heel Palm Strike Extension Front Twist Stance Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike Heel Palm Push-Down Strike Thrusting Knee Kick Downward Stomp Kick Rear Crossover Stomp Kick Reverse Step Through CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Zone of Obscurity Contouring Sandwiching

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Orange #6 Orthodox 24 System Orange #6 32 System Orange #5 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Mace of Aggression Circling Wing Gripping Talon Bow of Compulsion Dance of Death


46

LOCKING HORNS

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot, step toward 11:00 and form a right wide kneel stance as you check the opponent’s right knee with your left hand and deliver a right underhand reverse handsword strike to his groin. •Turn your head and tuck your chin into your chest to protect your breathing. •Your left hand checks directly above the opponent’s right knee cap (patella) and pushes down with a left push down block (fingers turned toward right). This action controls his Dimensional Zones by locking his right knee. •The position of your right reverse handsword strike to the opponent’s groin acts as a Positional Check against his left knee. •Some practitioners step forward and form a right close kneel stance. This has the advantage of generating torque as you pivot counterclockclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance in the next move. The earliest version of this defense (pre-1975) utilized a close kneel.

2. Use your left hand to push down on the opponent’s right elbow to clear the arm off your head (if it is still there) and rise upward to form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right vertical obscure elbow strike to his jaw. Using 1/4 beat timing, continue the motion of your left hand to deliver a left downward palm strike (fingers to right) to the opponent’s solar plexus. •Turn your right hand 180-degrees counterclockwise so that the knife edge of your right hand faces the opponent. This will properly align your right arm to the target as you contour up his body for the obscure elbow strike. •Some practitioners turn their hand counterclockwise to grab the opponent’s groin and rips upward as the vertical obscure elbow strike is executed. •Your right arm follows through until it begins to drop downward. This places your right arm in the highest cocked position for the next strike. •The left hand clears and palm strikes in the same continuous motion. •The palm strike to the solar plexus will bring the opponent forward to deliver the next strike. •An upward head butt strike to his jaw may preceed the vertical obscure elbow strike.


47

LOCKING HORNS

3. Execute a push-drag foot maneuver and deliver a right inward downward diagonal elbow strike to the left side of his jaw as you simultaneously deliver a left inward hooking heel palm strike to the right side of his jaw to create a sandwiching effect. •A forward head butt strike may follow the sandwiching elbow strike with 1/4 beat timing.



48

LOCKING HORNS

EXTENSION 4. Slide your left foot forward to form a left front twist stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right outward horizontal back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right rib cage simultaneously with a left heel palm push-down strike (fingers are horizontal and pointed inward) to his solar plexus. •Your left arm is over your right arm. •Some practitioners deliver a left vertical thrust punch to his solar plexus (over the right arm) as the right hand delivers the outward horizontal back knuckle strike. •An early version of this extension (pre-1975) utilized a left torquing palm strike (fingers horizontal and pointing inward) to the opponent’s face.

5. Immediately thread a right thrusting knee kick to the opponent’s groin. •Your hands check the opponent’s arms throughout the remainder of the technique. From the crossed position, your right hand checks his right arm and your left hand checks his left arm. •Some practitioners deliver the right thrusting knee kick to the inside of the opponent’s right thigh.

6. Deliver a right downward stomp kick to the opponent’s right instep. •You may also simultaneously deliver a front head butt strike to the bridge of the opponent’s nose. •Some practitioners deliver a right knife-edge scrape to the opponent’s shin as the right downward stomp kick is delivered to his right instep.

7. Finish with a left rear crossover stomp kick to the opponent’s left instep. •Keep your right foot on top of his right instep as you deliver a the left rear crossover stomp kick. •You may also simultaneously deliver a rear looping head butt strike to his face. •Some practitioners follow with another right downward stomp kick to the opponent’s right ankle prior to covering.

8. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 (left reverse step through) and execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30. Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin

49

LONE KIMONO NAME—The name of this self-technique stems from the single hand (lone) grab to your shirt or jacket (kimono is a Japanese tunic). Thus, LONE KIMONO best describes this technique. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Upward Block (break) Inward Downward Diagonal Forearm Strike Outward Upward Diagonal Handsword Strike Extension Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike Right Forward Bow Stance Extended Outward Block Thrusting Handsword Strike Thrusting Knife-Edge Kick Inward Handsword Strike CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Torque Gravitational Marriage Squeegee Principle Angle of Cancellation Pivot Point Locking Frictional Pull

ATTACK FRONT Left Hand Lapel Grab WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside Left POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Orange #8 Orthodox 24 System Orange #7 32 System Orange #6 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Clutching Feathers Snapping Twig Hooking Wings Twin Kimono Delayed Sword Obscure Sword


50

LONE KIMONO

BASE TECHNIQUE •In the 1975 IKKA Red Manual, this technique was placed at #6 due to the placement of Thrusting Salute at #13.

1. With your left foot, step back and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00. Simultaneously, pin his left hand with your left hand and deliver a right upward block against his left elbow as you settle into your stance. •Many attackers will have a natural rotation outward when they grab. We take advantage of this rotation by further rotating the opponent’s left arm clockwise to place his elbow at the lowest point. •The strike against his elbow is designed to control his three Dimensional Zones. •The first three actions should be PIN with the STEP and ROTATE with the BREAK.

2. Circle your right arm counterclockwise and deliver a right inward downward diagonal forearm strike against his left elbow. Use this action, to clear his arm on a downward 45-degree diagonal. Your left hand should be checking high. •This clearing action utilizes frictional pull and the opponent’s Dimensional Zones are controlled by means of the Angle of Cancellation. •The first “break” is upward; the second is inward.

3. After cocking your right hand slightly toward your left hip (palm up) deliver a right outward upward diagonal handsword strike to his throat. Your left hand checks at solar plexus level. •Round the corner of your inward downward diagonal forearm strike to immediatley return with an outward upward diagonal handsword strike.

4. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 7:30.


51

LONE KIMONO

EXTENSION •The extension described in the 1975 IKKA Red Manual caused some practioners confusion due to the poor written description of the 1st Degree Brown Belt material. A corrected insert was later introduced to properly describe this and other techniques. •Some practitioners do not slide the left foot toward 4:30; instead, they simply pivot in-place to execute the right extended outward block and left thrusting handsword strike. In such circumstances, the right extended outward block is delivered from Point of Origin after the upward forearm strike.

2. Immediately slide your left foot toward 4:30 and deliver a right outward horizontal back knuckle strike to the opponent’s solar plexus. Your left hand continues to check your opponent’s left arm. •Shortening the circle.

3. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as you deliver a right extended outward block to the inside of the opponent’s left arm. Simultaneously execute a left thrusting handsword strike to the opponent’s throat. •Because your right arm is travelling in a Geometric Path of Action, it is possible that you can also rake across the opponent’s face with an outward back knuckle strike.

4. Slide your left foot toward your right foot (gauging leg) and pivot counterclockwise as you deliver a right thrusting knife-edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s right knee simultaneous with a right inward handsword strike to the left side of the opponent’s neck. Your left hand positionally checks near your solar plexus. •Your kick will make contact 1/4 beat before your handsword makes contact. •A right inward downward diagonal raking hammerfist strike may (and is often) utilized instead of the right inward handsword strike.

5. From point of contact with your right kick, execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30.


52

GLANCING SALUTE NAME—Glancing refers to the method of execution that your heel palm strike (salute) utilizes in this technique. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Forward Bow Stance Vertical Forearm Strike Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Upward Knee Kick Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Extension Rear Twist Stance Outward Downward Diagonal Heel Palm Strike Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Claw Reverse Bow Stance Downward Heel Palm Strike Over-the-Shoulder Back Knuckle Strike Upward Knee Kick Inward Two-Finger Hook Outward Back Knuckle Strike CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Opposing Forces Torque Back Up Mass

ATTACK FRONT Right Hand Cross push WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Pushes DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Orange #9 Orthodox 24 System Orange #8 32 System Orange #7 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Triggered Salute Gift of Destruction Menacing Twirl


53

GLANCING SALUTE

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step toward 11:00 (left neutral bow stance) and pivot clockwise to form a right forward bow stance facing 3:00 as you pin the opponent’s right hand against your chest with your right hand. Simultaneously deliver a left vertical forearm strike against his right elbow. •This action controls the opponent’s Width Zone. •Ride the force of his push as you pivot clockwise. •A right vertical outward block is sometimes used to pin the opponent’s right arm against your shoulder.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow stance facing 12:00 as your left hand pins the opponent’s right arm against his body as you simultaneously deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to his jaw. •The action of forcefully pinning the opponent’s right arm against his body brings his head downward and forward into your right heel palm strike. The heel palm strike forces his head upward and backward.

3. Your right arm circles the right side of the opponent’s face to hook the back of his neck in the shape of the crane. Anchor your right arm and pull the opponent downward toward the ground as you deliver a right upward knee kick to his stomach. 4. Plant forward and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 to buckle the inside of the opponent’s right knee. Simultaneously deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to his face as your left hand pins his right arm against his body. •Your right inward horizontal elbow strike contours the opponent’s head.



54

GLANCING SALUTE

EXTENSION •This extension also demonstrates how to counter an opponent’s attempt to grab your wrists in reaction to your strikes. If the opponent grabs your right and left wrists (right hand to your left wrist and left hand to your right wrist) after you execute the right reverse bow buckle to the inside of his left knee (Step 6), rotate inplace and execute a right front crossover sweep kick to the back of the opponent’s right ankle as you use your right arm to track along your left forearm and break the opponent’s grip. As you plant and settle into a left rear twist stance, deliver a right two-finger poke to the opponent’s eyes. As you clear the opponent’s arms, it will simultaneously cross check his arm in a manner similar to DESPERATE FALCONS. Notice how this is simply an application of the Orthodox Version. •An early version (pre-1975) ended by executing a right front crossover sweep kick and planting with a left two-finger eye hook after the right reverse bow buckle (Step 6).

5. Slide your left foot toward 1:30 to form a left rear twist stance as you deliver a right outward downward diagonal heel palm strike to the opponent’s solar plexus simultaneous with a left inward horizontal heel palm claw to his face. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot (gauging leg) to your right foot and stepping toward 2:00 with your right foot. •The right inward horizontal elbow strike will turn the opponent’s head into your left inward claw. Some practitioners use a left inward twofinger hook to the opponent’s eyes.

6. Immediately slide your right foot back toward 1:30 and form a right reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s left knee. Simultaneously deliver a right downward heel palm strike to his groin as your left hand positionally checks beside the right side of your face. •Some practitioners deliver a right downward hammerfist strike.

7. Your left hand wraps around the left side of the opponent’s neck and anchors down to pull him into a right over-the-shoulder back knuckle strike to his face. 8. Immediately deliver a right upward knee kick to the inside of the opponent’s right knee as your hands continue to check high. •The buckle will begin to turn him outward (clockwise). •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual ended the extension here and executed a right front crossover and double coverout toward 7:30.

9. Pivot clockwise and plant your right foot toward 6:00 to form a left rear twist stance and deliver a left inward two finger hook to the opponent’s eyes as you settle into your stance. 10. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 (left reverse step through) and face 12:00 in a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s face. 11. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30.


55

FIVE SWORDS NAME—This technique receives its name from the original version which contained five handswords (swords) as the primary weapons. Practitioners no longer train these specialized weapons for effective combat use, so some hand weapon formations were changed; the name, however, remains the same. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Inward Block Forward Bow Stance Outward Downward Diagonal Handsword Strike Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Five-Finger Thrust Uppercut Punch Outward Downward Diagonal Handsword Strike Inward Overhead Handsword Strike Extension Inward Upward Diagonal Heel Palm Strike Inward Five-Finger Circular Claw Reverse Bow Stance Outward Upward Diagonal Handsword Strike Back Stiff-Leg Lifting Kick

ATTACK FRONT Right Roundhouse Punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Orange #10 Orthodox 24 System Orange #9 32 System Orange #8 FORM LOCATION Form 4

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Angle of Incidence RELATED TECHNIQUES Raining Claw Twirling Hammers Bowing to Buddha Dance of Darkness


56

FIVE SWORDS

BASE TECHNIQUE •Another version of this defense, called the “High Five”, delivers all the strikes to the neck and head.

1. With your right foot step forward and from a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 to check the inside of the opponent’s right knee. Simultaneously defend with a right inward block to the inside of his right forearm. Your left hand checks high. •Some practitioners deliver the block to the opponent’s right biceps and use the left check hand as the actual block (left extended outward block). Others deliver the block to the opponent’s right shoulder and use the left check hand as the actual block (left extended outward block). In both cases. The right hand will not have much much distance to travel for an effective strike and will result in a minor strike. Most instructors teach the inward block to be delivered below the opponent’s elbow with a high left check. In this instance, the opening defensive move of FIVE SWORDS is an example of blocking with a check anticipating its need. Regardless, the left check hand should hurt the opponent when it is delivered; it should not be passive. •This action is designed to expose the opponent’s Width Zone and targets. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00. The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual omitted this angle.

2. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as you deliver a right outward downward diagonal handsword strike to the right side of the opponent’s neck followed by a left thrusting heel palm strike to this chin and a left five-finger thrust to his eyes. Cock your right hand to your right hip (palm up with the fist clenched) as you settle into your stance. •The poke to the opponent’s eyes will move his head back and expose his mid-section for the next strike.

3. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 and deliver a right uppercut punch (palm up) to the opponent’s stomach. •Your left hand becomes a preparatory cock and guards horizontally, palm down above your right arm near the biceps. In this position, your left hand can guard against further use of his arm or a head butt strike. •This action will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist.


57

FIVE SWORDS

4. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 and form a right forward bow stance facing 10:30 as you deliver a left outward downward diagonal handsword strike to the left side of the opponent’s neck. •During this action, your right hand acts as a positional check against the opponent’s left arm. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding the left foot toward 4:00. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated striking the left side of the opponent’s jaw with a left outward heel palm strike instead of the handsword strike.

5. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as your left hand hooks behind the opponent’s neck and pulls his head downward. As you settle into your stance, execute a right inward overhead handsword strike to the back of his neck. •Your right handsword will strike the top of the opponent’s cervial spine located at the base of his skull. •As your right hand strikes, your left hand slides off the opponent’s neck and checks low. Many practitioners add a left outward downward diagonal claw to the opponent’s face during this action. •Some practitioners settle into a right fighting horse stance.

6. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual did not indicate an Angle of Departure.


58

FIVE SWORDS

EXTENSION 6. Deliver a left inward upward diagonal heel palm strike under the opponent’s chin. Immediately convert this into a left inward five-finger circular claw across his face as your right hand cocks (palm up) to the left side of your heart. •This action will turn the opponent’s head toward you. •Your left hand may also utilize an inward two-finger hook to his eye. •As your left arm is delivering the inward upward diagonal heel palm strike your right arm drops to cover low. During this action, it may claw across the opponent’s face. This will create a scissoring action with your claws.

7. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right reverse bow stance facing 10:30 and deliver a right outward upward diagonal handsword strike to the right side of the opponent’s neck. •Your right arm track below your left arm toward its target (the throat). •The left inward upward digonal heel palm claw and your right outward upward diagonal handsword strike utilize 1/4 beat timing.

8. Execute a right back stiff-leg lifting kick to the opponent’s groin. •You may drag your left foot toward your right foot to gauge for distance if necessary. •An early version of this defense (pre-1975) added a right rear heel palm claw to the opponent’s face to occur simultaneously with the right back stiff leg lifting kick. This is still utilized by some practitioners today. •Some practitioners conclude this defense with a right back kick or a right side kick to any available target.



59

BUCKLING BRANCH NAME—Branch is a term used to describe the leg. This technique utilizes a method of kicking designed to buckle the opponent’s stance by kicking behind his knee. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Outward Downward Block Front Snapping Ball Kick Front Twist Stance Knife-Edge Kick Extension Transitory Reverse Bow Stance Front Rotating Twist Stance Inward Overhead Vertical Hammerfist Strike Knee Kick Reverse Bow Stance Vertical Upward Heel Palm Claw Inward Heel Palm Claw Close Kneel Stance Underhand Back Knuckle Strike Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Torque Back-Up Mass Gravitational Marriage Open Ended Triangle Tracking

ATTACK FRONT Left Step Through Thrust Kick WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Kicks DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Purple #4 Orthodox 24 System Orange #10 32 System Orange #18 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Gift in Return Brushing the Storm Menacing Twirl


60

BUCKLING BRANCH

BASE TECHNIQUE •

1. With your right foot step toward 4:30 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 10:30. Simultaneously deliver a left outward downward block to the outside of the opponent’s left leg as your right hand cocks to your right hip (fist clenched; palm up). Immediately recoil your left hand counterclockwise into a vertical position to act as a positional check. •Your right hand may deliver a minor inward downward block (palmup) prior to delivering your left outward downward block (major). •This action is intended to generate pain in the opponent’s leg as well as to control his Width Zone by turning him and exposing his centerline. •Your left hand shifts to an extended outward but relaxed handsword position to act as a Positional Check. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 5:00 with your right foot.

2. Immediately deliver a right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s groin from behind. •Time your kick to occur before his right foot plants down. Doing so will enable you to take advantage of Borrowed Force as well as prevent his ability to counter. •You may also deliver a right front scoop kick to his groin. This will work well in the natural sequencial flow of the next series of moves. •This kick should make the opponent bend over at the waist with his head facing 10:30. •Prior to kicking you will pivot counterclockwise with your left foot. This will generate Rotational Force for the kick.

3. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) toward 10:30 and form a right front twist stance. Immediately deliver a left knifeedge kick to the inside of his right knee from the rear. •When you plant your right foot in twist stance, you are essentially forming a right front rotating twist stance. •If necessary, your right foot may modify the twist stance to properly gauge for distance and angle. •Position your hands in open in a defensive position. •Some practitioners plant forward to form a left neutral bow stance to check the opponent’s left hip prior to covering.


61

BUCKLING BRANCH

4. From Point of Contact, execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 4:00.


62

BUCKLING BRANCH

EXTENSION 4. From Point of Contact, plant your left foot toward 9:30 and form a transitory left reverse bow stance. Immediately pivot counterclockwise (and in place) to form a left front rotating twist stance. Simultaneously check the opponent’s left shoulder with your left hand and execute a right inward overhead vertical hammerfist strike to his solar plexus. Immediately follow with a right knee kick to the middle of his spine. •Your right hand will travel over the opponent’s left shoulder and to the front of his solar plexus. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual stated that you should deliver the right knee kick “if it is feasible to do so”. •Some practitioners pivot counterclockwise to form a left forward bow stance and eliminate the twist stance and knee kick.

5. Plant your right foot to Point of Origin and immediately pivot clockwise to form a left reverse bow stance as you deliver a right vertical upward heel palm claw to the left side of the opponent’s chin and face. Immediately follow with a left inward heel palm claw to the left side of his jaw. •Execute your left inward heel palm claw in a stiff-arm manner, using body fusion. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described using a right back knuckle strike to the opponent’s jaw instead of the vertical upward heel palm claw. A later revision to the manual changed this to a heel palm claw.

6. Without hesitation, shift your left foot counterclockwise toward 5:30 and form a right close kneel stance as you execute a right underhand back knuckle strike to the opponent’s head as he is dropping. •Deliver your right underhand back knuckle strike in a sligtly stiff-arm manner using body fusion. •From its previous position, your right hand will drop (fist clenched) and loop to strike in an underhand back knuckle fashion. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward 5:00.


63

BUCKLING BRANCH

7. Immediately leap and pivot counterclockwise in the air, and land on your left foot as you deliver a right downward looping roundhouse kick to the opponent’s sternum. •This kick is similar to the kick used in LEAP OF DEATH. •Your left foot may drag to your right foot in order gauge for distance and angle prior to leaping for the kick. •The upward back knuckle strike and downward looping roundhouse kick occur with 1/4 beat timing. Allow the motion of the upward back knuckle strike to carry you into the motion of the roundhouse kick.



64

SCRAPING HOOF NAME—The technique receives its name from the manner in which you use your foot to kick and scrape the opponent’s legs. It resembles a horse or bull scraping the ground with its hoof as a sign of aggression.

ATTACK REAR Full Nelson (attempted) WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Holds and Hugs

BASICS Base Rear Head Butt Strike Rear Bow Stance Back Side Scooping Heel Kick Thrusting Knife Edge Kick Downward Stomp Kick Extension Reverse Bow Stance Front Crossover Neutral Bow Stance Rear Crossover Back Thrusting Heel Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Pinning Reverse Marriage of Gravity Contouring Gravitational Marriage

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Orange #11 Orthodox 24 System Orange #11 32 System Orange #9 FORM LOCATION Short Form 3 Long Form 3

RELATED TECHNIQUES Repeated Devastation Twirling Sacrifice Entwined Lance Captured Twig


65

SCRAPING HOOF

BASE TECHNIQUE •The standard curriculum states that this defense and REPEATED DEVASTATION repeat the technique on the opposite side. This is required for the purpose of learning Short Form 3 and Long Form 3. A practical street application is described below: Step 1 While in a full nelson hold with your arms raised, thrust both of the your fists toward the ground to free you from his grasp and pin his arms against your body. Simultaneously, slide your left foot slightly toward your right foot as you straighten your knees and back to deliver a rear head butt strike to the opponent’s face. Step 2 Bend your left knee and pivot clockwise to form a right rear bow stance facing 3:00. Drop your weight and deliver a right back side scooping heel kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee. Step 3 Immediately deliver a right thrusting knife edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s right knee. Scrape down the opponent’s right shin with the knife edge of your foot. End with a right downward stomp kick to his right instep. Step 4 Slide your right foot toward 12:00 and pivot clockwise to face the opponent in a left rear twist stance. This rotation coupled with keeping the opponent’s right arm pinned beneath your right arm will create torque on the opponent’s right arm and turn his left shoulder away. Step 5 Step out with your left foot and complete your cover out by executing a reverse step through with your right foot toward 12:00.

1. While in a full nelson hold with your arms raised, thrust both of the your fists toward the ground to free you from his grasp and pin his arms against your body. Simultaneously, slide your left foot slightly toward your right foot as you straighten your knees and back to deliver a rear head butt strike to the opponent’s face. •This defense is designed to prevent the opponent from appying a full nelson hold early in its attempt.

2. Bend your left knee and pivot clockwise to form a right rear bow stance facing 3:00. Drop your weight and deliver a right back side scooping heel kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee. •This action utilizes the principles of Reverse Marriage of Gravity and Contouring. Reverse Marriage of Gravity is obtained by dropping your weight as your right foot kicks upward. Contouring is utilized because you are attempting to strike a vertical target with a vertical weapon. So, you contour your own leg to properly strike the opponent’s leg. •Dropping your weight while keeping the opponent’s arms pinned will also create an Angle of Disturbance thereby further controlling the opponent.

3. Immediately deliver a right thrusting knife edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s right knee. Scrape down the opponent’s right shin with the knife edge of your foot. End with a right downward stomp kick to his right instep. •In Short Form 3 and Long Form 3, you plant into a horse stance as you deliver the downward stomp kick; however, this is not practical in actual application. You must stomp the opponent’s foot at a 90degree angle to create the proper Angle of Incidence. •This is technically where the defense ends; however, the opposite side is repeated in Short Form 3 and Long Form 3 and is described below:

4. Pivot counterclockwise to form a left rear bow stance facing 9:00. Drop your weight and deliver a left back side scooping heel kick to the inside of the opponent’s right knee. 5. Immediately deliver a left thrusting knife edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee. Scrape down the opponent’s left shin with the knife edge of your foot. End with a left downward stomp kick to his left instep.


66

SCRAPING HOOF

6. Step toward 11:00 with your right foot and execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30.


67

SCRAPING HOOF

EXTENSION •Another method of performing the takedown in this extension is to immediately step toward 1:30 after your right reverse bow stance buckle toward 7:30. Hook your right foot around the opponent’s right foot (keeping your foot flat on the ground) and press your right knee forward to upset the opponent’s balance and cause him to fall. Range and the positional relationship between you and your opponent will determine if this is feasible.

4. Slide your right foot toward 7:30 and form a right reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s left leg. Your arms cover during this process. •You may deliver a right rear hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin and a left inward heel palm claw to his face simultaneous with the right reverse bow buckle if you wish and circumstances allow. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot toward 7:00.

5. Immediately execute a left front crossover toward 4:30 and immediately step toward 1:30 with your right foot and form a right neutral bow stance. During this process, use your right foot to sweep the inside of your opponent’s right leg and force him to the ground. •Your foot work employs the concept of Angle Switching to upset the opponent’s balance and facilitate the takedown. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated executing a left front crossover totward 5:00.

6. Execute a left rear crossover and deliver a right back thrusting heel kick to the opponent’s groin. 7. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual did not indicate an Angle of Departure.


68

GRIP OF DEATH NAME—The name of this defense was chosen to impress upon the student’s mind the serious consequences that could result if this lock is successfully applied.

ATTACK LEFT FLANK Right Arm Headlock WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Locks

BASICS Base Close Kneel Stance Inward Hammerfist Strike Forward Bow Stance Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Extension Front Crossover Sweep Kick Front Twist Stance Reverse Bow Stance Snapping Knife-Edge Kick Rear Twist Stance Spinning Back Heel Thrust Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Leveraging Contouring Sandwiching RELATED TECHNIQUES The Grasp of Death Escape from Death Crashing Wings

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside Right POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 9:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Orange #12 Orthodox 24 System Orange #12 32 System Orange #10 FORM LOCATION Short Form 3


69

GRIP OF DEATH

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. Turn your head to the left and tuck your chin into your chest as you step forward with your right foot toward 10:30 and form a right close kneel stance as you use your left knee to check and control the opponent’s right knee. Simultaneously deliver a right inward hammerfist strike to his groin with a left inward hammerfist strike to this kidney. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 10:00. The revision indicated 10:30.

2. Contour your left arm over his right shoulder and use the first two fingers of your hand to press under the opponent’s nose (philtrum) as you anchor your elbow to fulcrum his head backward and downward. •Depending upon circumstances, you may also grab his hair near his forehead, the nerves under this chin, or you may simultaneously use your thumb under his chin, your first and second fingers under his nose and your third and fourth fingers into his right eye. •Leveraging the opponent’s head backward controls his Height Zone and prevents him from delivering a knee kick. •Some practitioners deliver a left inward downward diagonal hammerfist strike simultaneous with a right inward upward diagonal hammerfist strike.

3. Pivot clockwise and form a left forward bow stance facing 6:00 as you deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to the opponent’s chin. Your left hand slides down the opponent’s right arm (sliding check) and checks his elbow. •Your right arm contours the opponents’ chest to strike the chin.

4. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30.


70

GRIP OF DEATH

EXTENSION 4. Execute a left front crossover sweep kick to the opponent’s right foot and plant to form a left front twist stance facing 10:30. Your left hand maintains its check to his right arm and your right hand positionally checks. 5. Adjust your right foot (gauging leg) toward 6:00 to create proper alignment for the next move. Immediately slide your left foot toward 7:30 and form a left reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of this opponent’s left knee from behind. Your left hand checks low and your right hand checks high. •Attempt to execute the left reverse bow stance buckle to his left knee while his right leg is still off the ground after your left front crossover sweep kick. This may be accomplished by (1) timing the left buckle to occur while his right leg is still in the air, or (2) holding his right leg off the ground with your arms as you execute the buckle. •An early version of this extension (pre-1975) ended with the left reverse bow buckle. Some practitioners still practice this method today. The following two moves were added if you were unable to time the buckle properly.

6. Deliver a left snapping knife edge kick to the back of the opponent’s right knee. 7. Plant your left foot toward 4:30 and form a right rear twist stance. Immediately pivot clockwise and deliver a right spinning back heel thrust kick to the opponent’s upper spine. 8. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30.


71

CROSSING TALON NAME—The term talon is used symbolically to represent a wrist or arm grab. In this technique, the opponent cross grabs your right wrist with his right hand (talon); hence, the title CROSSING TALON.

ATTACK FRONT Right Hand Cross Wrist Grab WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles

BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Thrusting Forearm Strike Arm Bar Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike Outward Downward Heel Palm Strike Five-Finger Claw Inward Overhead Elbow Strike Wide Kneel Stance Upward Knee Kick Downward Heel Palm Strike Extension Outward Wrist Lock Break/Throw Roundhouse Kick Reverse Bow Stance Thrusting Knife Edge Kick Front Crossover Sweep IMPORTANT PRINCIPLES Back Up Mass Gravitational Marriage

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside Right POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Purple #8 Orthodox 24 System Orange #13 32 System Orange #11 FORM LOCATION Short Form 3 Long Form 3

IMPORTANT CONCEPTS Counter Grabbing Angle of Disturbance Locking/Breaking RELATED TECHNIQUES Darting Mace Gripping Talon Desperate Falcons Mace of Aggression


72

CROSSING TALON

BASE TECHNIQUE •Another version of Crossing Talon is found in Short Form 3. This version, also known as the fulcrum version, has your left hand pin on top of your opponent’s right hand as you counter grab in the same manner. The left elbow then presses down on the opponent’s right elbow as both arms act as levers to force the opponent to bend forward.

1. Counter-grab your opponent’s right wrist with your right hand in a clockwise motion as your left foot steps toward 1:00 and forms a left neutral bow stance. Simultaneously with the step, deliver a left thrusting forearm strike to his elbow. •As you strike with your left arm, with your right hand pull the opponent’s arm toward your right hip to control his Dimensional Zones. •Plant your left foot in front of the opponent’s right foot. •Anchor your right elbow to twist. By anchoring, you will pull him slightly forward and momentarily control his width.

2. Continue the push-pull action on the opponent’s arm and apply and arm bar to force his head down. •This push-pull motion will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist. This will control his height zone and possibliy cause his head to strke your left knee. •The action of forcing the opponent down resembles a “dipping” motion. •If you are unable to force the opponent down, you may immediately slide your right foot clockwise toward 10:30 and utilize this action to force your opponent downward.

3. Immediately deliver a left outward horizontal elbow strike to the opponent’s right temple. •Your left elbow may be either palm up or palm down depending upon circumstances and the angle of the opponent. •Your left arm must have travel in order to deliver an effective strike. To accomplish this, after your have forced the opponent downward with your arm bar, slide your left arm along his arm/elbow toward your right hip. This will act as a sliding check and give you the proper Angle of Alignment for the strike (Contouring Principle). •Use your right hand to pull the opponent into your left elbow strike. •Some practitioners pivot into a left reverse bow stance prior to delivering the left outward elbow strike. While this may give greater travel for the elbow strike, you inadvertantly allow the opponent to flank you and it may create an opportunity for him to execute a takedown. Practitioners who advocate this method pivot counterclockwise to form a left fighting horse stance as the elbow is delivered.


73

CROSSING TALON

4. Immediately after your left outward elbow strike, deliver a left outward downward heel palm strike to his temple followed by a left five-finger claw to his face. •Anchor your left elbow onto his right shoulder to create a fulcrum as you claw his face. This will enable you to continue controlling his height zone.

5. Immediately deliver a left inward overhead elbow strike to his upper spine as you drop your weight and form a left wide kneel stance. •Slide your left hand along the opponent’s spine (from neck to waist) to act as a sliding check to control his height zone in preparation for your inward overhead elbow strike. •By dropping your weight in conjunction with the inward overhead elbow strike, you employ the principle of Marriage of Gravity (Gravitational Marriage). •Some practitioners drop into a left close kneel stance simultaneous with the left inward overhead elbow strike.

6. Deliver a right upward knee kick to the opponent’s face as you simultaneously deliver a left downward heel palm strike to the back of his head to create a sandwiching effect. •As you raise up for the knee kick, you are employing the principle of Reverse Marriage of Gravity (Reverse Gravitational Marriage). •Use both arms to pull the opponent into your right knee kick.

7. Plant your right foot to point of origin and execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 6:00. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 4:30.


74

CROSSING TALON

EXTENSION 7. Immediately plant your right foot to point of origin and slide your left hand down the opponent’s right arm and prepare for a wrist lock. Have your right hand position in the same manner. •Your left hand grabs (pam down) the back of the opponent’s right wrist with your left thumb on the back of the opponent’s hand. Your right hand mirriors this position on the opposite side.

8. Slide your left foot toward 6:00 and pivot counterclockwise to form a left neutral bow stance facing 6:00. Simultaneously with this action execute a right outward wrist lock break/throw. •Travel in a tight clockwise circle as your left foot steps back and your body pivots. •Keep the opponent’s hand pinned to your right hip when applying the lock/break. This will keep the circle small and ensure the desired effect. •Some practitioners effectively alter the timing by grabbing the opponent in a wrist lock position simultaneously as you slide your left foot back to form a twist stance. Once in this position, you then pivot counterclockwise and execute the throw.

9. Simultaneous with the wrist lock/break/throw, deliver a right roundhouse kick to the opponent’s solar plexus or face to force him to the ground. •Maintain the wrist grab during the kick.

10. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) alongside the opponent’s right rib cage in a right front twist stance. Shift your right hand under the opponent’s right wrist and grab again. Have your left hand reposition its grip to assist your right hand. Once both hands have secured the opponent’s wrist, pivot clockwise and form a left reverse bow stance. •Your right hand reverses its position and grabs counterclockwise, palm upward.


75

CROSSING TALON

11. Cock your left leg in the air and deliver a left thrusting knife-edge kick to the opponent’s neck as you simultaneously pull the opponent’s arm upward to possibly cause a shoulder dislocation. •As you cock your left leg, there is the possibility of striking the opponent’s elbow with your left knee (Sophisticated Basics). •Your left leg contours up the opponent’s arm as you cock your leg for the kick.

12. Release your opponent’s right arm and execute a left front crossover sweep to his right arm. 13. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 1:30.


76

REPEATING MACE NAME—In this technique, you will use repeated strikes with your right fist (mace). BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Outward Hooking Parry (palm up) Inward Horizontal Raking Hammerfist Strike Outward Back Knuckle Strike Inward Downward Diagonal Looping Roundhouse Kick Extension Front Twist Stance Outward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Spinning Back Heel Kick Transitory Reverse Cat Stance Back Scoop Kick Stiff Leg Kick Rear Crossover Heel Stomp Thrusting Knife Edge Kick Front Crossover Sweep Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Angle of Cancellation Complementary Angles RELATED TECHNIQUES Reversing Mace Snapping Twig Shield and Sword Circling Destruction


ATTACK FRONT Left Hand direct push WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Pushes DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Orange #13 Orthodox 24 System Orange #14 32 System Orange #22 FORM LOCATION None

77

REPEATING MACE

BASE TECHNIQUE •This defense is a response to a step through push to the center of your chest. It may also be used as a defense against a cross hand push.

1. With your left foot, step toward 4:30 and pivot to form a right neutral bow stance (facing 12:00) as you defend with a left outward hooking parry (palm up) simultaneous with a right inward horizontal raking hammerfist strike to his left kidney. Immediately loop back with a right outward back knuckle strike to his left ribcage as you settle into your stance. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward 5:00. •There are three distinct phases of your stance during this initial action. First, you will be in a modified right neutral bow stance as you execute the left outward hooking parry. Second, you will rotate into your stance with the right inward horizontal hammerfist strike. Third, you will settle into your stance with the right outward back knuckle strike. •Some practitioners deliver a right inward horizontal hooking middle knuckle fist strike to create deeper penetration into the left kidney. •Your left outward hooking parry can be used in close quarters by keeping the elbow anchored.

2. Shift your weight onto your left leg and deliver a right inward downward diagonal looping roundhouse kick to the back of his left knee. •This kick compliments the angle of the opponent’s left thigh and strikes the top of his calf behind his knee. This action will cause his left knee to buckle and force him onto his knees.

3. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Depature toward 4:00.


78

REPEATING MACE

EXTENSION •There are two positions from which to force the opponent to the ground—from front and from the rear of the opponent. The method you choose will depend upon the circumstances. Most modern practitioners practice moving toward the front of the opponent. From the Front After your right inward downward diagonal roundhouse kick, deliver a right downward stomp to the opponent’s left ankle and plant to the outside of his left leg. Slide your left foot forward and form a left front twist stance as you deliver a right outard downward diagonal hammerfist strike to his jaw. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance and deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike. Continue pivoting clockwise and deliver a right spinning back heel kick to the opponent’s head or solar plexus. The opponent is now on his back. The remainder of the extension is performed in the same manner. From the Rear After your right inward downward diagonal roundhouse kick, plant your right foot to point of origin and slide your left foot forward to form a left front twist stance as you deliver a right outward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to the opponent’s sternum. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance as you deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike upward and under his chin. Your right hand checks the opponent’s left arm and hooks the inside of his left arm to assist in turning him. Continue pivoting clockwise and deliver a right spinning back heel kick to his solar plexus. As you spin, use your right hand to turn the opponent. The remainder of the extension is performed in the same manner.

3. Front Point of Contact, plant your right foot to Point of Origin and immediately slide your left foot toward 10:30 and form a left front twist stance as you execute a right outward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to his sternum or face. Your left hand will check on top of his left arm. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot toward 12:00 and forming the left front twist stance toward 11:00.

4. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance as you deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike upward and under the opponent’s chin. Simultaneous with this action your right hand will slide and check his left arm. •The fingers of your right hand will point to the left and your palm will be out. •This sequence will cause the opponent to turn and begin to fall toward 1:30.

5. Without hesitation, continue to pivot clockwise and deliver a right spinning back heel kick (toward 1:30) to the opponent’s solar plexus. •This action will force him to the ground, onto his back, with his head pointing toward 1:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated forcing the opponent down toward 11:00.

6. Plant your right foot into a transitory right reverse cat stance to gauge the distance and Angle of Entry for the next move. Immediately have your left foot hop between the opponent’s legs and deliver a right back scoop kick to the inside of his left knee. 7. Reverse the direction of your right foot and deliver a right stiff-leg kick to the inside of his right leg. •The previous two moves are designed to force his legs apart.

8. Plant your right foot to the inside of the opponent’s right leg and immediately execute a left rear crossover heel stomp to his groin. 9. As the opponent reacts to the stomp, execute a right thrusting knife-edge kick to his throat, chin, or face.

In both versions, you may have to hop over his left leg to begin the kicking sequence.


79

REPEATING MACE

10. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover sweep kick to scrape the opponent’s right shin, instep, and foot. •You may also finish with a right stomp to his right ankle as you begin your coverout.

11. Plant your right foot and execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30.


80

SHIELDING HAMMER NAME—Shield is a term used to describe an extended outward block. In this defense, you will utilize an extended outward block followed by a hammer fist strike in a response to the opponent’s attack.

ATTACK FRONT Left Roundhouse Punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches

BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Extended Outward Block Inward Downward Diagonal Raking Back Knuckle Strike Horizontal Dipping Outward Elbow Strike Extension Front Twist Stance Vertical Punch Downward Hammerfist Strike Upward Elbow Strike Downward Torquing Heel Palm Strike Spinning Back Heel Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Contouring Fitting RELATED TECHNIQUES Sword of Destruction Clutching Feathers Unfurling Crane Fatal Deviation

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Orange #14 Orthodox 24 System Orange #15 32 System Orange #12 FORM LOCATION None

BASE FOUNDATIONAL TECHNIQUE EXTENSION FOUNDATIONAL TECHNIQUE


81

SHIELDING HAMMER

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot step back and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right extended outward block to the inside of the opponent’s left forearm. Your left hand acts as a positional check near your right rib cage. •Many practitioners add a left minor block prior to delivering the right extended outward block. •Your extended outward block should also act as a strike injuring the arm as you block.

2. Deliver a right inward downward diagonal raking back knuckle strike across the bridge of the opponent’s nose. •This action will turn the opponents head to his right and his body on a 45-degree angle. •This strike should be directed toward 10:30 to ensure depth of penetration. •Many opponent’s will lead with the head prior to delivering roundhousing punches. In this defense, we beat his action by meeting it with a right inward raking back knuckle strike to the bridge of his nose. •The action of striking with a raking back knuckle will also act as a block if his right arm does come into play.

3. Continue the clockwise motion of your right arm and shuffle forward to deliver a right horizontal dipping outward elbow strike to the opponent’s solar plexus. Your left hand will be positionally checking above your right arm. •Your left hand is positioned for a possible heel palm claw or fivefinger thrust to the opponent’s face or eyes. •Some practitioners deliver the elbow strike in an outward downward diagonal direction. The final path should be horizontal and forward to take advantage of your body momentum. •The direction of the elbow strike is toward 1:30 to create an Angle of Incidence with his body. •Deliver your right elbow strike without disrupting its flow of motion. •Advanced practitiones should utilize a collapsing elbow strike and use a forward push-drag maneuver to increase its power.



82

SHIELDING HAMMER

EXTENSION 4. Slide your left foot forward and form a left front twist stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left vertical punch to the opponent’s sternum simultaneous with a right downward hammerfist strike to his groin. •Some practitioners utilize a right outward horizontal back knuckle strike.

5. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance as you deliver a right upward elbow strike (obscure elbow) to the opponent’s jaw while cocking your left hand palm up in preparation for the next move. At the precise moment you settle into your stance, deliver a left downward torquing heel palm strike to his solar plexus or sternum. •As your right arm continues upward, follow the obscure elbow strike with a right vertical upward heel palm strike to his jaw succeeded by a right vertical upward five finger ripping claw to his face. •Some practitioners omit the upward elbow strike and deliver a right outward upward diagonal heel palm claw to the opponent’s chin followed by a left outward horizontal handsword strike to his throat/ neck.

6. Without disrupting your flow of action, pivot clockwise and form a right close kneel stance and immediately deliver a left back thrusting heel kick to the opponent’s sternum or any available target. •Your right foot may adjust to gauge for distance. •A revision to the 1975 IKKA Red Manual described pivoting clockwise and delivering a right spinning back heel kick to the opponent’s groin. Next, you plant your right foot (gauging leg) toward 12:00 and execute a left back thrusting heel kick to the opponent’s sternum. This “chicken kick” method appeared in only one revision and is not commonly required.

8. From Point of Contact, execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 6:00.


83

STRIKING SERPENT’S HEAD NAME—Many of the hand weapons that make up our natural weapons arsenal originated from ancient martial art styles. Some were given nicknames that related to philosophic ideals or local folklore. In this technique, a half fist is used as the principle striking weapon. This hand weapon has also been known as a leopard’s fist and serpent’s head. BASICS

ATTACK FRONT Rear Hug with arms free WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Holds and Hugs DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside

Base Neutral Bow Stance Inward Inverted Back Knuckle Strike Forward Bow Stance Snapping Half Fist Strike (palm down) Extension 45-Degree Cat Stance Downward Vertical Claw Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Wide Kneel Stance Inward Overhead Hammerfist Strike Downward Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Inward Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Back Up Mass in front of weapon Zone of Obscurity Contouring Leveraging

POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Orange #15 Orthodox 24 System Orange #16 32 System Orange #14 FORM LOCATION Short Form 3

RELATED TECHNIQUES Grip of Death Tripping Arrow Thrusting Prongs Escape from Death


84

STRIKING SERPENT’S HEAD

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot, step to 6:00 and form a left neutral bow stance as you contour the opponent’s back and deliver a left inward inverted back knuckle strike to his left temple or mastoid. Simultaneously cock your right hand in a half fist position palm upward below your right pectoral muscle. •As you cock your right arm you may insert a right inward hooking heel palm strike to the left side of his face. •When you cock your right arm, use this action check above the opponent’s left arm, or, if possible, drive your right elbow to the rear and clear his left arm from around your body. The position of your right half fist then becomes a positional check to his left arm. •Drop your weight to control his Height Zone. •A left inward hooking wrist strike may also be utilized if circumstances dictate.

2. Grab the opponent’s hair near his forehead and pull his head backward and downward. Simultaneously pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow stance as you deliver a right snapping half fist strike (palm down) to his throat. After the strike, immediately pivot back into your left neutral bow stance and re-cock your right hand in a palm up position below your right pectoral. •By pulling the opponent’s head backward and downward, you control his Dimensional Zones. •Anchor your left elbow on his back, between his shoulder blades, when fulcruming his head backward. •The action on pulling the opponent’s head backward is similar to GRIP OF DEATH and CROSSING TALON. •Your half fist strike should aim at your left wrist. This will create a backstop for the strike. This increases the effectiveness of your strike and contributes to the principle of Sandwiching. •When you pivot counterclockwise into your left forward bow stance, your left knee buckles the inside of the opponent’s right knee. This further controls the opponent’s Dimensional Zones and creates an Angle of Disturbance.



85


EXTENSION •Another version of the extension is described below: Step 3 Slide your left foot back and form a left 45-degree cat stance as you deliver a left downward vertical claw to the opponent’s face. Your right hand covers. Step 4 Slide your left foot toward 9:00 so that it is alongside and parallel with your right foot. Simultaneously track down the opponent’s right arm and grab his right wrist with your left hand. Immediately crescent step a r o u n d a n d b e h i nd t h e opponent’s right leg to buckle the back of his right knee as you deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to his left ribcage. Step 5 Your right hand reaches up and grabs the back of this opponent’s collar or the hair (back of his head) and pulls him downward as you drop into a right wide kneel stance. Step 6 Deliver a left inward overhead hammerfist strike to the opponent’s heart. Step 7 Deliver a right inward raking hammerfist strike to the opponent’s bridge of nose as you quickly and suddenly slide your right foot back and forma right 45-degree cat stance and allow the opponent to fall to the ground. Step 8 Deliver a right inward downward looping roundhouse kick to the opponent’s face.

3. Slide your left foot back and form a left 45-degree cat stance as you deliver a left downward vertical claw to the opponent’s face. Your right hand covers. •The body momentum obtained by sliding backward into a left 45degree cat stance (Gravitational Marriage) adds to the effectivenss of the left claw. •The claw to the face causes the opponent to reach up and grab his face. This gives you the opportunity to grab his right wrst.

4. Slide your left foot toward 9:00 so that it is alongside and parallel with your right foot. Simultaneously track down the opponent’s right arm and grab his right wrist with our left hand. Immediately step toward 11:00 with your right foot and form a right neutral bow stance to buckle the inside of his right knee as you simultaneously deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to his left ribcage. •The elbow strike should turn the opponent’s lett shoulder away and present you a Line of Entry for the takedown.

5. With your left hand still grabbing, circle your right foot around and behind the opponent’s right foot to buckle the back of his right knee as your right hand contours clockwise, around, and behind up the opponent’s back and end by holding the left side of his neck using his left shoulder as a fulcrum. 6. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 and drop to form a left wide kneel stance as you pull the opponent down and force his back onto your right knee. 7. Release your left hand and check the opponent’s action at his chest. Simultaneously have your right hand slide counterclockwise under his back and circle it overhead to deliver a right inward overhead hammerfist strike to his heart. •Your right knee acts as a backstop for your hammerfist strike. •At this point, the opponent’s head should be pointing toward 9:30.

Step 9 Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30.


86


•An early version of this defense (p re-1975 ) performed the extension in the following manner: Step 3 Slide your left foot back and form a left 45-degree cat stance as you deliver a left downward vertical claw to the opponent’s face. Your right hand covers. Step 4 Slide your left foot toward 9:00 so that it is alongside and parallel with your right foot. Simultaneously track down the opponent’s right arm and grab his right wrist with our left hand. Immediately step toward 11:00 with your right foot and form a right neutral bow stance to buckle the inside of his right knee as you simultaneously deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to his left ribcage.

8. Execute a left downward thrusting heel palm strike to his rib cage as you slide your right foot backward to form a right 45-degree cat stance. •You should quickly move your right foot away to create a moment when the opponent is no longer supported. This will further cause injury when the opponent falls to the ground.

9. Finish with a right inward downward looping roundhouse kick to the opponent’s face. 10. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30.

Step 5 With your left hand still grabbing, circle your right foot around and behind the opponent’s right foot to buckle the back of his right knee as your right arm orbits counterclockwise to deliver a right heel palm strike to the opponent’s left shoulder. Note: this sequence is similar to TRIPPING ARROW. Step 6 Slide your left foot toward 4:30 and drop to form a left wide kneel stance as you pull the opponent down and force his back onto your right knee. Step 7 Release your left hand and check the opponent’s action at his chest. Simultaneously have your right hand slide counterclockwise under his back and circle it overhead to deliver a right inward overhead hammerfist strike to his heart. [continued on next page]


87


Step 8 Execute a left downward thrusting heel palm strike to his rib cage as you slide your right foot backward to form a right 45degree cat stance. Step 9 Finish with a right inward downward looping roundhouse kick to the opponent’s face. Step 10 Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30.


88

LOCKED WING NAME—The term wing is used in self-defense techniques to represent an elbow. In this defense, the opponent locks your right arm behind your back. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike Uppercut Forearm Strike Forward Bow Stance Upward Knee Kick Inward Overhead Heel Palm Strike Extension Wide Kneel Stance Inward Overhead Elbow Strike Downward Hammerfist Strike Outward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strike Outward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike Close Kneel Stance Downward Knee Kick Back Heel Stomp CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Torque Leveraging Sandwiching

ATTACK REAR Right Arm Hammerlock WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Locks DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Purple #11 Orthodox 24 System Orange #17 32 System Orange #15 FORM LOCATION Short Form 3

RELATED TECHNIQUES Spiraling Twig Defying the Storm Flight to Freedom


89

LOCKED WING

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step toward 4:30 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you countergrab the opponent's right wrist with your right hand. •You must begin your defense as soon as the opponent begins his action. •Try to place your left leg against the inside of his right leg. •Some practioners step back and form a left reverse bow stance toward 5:00 to buckle the inside of the oponnent’s left leg.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left neutral bow stance facing 6:00 as you deliver a left outward horizontal elbow strike to the opponent’s jaw. Simultaneously pull the opponent’s right arm with your right hand. •Depending upon circumstances you may pivot counterclockwise and form a left fighting horse stance. •Pulling on the opponent’s right arm controls his Width Zone and aligns the elbow for the break. •You may follow the elbow strike with a left outward horizontal heel palm strike and claw through his face.

3. Circle your left arm counterclockwise around his right arm and deliver a left uppercut forearm strike against his right elbow as you simultaneously pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance facing 10:30. •This action will begin to spin the opponent toward 12:00. •An early version of this technique followed with a left rear heel palm strike and grab to the groin. This action was intended to assist in causing the opponent to bend further forward at the waist. •Some practitioners straighten and rotate their left arm on a downward 45-degree angle to increase the leverage on the opponent’s right arm and force him to bend forward at the waist.


90

LOCKED WING

4. Without hesitation, slide your right foot toward 4:30 and form a left forward bow stance facing 10:30 as you continue to apply pressure and spin him around. Immediately release your right and deliver a right upward knee kick to his chest simultaneously with a right inward overhead heel palm strike to the back of his neck to cause a sandwiching effect. •The knee kick may also be directed toward the opponent’s head. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated sliding your right foot back toward 6:00.

5. Plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow stance facing 10:30 as you push the opponent off your knee and onto the ground. •The 1987 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot toward 11:00.



91

LOCKED WING

EXTENSION 5. Plant forward with your right foot and form a right neutral bow stance facing 10:30 as your left hand reaches across the opponent’s back and grabs his chin from the left side. Your right hand checks the opponent’s right shoulder. 6. Slide your left foot toward 1:30 and pivot counterclockwise to face 7:30 in a right neutral bow stance as your right hand pushes the opponent’s right shoulder as you simultaneously twist the opponent’s head counterclockwise to turn the opponent facing 7:30. 7. Drop into a right wide kneel stance and force the opponent’s back onto your right knee. •Use your left hand under the opponent’s chin to control the opponent’s Height Zone and hold him in position for the strikes.

8. Deliver a right inward overhead elbow strike to the right side of the opponent’s head followed by a right downward hammerfist strike to his heart or sternum. •An early version of the exentension continued the motion of the right arm to deliver a right rear elbow strike to his chin followed by a right returned five finger claw across the opponent’s face prior to delivering the inward overhead elbow strike and hammerfist. This action flowed from the natural flow of motion from pushing the opponent’s shoulder to delivering the hammerfist strike.

9. Cock your right arm to your left shoulder and immediately return with a right outward downward diagonal elbow strike to the left side of his head followed by a right outward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to his sternum as you slide your right foot toward 12:00 and form a right close kneel stance facing 10:30 to deliver a left downward knee kick across the opponent’s throat. •You may deliver a right outward downward diagonal back knuckle strike to the left side of his head followed by a left inward downward diagonal heel palm strike and claw to his face to force him to the ground as your right foot drops back. •An early version of this extension forced the opponent to the ground with a right outward claw followed by a left inward claw. •Your right arm follows a figure-eight pattern as is delivers the inward and outward hammerfist strikes. •The opponent should fall beside your right leg to properly align for the left downward knee kick.


92

LOCKED WING

10. Spring upward and deliver a left back heel stomp kick to the opponent’s face. •You may execute a left front crossover sweep kick across his face prior to delivering the back heel stomp. •Stomp practitioners form a left one-legged stance to enhance the effectivenessof the stomp.



93

OBSCURE WING NAME—In this technique, you will utilize a rear vertical elbow strike. This strike travels in the obscure zone. In addition, elbows are symbolically referred to as wings. Hence the title, Obscure Wing.

ATTACK RIGHT FLANK Left Hand Shoulder Grab WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles

BASICS Base Fighting Horse Stance Back Hammerfist Strike Snapping Obscure Elbow Strike Extension Reverse Bow Stance Over-the-Shoulder Back Knuckle Strike Downward Heel Palm Strike Side Scissor Headlock Upward Knee Kick Front Crossover Sweep Kick Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick Modified Close Kneel Stance Rear Twist Stance CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Gravitational Marriage Back-up Mass Torque Get the Upper Hand Settling Obscure Zone Borrowed Force

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside Left POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 3:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Purple #12 Orthodox 24 System Orange #18 32 System Orange #16 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Obscure Claws Marriage of the Rams Obscure Sword Captured Twigs


94

OBSCURE WING

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left hand, pin the opponent’s left hand to your right shoulder. Simultaneously step to 3:00 and form a right fighting horse stance as you deliver a right rear elbow strike to the opponent’s solar plexus. 2. Immediately deliver a right back hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin. •You may also deliver a right back heel palm strke to the groin followed by a grab to the testicles.

3. Finish with a right snapping obscure elbow strike to the opponent’s chin. •Your right arm contours up the opponent’s chest and tracks toward its target. •As you deliver the right obscure elbow strike, your left hand checks low. When your right arm returns to position, your left hand checks high. This is also known as “Changing of the Guard”. •Some practitioners turn toward the opponent as the obscure elbow is delivered. This is acceptable if you remember that it will change the angle of delivery.

4. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual did not indicate an Angle of Departure.


95

OBSCURE WING

EXTENSION 4. Immediately slide your right foot toward 7:30 and form a right reverse bow stance to buckle the opponent’s left leg. Simultaneously deliver a right over-the-shoulder back knuckle strike to the opponent’s face with a left downward heel palm strike to the back of his head to sandwich. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that the right leg slides toward 7:00.

5. Grab the right side of the opponent’s neck with your right hand and the left side of his neck with your left hand and lock his head in a side scissor headlock. Pull the opponent downward as you deliver a right upward knee kick to his face. •Your left foot may gauge if necessary.

6. Plant your right foot directly downward (gauging leg) and immediately slide your left foot toward 6:00, ending in a right forward bow stance, as you simultaneously pull downward on the opponent’s head to flip him to the ground. •Your right foot will plant in line with your left foot. •When you plant down with your right foot and slide backward with your left foot, you are performing a front-to-back switch maneuver. •When the opponent lands, his feet will be pointing toward 12:00 with his head toward 6:00. •Before its revision, the 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that the right foot plants “slightly forward toward 12 o’clock into a shallow right neutral bow”.

7. Execute a left front crossover sweep kick across the opponent’s head and face (toward 12:00) and plant to the right side of the opponent’s body. 8. Utilizing this counterclockwise torque, plant your left foot back toward 4:30 (toward the right side of his head) and deliver a right downward looping roundhouse kick to his solar plexus. You will be in a modified left close kneel stance.


96

OBSCURE WING

9. Execute a right front crossover sweep kick across his head and face and plant into a left rear twist stance facing 6:00. •Before the right front crossover sweep, some practitioners insert a left front stomp to the opponent’s right shoulder as he reacts upward in response to the kick to the groin. •The right kick may also be executed in a vertical manner rather than an inward sweeping motion if circumstances dictate.

10. Step out with your left foot and execute a double cover out toward 6:00.


97

REVERSING MACE NAME—Mace is a term used to symbolically represent a closed fist. In this defense you will employ the concept of reverse motion in your defense. The extension of this technique demonstrates reverse paths of motion.

ATTACK FRONT Left Step Through Punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches

BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Inward Parry Outward Parry Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike Inward Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick Extension Knife Edge Kick Rear Crossover Rear Twist Stance Outward Overhead Hammerfist Strike Forward Push-Drag Maneuver Forward Bow Stance Thrusting Vertical Punch Knee Kick Stomp CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Framing Moving Up the Circle Angle of Cancellation Reverse Motion Complementary Angles

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Purple #9 Orthodox 24 System Orange #19 32 System Orange #17 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Repeating Mace Glancing Wing Entwined Lance Destructive Fans


98

REVERSING MACE

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. From a right neutral bow stance, slide your left foot toward 4:30 and defend with a right inward parry followed by a left outward parry. As you settle into your stance, deliver a right outward horizontal back knuckle strike to the opponent’s left lower ribcage. Your left hand will end palm up on top of the opponent’s left arm like a waiter carrying a tray. •Some instructors teach this as a right inward block followed by a left vertical outward block. Regardless of the method used, the principle remains the same. Note: the 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that the defensive actions are blocks; the 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated that the defensive actions are parries. Blocks have the added advantage of controlling the opponent’s Width Zone. •The back knuckle strike will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist. •This method of moving is called moving “Up the Circle”. By moving Up the Circle, you place yourself within range of his ribcage and gain a better angle from which to strike. You can also use the opponent as an obstancle if there is another opponent. •By moving Up the Circle, you are at an angle which will enable you to sophisticate the action of blocking by immediately following the block with a right vertical thrust punch or a right two-finger poke to his eye. •Your right leg should check the back of the opponent’s right knee. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicate moving your left foot toward 5:00.

2. Immediately deliver a right inward downward looping roundhouse kick to the back of the opponent’s left knee. •Your right kick will compliment the angle of the opponent’s left thigh to strike with your instep to the top of his calf. This action will cause his left knee to buckle toward the ground. •An early (pre-1975) version of this defense delivered a right snapping knife edge kick to the opponent’s left knee to cause the buckle.

3. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 5:00.


99

REVERSING MACE

EXTENSION •A noth er v ersi on of description is as follows:

thi s

Step 3 From Point of Contact, plant your right foot toward 12:00 so that you end behind your opponent and immediately drag your left foot (gauging leg) toward your right foot and deliver a right knife edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s right knee. Step 4 From Point of Contact, plant your right foot toward 10:30 and immediately execute a left rear crossover to form a left rear twist stance as you simultaneoulsy deliver a right outward overhead hammerfist strike to the opponent’s sternum. Your left hand checks his left arm and shoulder. Step 5 In reaction to your strike, the opponent’s left arm will come upward. Take advantage of this action by pinning his left arm against your right hip in a manner similar to LOCKED WING as you pivot counterclockwise. This action will create a fulcrum on his left elbow joint. Continue to pivot counterclockwise and form a left neutral bow stance and deliver a left rear elbow strike to the back of his head. Step 6 Your left hand reaches across the right side of his face and grabs his chin (fingers to right; thumb down). Adjust your right foot t o wa r d 1 1 : 0 0 a n d pi v o t counterclockwise to form a left forward bow stance as you pull the opponent’s head back and claw his face while simultaneoulsy delivering a right horizontal thrust punch to the back of his head. [continued on next page]

3. From Point of Contact, plant your right foot toward 12:00 so that you end behind your opponent and immediately drag your left foot (gauging leg) toward your right foot and deliver a right knife edge kick (toward 10:30) to the inside of the opponent’s right knee. •Use the momentum of your left drag step to assist in the delivery of the right knife edge kick. •This action take place from the back of the opponent and should buckle his right knee from inside out and force him onto his right knee (or onto both knees). It will turn him toward his left and present his sterhum as the next target. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated kicking toward 11:00.

4. From Point of Contact, plant your right foot toward 10:30 and immediately execute a left rear crossover to form a left rear twist stance as you simultaneously deliver a right outward overhead hammerfist strike to the opponent’s sternum. Your left hand checks his left arm and shoulder. •Your right arm will travel over your opponent’s left shoulder to his sternum assuming that his is still on his knee or knees. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot toward 11:00.

5. Pivot counterclockwise 360-degrees and form a left neutral bow stance to deliver a left outward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right mastoid as you settle into your stance. •Your may need to adjust your right foot (gauging leg) toward 11:00 and 12:00 at the conclusion of your turn to gauge for distance, angle, and direction prior to striking with your left back knuckle strike

6. Execute a forward push-drag maneuver toward 6:00 and pivot counterclockwise to form a left forward bow stance as you deliver a right thrusting vertical punch to the opponent’s upper spine as your left hand checks his shoulder blades. •When executing this thrusting punch, emphasize the penetrating force of your first two knuckles. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described this punch as a “corkscrew punch”.

7. Immediately follow with a right knee kick to the opponent’s lower spine. Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin

100

REVERSING MACE

Step 7 If he rises upward, grab his shoulders and pull him into a right knee kick to his lower spine. Step 8 From Point of Contact, deliver a right stomp to his left ankle. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 12:00.

8. From Point of Contact, execute a right stomp to the opponent’s left ankle. 9. From the position of your right stomp, plant to the inside of the opponent’s left ankle. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 12:00 •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting to the outside of the opponent’s left ankle. A later revision changed it to the inside.


101

THRUSTING PRONGS NAME—This technique receives its name from the manner in which your thumbs resemble prongs during its thrusting action. BASICS Base Modified Left Forward Bow Stance Twin Thumb Thrusts Upward Knee Kick Rear Elbow Strike Thrusting Knife Edge Kick Downward Stomp Kick Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Extension Inward Overhead Handsword Strike Neutral Bow Stance Reverse Close Kneel Stance Back Scooping Heel Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Back Up Mass Gravitational Marriage Contouring RELATED TECHNIQUES Glancing Salute Tripping Arrow Spiraling Twig

ATTACK FRONT Rear Hug with arms pinned WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Holds and Hugs DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Purple #10 Orthodox 24 System Orange #20 32 System Orange #19 FORM LOCATION None


102

THRUSTING PRONGS

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. Slide your right foot toward 6:00 and form a modified left forward bow stance as you deliver twin thumb thrusts to the opponent’s groin. •Have only your right foot move back and not your upper body as you form the left forward bow stance. This utilizes Mid-Point Balance. •The thumb strikes to the groin are designed to move the opponent’s hip backward to create room for the following strikes. Keep your thumbs together during the strike. •Be cautious of having the opponent’s head accidentally strike your face in reaction to the groin strike. You may prevent this by placing the right side of your face against the right side of his face. •The forward bow stance creates a Bracing Angle against the opponent’s forrward Body Momentum.

2. Immediately deliver a right upward knee kick to the opponent’s groin as your left hand hooks in the shape of the crane over and on top of the opponent’s right arm. Pull downward on his arm and pin his right arm against your left side. Simultaneously cock your right arm to your hip to clear his left arm with a right rear elbow strike and to cock your right arm for the next strike. •Prior to cocking your rihgt arm to your right hip, deliver a right inward hooking heel palm strike to the left side of his chest. This minor strike assists in controlling his Width Zone. •The actions of your left hand controls the opponent’s Width and Height Zones. The upward knee kick further controls this Height Zone by causing him to react by bending forward or bending his knees. •Your left arm utilizes the principle of anchoring while controlling his right arm. The crane hand can pull downward on the opponent’s bent arm in a manner similar to TRIGGERED SALUTE or it may pull inward and lock his arm in an arm bar in a manner similar to DEFYING THE STORM.

3. With your right knee in his groin, deliver a right thrusting knife edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee. •This kick should force the opponent’s left leg outward controlling his Dimensional Zones.


103

THRUSTING PRONGS

4. Scrape down the opponent’s left shin and end with a right downward stomp to his left instep as you simultaneously deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the left side of the opponent’s face or rib cage. •By scraping down the opponent’s shin, you may rotate his leg outward which exposes his ankle for attack. The stomp will possibly break his ankle when it is placed in this position. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual stated delivering the right inward horizontal elbow strike to the right side of the opponent’s face instead of his left side. This was corrected in a later revision but reappeared in the 1987 IKKA Studio Manual.

5. Execute a right front crossover toward 7:30.


and double cover out

104

THRUSTING PRONGS

EXTENSION •Another version of the extension is described below: Step 5 Slide your right foot toward 9:00 and form a left front twist stance facing 3:00 as your right hand hooks (in the shape of the crane) the right side of his neck and head and forces his head downward. Step 6 Deliver a right upward knee kick to the opponent’s face. Step 7 Momentarily plant your right foot into a right neutral bow stance and immediately bounce the right foot to deliver a right back scooping heel kick to the opponent’s face. Step 8 Finish with a right thrusting knife edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee. Step 9 Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30.

5. Slide your right foot toward 7:30 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 1:30 as your right hand hooks (in the shape of the crane) the right side of his neck and head and forces his head downward. As you settle into your stance, deliver a left inward overhead handsword strike to the back of his neck. At this point your right hand is covering near your stomach. •Anchor your right elbow to ensure its effectiveness.

6. Using 1/4 beat timing, deliver a right upward knee kick to the opponent’s face immediately following your left handsword strike. During this action, cock your right hand above your right ear (palm facing outward). 7. Plant directly forward under your opponent’s head and form a right neutral bow stance facing 1:30 as you simultaneously deliver a right inward overhead handsword strike to the back of his neck. Your left hand checks the opponent’s right shoulder. •You may have to modify the depth of your right neutral bow stance depending upon the circumstances.

8. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right reverse close kneel stance and execute a right back scooping heel kick to the opponent’s left jaw hinge. During this action, use your right hand to brace the opponent’s head to increase the effectiveness of your kick. 9. From Point of Contact, deliver a right thrusting knife edge kick to the inside of the opponent's left knee to buckle his leg outward. 10. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30


105

TWISTED TWIG NAME—Twig is a symbolic term use to describe an arm. In this defense when your arm is twisted in a wrist lock.

ATTACK FRONT Outward Wrist Lock WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Locks

BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Upward Elbow Strike Fighting Horse Stance Rear Elbow Strike Reverse Bow Stance Rear Hammerfist Strike

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right

Extension Rear Crossover Vertical Back Knuckle Strike Upward Knee Kick Close Kneel Stance Downward Knee Kick Inward Downward Diagonal Raking Back Knuckle Strike Downward Two-Knuckle Punch Inward Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES RELATED TECHNIQUES Thrusting Wedge Circling Wing Obscure Wing

ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Purple #15 Orthodox 24 System Orange #21 32 System Orange #20 FORM LOCATION None


106

TWISTED TWIG

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot, step toward 11:00 and form a right neutral bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s right knee. Your left hand checks on top of his right wrist to prevent him from applying leverage. Simultaneously deliver a right upward elbow strike to his solar plexus and/or jaw. 2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right fighting horse stance as you deliver a right rear elbow strike to the opponent’s solar plexus. •Your right hand will be palm upward as you execute the rear elbow strike.

3. Continue to pivot counterclockwise and form a right reverse bow stance as you deliver a right rear hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin. Your left hand is checking over your right shoulder. •You may insert a left inward eye hook as you hammerfist strike. •Some practitioners countergrab the opponent’s left wrist with their left hand and apply a forward arm bar lock using their own chest as a fulcrum (forward arm bar). When you countergrab with your left hand to his left wrist, your left forearm checks his right arm and prevents torque from being applied.



107

TWISTED TWIG

EXTENSION •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual incorrectly reversed the starting 12:00 position during the description of the extension. It has been corrected in this manual.

3. Execute a left rear crossover and form a right reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of his left knee. Simultaneously deliver a right rear hammerfist strike to his groin as your left hand hooks the left side of his neck in the shape of the crane and deliver a right vertical back knuckle strike to his face. •The position of your left hand acts as a backstop and creates a sandwiching effect with the right back knuckle strike.

4. Grab the right side of the opponent’s neck with your right hand in the shape of the crane. Pull his head down with both hands as you deliver a right upward knee kick to his head. •Both hands act as a backstop and create a sandwiching effect.

5. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) directly down so that it is in line with your left foot. Immediately step back with your left foot toward 12:00 as both arms pull the opponent’s head downward to flip him on his back. •At the conclusion of the flip, the opponent’s head will be pointing toward 12:00 and his feet toward 6:00. •The action of kicking with your right knee—planting down—and stepping back with your left foot is essentially a front-to-back switch maneuver.

6. Leap counterclockwise and drop into a left close kneel stance to deliver a right downward knee kick across the opponent’s throat and right clavicle. Simultaneously deliver a right inward downward raking back knuckle strike across the bridge of his nose. •Allow the motion of this strike to carry you into the clockwise leap for the next strike.

7. Leap clockwise in the air and drop into a right close kneel stance to deliver a left downward knee kick across the opponent’s throat and left clavicle. Simultaneously deliver a left downward two-knuckle punch to the opponent’s face. •The left knee may also strike the sternum or left side of his rib cage depending upon circumstances.


108

TWISTED TWIG

8. Leap counterclockwise landing on your left foot as you deliver a right inward downward looping roundhouse kick to the opponent’s sternum. 9. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 1:30.


109

OBSCURE SWORD NAME—The title of this technique has a double meaning. Obscure refers to actions taking place beyond our peripheral range. As your opponent grabs you from the right rear flank (obscure zone), you are unable to determine the actual intent of the person grabbing you. If the person was carrying a weapon, such as a knife, then the knife (sword) would be obscured from your vision. Your counter action will deliver a handsword (sword) from an angle which is obscure to your opponent. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Forward Bow Stance Outward Horizontal Handsword Strike Front Snapping Ball Kick Extended Outward Block Extension Inward Downward Diagonal Raking Hammerfist Strike Outward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike Rear Twist Stance Outward Back Knuckle Strike Upward Elbow Strike Reverse Bow Stance Back Elbow Strike Rear Hammerfist Strike Front-to-Back Switch Knee Kick Twin Heel Palm Strikes Rear Crossover Back Heel Stomp Front Crossover Sweep Kick and Stomp

ATTACK RIGHT REAR FLANK Left Hand Shoulder Grab WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside Left POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 4:30 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Purple #16 Orthodox 24 System Orange #23 32 System Orange #21 FORM LOCATION None

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Torque Back-Up Mass Purposeful Defiance Purposeful Compliance Object Obscurity Borrowed Force RELATED TECHNIQUES Sword and Hammer Obscure Wing Obscure Claws Menacing Twirl Sword of Destruction Thrusting Salute


110

OBSCURE SWORD

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left hand, pin the opponent’s left hand to your right shoulder. Simultaneously step toward 12:00 with your left foot and form a left neutral bow stance. Your right hand cocks under your heart in a palm up position. •By pulling on the opponent’s left hand as you step forward you control his Dimensional Zones and disrupt his balance (Angle of Disturbance). •Your opponent should not see your hands. •By placing your right hand under your heart it prevents it from being grabbed by the opponent, enables it to be launched from an obscure area, and cocks it (preparatory cock) for the next action. •This initial move utilizes the concept of Purposeful Defiance (Opposition). •Some practitioners utilize a right reverse bow stance on this initial action.

2. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance facing 4:30 as you simultaneously deliver a right outward horizontal handsword strike to the opponent’s throat. Your left hand is checking low. •The opponent’s reaction from the previous move is to pull his left hand back and turn you to face him. You will go with this action but utilize it for your own purpose. This is called Purposeful Compliance. •This action also utilizes the concept of Borrowed Force. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that the right forward bow stance should be directed toward 5:00.

3. Finish with a left front snapping ball kick to his groin. As you kick your right hand deflects and checks the opponent’s left arm with a right extended outward block. •This kick may be delivered to the inside of the opponent’s right knee if circumstances dictate.


111

OBSCURE SWORD

4. Plant your left foot back to point of origin and execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30. •An early version of this technique concluded by having you plant back with your left foot at a greater to distance than point of origin to execute a reverse pull-drag maneuver. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual did not indicate an Angle of Departure.


112

OBSCURE SWORD

EXTENSION 4. Plant your left foot forward (gauging leg) and execute a right front snapping ball kick to the inside of the opponent’s right knee. During this action your left hand positionally checks and your right hand is in a preparatory cock position by your right ear. 5. Plant forward with your right foot and form a right neutral bow stance facing 10:30. Simultaneously execute a right inward downward diagonal raking hammerfist strike to the left side of the bridge of the opponent’s nose. Continue the action of your right hand and end in a possible right outward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to the opponent’s right collar bone or chest. 6. Slide your left foot behind your right leg and form a left rear twist stance toward 12:00. Simultaneously deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to the right bridge of the opponent’s nose immediately followed by a right upward elbow strike to his chin. 7. Slide your right foot back and form a right reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s left knee. Simultaneously deliver a right back elbow strike to the opponent’s sternum followed by a right rear hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin. •You may have to adjust your angles if circumstances dictate.

8. Execute a front-to-back switch and slide your left foot back forming a left reverse bow stance to buckle the back of the opponent’s left leg. •You may have to adjust your angles if circumstances dictate.

9. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance facing your opponent and have both hands grab the opponent’s shoulders. Turn the opponent clockwise to face 4:30. 10. Pull downward on the opponent’s shoulders and deliver a right knee kick to his coccyx. 11. Plant your right foot toward 4:30 and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver twin heel palm strikes to the back of his shoulder blades forcing him face downward.


113

OBSCURE SWORD

12. Execute a left rear crossover and deliver a right back heel stomp to the opponent’s groin. •Some practitioners add a left rear cross stomp to the opponent’s right ankle.

13. Execute a right front crossover sweep kick and stomp sliding over the opponent’s left thigh and calf and finish with a right front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30.


114

RAINING CLAW NAME—The name of this defense stems from one of the major counter strikes utilized—an inward overhead heel palm claw. As it descends, the claw appears, like rain from a cloud. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Inward Downward Block Inward Overhead Heel Palm Claw Forward Push-Drag Maneuver Vertical Back Knuckle Thrust Extension Forward Bow Stance Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Ricocheting Five-Finger Thrust Vertical Downward Five-Finger Claw Half Fist Strike Outward Horizontal Heel Palm Claw Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike Direct Snaking Hammerlock Wide Kneel Stance Close Kneel Stance Knee Drop Back Heel Stomp

ATTACK FRONT Right Uppercut Punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches DEFENSIVE LOCATION Above POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Purple #13 Orthodox 24 System Orange #23 32 System Orange #23 FORM LOCATION None

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Smothering Threading RELATED TECHNIQUES Circling Wing Heavenly Ascent Prance of the Tiger Dance of Darkness


115

RAINING CLAW

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot step to 6:00 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 to deliver a right inward downward block to the opponent’s right forearm. Your left hand is guarding high to protect your head. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the block as a “downward inward block”. •By stepping back you increase the distance between the opponent and you; thereby, nullifying the effect of his uppercut by taking you out of range. •The block creates frictional pull which forces him downward and pulls him forward to control his Dimensional Zones. In doing so, his head will be brought forward.

2. Deliver a left inward overhead heel palm claw to the opponent’s face. •During this action, your right elbow remains close to your body. •This strike may bring your opponent’s head forward and downward. •Some practitioners execute a forward push-drag maneuver to occur with the inward overhead heel palm claw. •The left inward overhead heel palm claw is an example of fitting the weapon to the target (bridge of the nose).

3. Execute a forward push-drag maneuver as you circle your right hand clockwise and execute a right vertical back knuckle thrust to the opponent’s face as you settle into your stance. Your left hand checks low. •Your right hand threads its way to the target by tracking along your left wrist. •Apply Object Obscurity by releasing your left claw to his face just prior to delivering the right punch. •Some practitioners execute a right uppercut punch. •Some practitioners pivot into a right forward bow stance to deliver the left inward overhead claw and hold the forward push-drag until execution of the next strike. Other practitioners eliminate the forward push-drag entirely. Range and circumstances will dictate your options.

4. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30


116

RAINING CLAW

EXTENSION •An alternate version extension is as follows:

of

the

Step 4 Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as you execute a left thrusting heel palm strike to his chin and covert it into a left ricocheting five-finger thrust. Step 5 Convert your left five-finger thrust into a left vertical downward fivefinger claw as you pivot counterclockwise to form a right neutral bow stance. Deliver a right half fist strike (palm up) to his throat as you settle into your stance. Step 6 Slide your left foot toward 4:30 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 10:30 as you deliver a left outward horizontal heel palm claw to the left side of his face simultaneously with a right outward horizontal back knuckle strike to his solar plexus. Step 7 Slide your left foot toward 1:30 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 7:30 as you set a vertical shoulder lock on his left arm. Your left hand will be controlling his wrist in a wrist lock and your right hand will be controlling his elbow. As you set the lock, force the opponent’s head down into your right knee. Immediately follow with a left upward knee kick to his face. Step 8 Plant your left foot toward 6:00 and form a left neutral bow stance as you wrench his left elbow with your right hand.

4. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance toward 12:00 as your left hand (which is positionally checking at your sternum) execute a left thrusting heel palm strike to the opponent’s chin and convert it into a left ricocheting five-finger thrust to his eyes. Your right hand positionally checks at your sternum. •Some practitioners do not pivot into the right forward bow stance during this sequence.

5. Convert your left five-finger thrust into a left vertical downward five-finger claw to the opponent’s face as you pivot counterclockwise to form a right neutral bow stance. As you settle into your stance and as your left hand tracks its way down his face, execute a right half fist strike (palm up) to the opponent’s throat. •Time the action of your left and right hands so they counteract each other. •Continue the motion of your left hand and drop it down to act as a cocking check above your right arm in a manner similar to FIVE SWORDS. •Practitioners who do not pivot into a right forward bow stance in Step 3 will naturally not pivot into a right neutral bow stance.

6. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 to form a right neutral bow stance facing 10:30 as your left hand execute a left outward horizontal heel palm claw to the left side of the opponent’s face. Simultaneously deliver a right outward horizontal back knuckle strike to his solar plexus. •Your right arm circles above and on the inside of the opponent’s left arm. •Your arms travel in a counterclockwise circle. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicate sliding your left foot toward 4:00.

7. Continue sliding your left foot up the circle toward 1:30 to form a right neutral bow stance as your right hand continues under your opponent’s left arm. Your left hand checks his left elbow. Immediately apply a direct snaking hammerlock as you drop your weight and form a right wide kneel stance facing 7:30 forcing the opponent to bend over. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward “one and two o’clock”. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual revision stated to face toward 6:00.


117

RAINING CLAW

Step 9 Manipulate his left arm into a hammerlock position. Grab his left wrist with your left hand and contour up his back with your right hand ending at the back of his head. Your right hand applies pressure to the back of his head to act as a check. Step 10 Slide your right foot 180-degrees clockwise toward 6:00 to form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you pull back and upward with your left hand as your right hand pushes his head downward. Step 11 Leap counterclockwise and form a left close kneel stance facing 9:00 to deliver a right knee drop to the back of his neck. Step 12 Using the opponent’s neck as a springboard, leap clockwise, facing 3:00, and deliver a left back heel stomp to his head. Step 13 From Point of Contact, execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30.

8. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 as your left hand slides along the opponent’s left forearm to end with a grab to his left wrist. •At this point, begin placing great stress on his left arm.

9. Slide your right foot 180-degrees clockwise (right reverse step through) toward 6:00 to form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as your right hand assists your left hand in grabbing the opponent’s left wrist. Yank his arm toward you to dislocate his left shoulder and force him to the ground. •Some practitioners execute a reverse push-drag maneuver to assist with the dislocation. •The opponent’s arm must be lifted upward and off his back moving toward you to cause the dislocation. •Your opponent will end face downward with head head pointing toward you.

10. Leap counterclockwise and form a left close kneel stance facing 9:00 to deliver a right knee drop to the back of the opponent’s neck. •Take full advantage of Gravitational Marriage in this strike.

11. Using the opponent’s neck as a springboard, leap clockwise, facing 3:00, and deliver a left back heel stomp to his head. •Take full advantage of Gravitational Marriage in this strike.



118

CRASHING WINGS NAME—The term wing is a symbolic reference to an elbow strike. This technique receives its name from the manner in which the elbows (wings) are delivered in a downward direction (crashing) to the opponent’s arms.

ATTACK REAR Rear Hug with arms free WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Holds and Hugs

BASICS Base Horse Stance Twin Inward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strikes Transitional Close Cat Stance Reverse Bow Stance Neutral Bow Stance Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike Outward Horizontal Heel Palm Claw Forward Bow Stance Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike Extension Torquing Heel Palm Strike Wide Neutral Bow Stance Upward Knee Kick Right Front Twist Stance Forward Step Through Foot Maneuver Inward Slicing Knife Edge Kick Sliding Back Heel Kick

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Orange #16 Orthodox 24 System Orange #24 32 System Orange #24 FORM LOCATION Short Form 3 Long Form 3


119

CRASHING WINGS

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot step to 3:00 and form a horse stance facing 12:00 as you simultaneously deliver twin inward downward diagonal elbow strikes to the opponent's forearms. •Use your hips as a backstop to increase the effectiveness of the elbow strikes. •You must raise (cock) both arms prior to delivering the elbow strikes. •Anchor your buttocks against his right upper thigh to control his Dimensional Zones. •By dropping your weight, you control his Height Zone.

2. Slide your left foot toward your right foot and form a transitional close cat stance as your arms cock at your right hip. Your right palm will be facing upward and your left palm facing inward. •As you slide to the cat stance, control the opponent’s right arm with both hands. Your movement to the right should upset the opponent’s balance by placing weight onto his right leg.

3. Slide your left foot toward 7:30 to go around and behind the opponent’s right leg to form a left reverse bow stance •Keep your left hip against the opponent’s right hip to check is action by creating a Bracing Angle. If you leave a gap, the opponent can sweep his right leg backward and remove your base. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward 7:00.

4. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left neutral bow stance facing 7:30 as you deliver a left outward horizontal elbow strike to his face. Have your left arm continue across the opponent’s face and execute a left outward horizontal heel palm claw to his face. Your right arm will cock in a fist (palm out) beside your right ear. •Your left outward elbow strike will be palm downward at point of execution. •Just prior to delivering your left outward elbow strike, pull forward on the opponent’s right arm to control his Width Zone. •The left arm can contour up the opponent’s chest and deliver a left outward upward diagonal elbow strike to his jaw.


120

CRASHING WINGS

5. Continue to pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow stance facing 7:30 and deliver a right inward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to his bladder. Your left outward elbow strike follows through with its motion and pins the opponent’s right arm against your left side. •Your left thigh acts as a backstop to the hammerfist strike to increase its effectiveness. •Your left thigh acts as a fulcrum to cause a takedown. •By locking out your right arm, it acts as a check against his legs as he falls to the ground.

6. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance. Immediately execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 12:00.


121

CRASHING WINGS

EXTENSION • S o m e p r a c t i ti o n e r s t a k e advantage of a hidden motion by planting into a right front twist stance (facing 7:30) after the right upward knee kick. As the left foot steps forward and the right foot slides back to 6:00 to face 12:00 in a left neutral bow stance, you can cause a neck wrench simply by holding the opponent’s head and chin with your hands and utilizing your body’s rotational action. This neck wrench is enhanced as the opponent falls to the ground. •Another version of the extension some practitioners follow is described below: Step 5 Adjust your left foot toward 6:00 and pin the opponent’s right arm under your left elbow as your left hand controls his right elbow. Simultaneously deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to the right side of his jaw. At this point, your right fingers will be pointing to the right and the opponent’s head will turn away. Step 6 Allow the opponent to fall and deliver a right upward knee kick to his right rib cage. Step 7 With your right foot still in the air, execute a right front crossover stomp to his right arm. After the stomp, step off and plant your right foot above his right arm. Your left leg (gauges for angle and distance) steps forward above his right beside your right foot. Immediately slide your right foot backward and form a right reverse bow stance to sweep his right arm away. This turns and exposes the opponent’s head.

6. Have your right hammerfist strike slide up the centerline of the opponent’s body and end with a right torquing heel palm strike to the opponent’s jaw as your left foot steps slightly to the left and forms a left wide neutral bow stance. •At the point of your right hammerfist stike to his groin, your left elbow will still be on contact with your opponent’s head. This position is similar to CRUSHING HAMMER. This allows your left arm to immediately grab his forehead. •Your right fingers will be parallel to the ground and pointing away from you at point of contact of the heel palm strike.

7. Your left hand grabs the opponent’s forehead and your right hand grabs the bridge of his nose and yanks the opponent’s head downward into your right upward knee kick to the back of his head and neck. 8. Drop your opponent to the ground (he will end face up with his head pointing toward 4:30). During this action have your right foot plant toward 7:30 and form a right front twist stance. Immediately follow with a left forward step through foot maneuver into a left neutral bow stance. Conclude this maneuver by sliding your right foot clockwise toward 6:00 to form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual incorrectly stated planting your right foot into a neutral bow stance.

9. Deliver a right inward slicing knife edge kick through the opponent’s head and plant toward 7:30. Continue this flow of motion and deliver a left sliding back heel kick to the right side of the opponent’s head. •The left sliding back heel kick is a 180-degre turn. Some practitioners turn 360 degrees and deliver a left spinning outward hooking heel kick. In such cases, you will conclude with a right front crossover and double coverout toward 7:30


[continued on following page]


122

CRASHING WINGS

Step 8 Execute a right slicing knife edge kick to his head. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) beside your left and immediately spin counterclockwise and execute a left rear spinning back kick (on the ground) to the opponent’s head. Step 9 Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30. Note: This alternate extension is similar in application to the extension found in SQUATTING SACRIFICE.


123

PURPLE BELT


TWIRLING WINGS NAME—This technique derives its name from the manner in which your body applies twirling checks to control the opponent’s Dimensional Zones. Your elbows (wings) will be the chief striking weapons used in this defensive study.

ATTACK REAR Two Hand, Stiff Arm, Shoulder Grab WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles

BASICS Base Rear Twist Stance Forward Bow Stance Vertical Outward Block Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Fighting Horse Stance Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Extension Reverse Bow Stance Thrusting Knee Kick Rear Twist Stance Rear Spinning Stiff Leg Raise Rear Twist Stance Outward Back Knuckle Strike CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Torque Angle of Disturbance Zone of Obscurity Compact Unit Angle of Incidence Fitting

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside Left POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Purple #1 Orthodox 24 System Purple #1 32 System Orange #27 FORM LOCATION Short Form 3

RELATED TECHNIQUES Crossed Twigs Entangled Wing Circling Wing Circling the Storm Captured Leaves Crossing Talon


124

TWIRLING WINGS

BASE TECHNIQUE •Some practitioners utilize a right hand pin prior to delivering the left vertical outward block. This is in keeping with the rule that you always pin when stepping toward the opponent and it is optional when stepping away. If you wish to insert the pin in this technique, keep in mind that your right arm will have to travel twice as fast in order to pin and then cock for the right inward elbow strike. The pin can also be used to create a fulcrum as the left arm delivers its motion.

1. Slide your left foot toward 5:00 and form a left rear twist stance as you cock both hands in fists at your right hip. Your right fist should be palm up and your left fist palm facing you (cup and saucer). •Tuck your chin into your chest to help nullify the effects of a choke. If applied. •Some practioners use a reverse bow stance on the initial move.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow stance facing 6:00 as you deliver a left vertical outward block to the outside of his left arm (at or above his elbow) simultaneously with a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the back of his left lower ribcage. •If the opponent’s right leg is forward, the action of pivoting into a left forward bow stance will create a buckle on his right leg.

3. Pivot clockwise and form a left fighting horse stance as you deliver a left inward horizontal elbow strike to the front of his left lower rib cage. Your right hand is checking high on his right arm (Bracing Angle Check). •If the opponent’s left leg is forward, the action of pivoting into a left fighting horse stnace will create a buckle on his left leg. •Keep your right hand a safe distance from your face to cushion any blow that might be directed toward your head or face.



125

TWIRLING WINGS

EXTENSION 4. Have your right leg cross behind your left leg (left rear crossover) and immediately slide your left leg back to buckle the inside of his right leg. At this point you will be in a left reverse bow stance. •Keep the opponent’s arms in check as you cross behind and use your body to upset his balance and stability. •An optional left rear hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin may be inserted with the buckle. •As your right leg crosses behind your left, you may insert a right twofinger eye poke. This will assist in upsetting the opponent’s balance.

5. From your left reverse bow stance, deliver a left thrusting knee kick to the inside of his left knee to create another buckling effect. •If the range is too far for the knee kick, a left snapping knife-edge kick may be utilized instead of the knee kick.

6. Plant your left foot in front of your right forming a right rear twist stance facing 6:00. Immediately pivot clockwise and deliver a right rear spinning stiff leg raise kick to the opponent’s groin. 7. Plant your right foot toward 12:00 and form a left rear twist stance and deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s head. 8. From your twist stance, step out with your left leg to complete the right front crossover and double cover out toward 5:00.


126

SNAPPING TWIG NAME—You respond to the opponent’s push by utilizing opposing forces (snapping) to hyper-extend his left arm (twig). BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike Forward Bow Stance Outward Thrusting Handsword Strike Inward Downward Diagonal Raking Back Knuckle Strike Forward Push-Drag Maneuver Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Extension Front Twist Stance Downward Hammerfist Strike Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Chopping Punch Outward Back Knuckle Strike Side Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Frictional Pull Orbital Adjustment Sandwiching

ATTACK FRONT Left Hand Direct Push WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Pushes DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Purple #2 Orthodox 24 System Purple #2 32 System Orange #28 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Lone Kimono Hooking Wings Shield and Sword Repeating Mace


127

SNAPPING TWIG

BASE TECHNIQUE •This defense is sometimes related to the arm wrench found in LONE KIMONO. In SNAPPING TWIG, the wrenching motion is along a horizontal path; in LONE KIMONO it is along a vertical path. •This is a defense against a center chest push with forces you to step directly back to ride the motion along the angle of least resistance.

1. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left inward horizontal heel palm strike to the inside of the opponent’s left wrist simultaneously with a right inward horizontal heel palm strike to his left elbow. •These two simultaneous strikes utilize the principles of Fulcruming and Wrenching to control his Width Zone. •The left hand can also act as a pinning check.

2. Form the shape of the crane with your right hand and hook over the top of the opponent’s left arm. Utilize frictional pull to yank his left arm downward and past your right hip as you simultaneously pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance facing 12:00 to deliver a left outward thrusting handsword strike to his throat. 3. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 and deliver a right inward downward diagonal raking back knuckle strike across the bridge of the opponent’s nose. Your left hand executes a sliding check down the opponent’s left arm. 4. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance facing 12:00 and deliver a left inward horizontal heel palm strike to the right side of the of his jaw. •Some practitioners pivot at the waist and do not form a forward bow stance.

5. Execute a forward push-drag maneuver as you continue the counterclockwise motion of your right arm to deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the left side of the opponent’s jaw. •Your right arm adjusts its orbit (Orbital Adjustment) to continue the Flow of Action. •Your left hand acts as a backstop to create a sandwiching effect. •Some practitioners eliminate Step 4 and deliver the heel palm strike simultaneously with the inward elbow strike.



128

SNAPPING TWIG

EXTENSION 6. Slide your left foot forward to form a left front twist stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right downward hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin. Your left hand cocks in front of your sternum. 7. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to the opponent’s chin. 8. Deliver a right chopping punch to the opponent’s left floating ribs while covering and cocking your left hand to the right side of your head. •At the conclusion of this strike, your right arm will be cocked below your left arm.

9. Execute a left outward back knuckle strike to the left side of the opponent’s head. •Some practitioners eliminate this strike.

10. Pivot counterclockwise and deliver a right side kick to the inside of the opponent’s right knee. •Some practitioners plant forward toward the opponent and conclude with a right outward horizontal back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right temple. If you eliminate the left outward back knuckle strike, plant forward after the side kick and deliver a right outward back knuckle strike, this will relate the extension to LEAPING CRANE.

11. Front Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 6:00.


129

LEAPING CRANE NAME—This defense receives its name from a unique defensive maneuver which is utilized to avoid the attack—a one-legged leap. In some Chinese Kung Fu systems, a onelegged stance is symbolically referred to as a crane stance.

ATTACK FRONT Right step through punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches

BASICS Base One-Legged Stance Inward Parry Inward Horizontal Middle Knuckle Fist Rake Snapping Knife Edge Kick Neutral Bow Stance Outward Back Knuckle Strike Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike Extension Forward Bow Stance Five-Finger Ripping Claw Thrusting Handsword Strike Inward Downward Diagonal Handsword Strike Two-Finger Hook Front Scoop Kick Left Front Snapping Ball Kick Front Crossover Stomp Rear Stiff Leg Lifting Kick Side Kick

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Purple #3 Orthodox 24 System Purple #3 32 System Orange #29 FORM LOCATION Long Form 5

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Sandwiching RELATED TECHNIQUES Gathering Clouds Shield and Mace Destructive Fans Prance of the Tiger


130

LEAPING CRANE

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, leap between 9:00 and 10:00 and form a left one-legged stance as you defend with a left inward parry while simultaneously executing a right inward horizontal middle knuckle fist rake to the opponent’s right rib cage. •As the opponent turns his body as he punches, we borrow the force of this action to give greater power for the middle knuckle fist strike. The torquing motion of our own body as we leap and cock our leg also adds power to the strike. •Your right leg will be cocked to the inside portion of your left knee. •It may not always be possible to strike the opponent’s rib cage. At times his right elbow may be a better target. •Your right hand will end cocked palm up near your left hip. •An effective middle knuckle fist slice should cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual stated to “hop toward 9 o’clock”.

2. Execute a right snapping knife edge kick to the outside of the opponent’s right knee. •This kick will buckle the opponent’s knee in and toward himself. He should land on his knee bend over with his back facing you.

3. Drop into a right neutral bow stance toward 1:30 between your opponent’s legs as you deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to his left kidney. •The strike should cause the opponent’s head to snap upward and toward you. •Utilize Gravitational Marriage with this strike. •When you deliver the back knuckle strike, make sure that you are close enough to the opponent to use your right knee as a check to his lower spine. This will keep him in control if he attempts to move or turn. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting toward 1:00.

4. Contour up your opponent’s back and execute a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the right side of his jaw. Simultaneously execute a left inward horizontal heel palm strike to the left side of his jaw. •Your hands create a sandwiching effect.

5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30. Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin

131

LEAPING CRANE

EXTENSION 5. Reach across to the left side of the opponent’ face and pivot clockwise to form a right forward bow stance as you execute a right five-finger ripping claw (pulling back and toward you). Simultaneously deliver a left thrusting handsword strike to the back of the opponent’s neck. •Your right hand contours his head to grab his chin from the left side (fingers out; thumb down). •Your left hand tracks along your right and may deliver either a left thrusting handsword strike to the back of his neck or a left outward heel palm strike to the back of his head. •As you pivot into a right forward bow stance, use your right knee to brace against his lower back.

6. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward downward diagonal handsword strike to the right side of the opponent’s neck. 7. Execute a right two-finger hook to the opponent’s right eye as you deliver a right front scoop kick to his groin with a left thrusting heel palm strike to the back of his neck. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) and immediately deliver a left front snapping ball kick to his upper spine. •Your left heel palm acts as a fulcrum against the eye hook and scoop. •Your right scoop kick and your right two-finger hook mirror the others circular actions. •These kicks are delivered in a “chicken kick fashion”. •The opponent will be driven forward onto his stomach.

8. From Point of Contact, execute a left front crossover stomp to the opponent’s right ankle. •After your stomp, plant to the outside of his right leg.

9. With your right foot, step toward 5:00 and execute a left rear stiff leg lifting kick to the opponent’s chin. •Use your left heel to strike the opponent. This will lift the opponent’s head and expose his ribs for the next strike. •Your are stepping toward 5:00 (or 4:30) to a Zone of Sanctuary. •An early version of this defense (pre-1975) utilize a left outward horizontal hooking heel kick to the opponent’s head.


132

LEAPING CRANE

10. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) toward 8:00 and cock your right leg. Immediately deliver a right side kick to the top of the opponent’s right hip bone. 11. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 6:00.


133

SWINGING PENDULUM NAME—A pendulum is a term used in self-defense techniques to represent a downward block or a downward hammerfist strike. In this defense, you will utilize a circular swinging Path of Motion to evade the opponent’s kick. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Universal Block Forward Push-Drag Maneuver Downward Hammerfist Strike Fighting Horse Stance Snapping Obscure Elbow Strike Extension Reverse Bow Stance Upward Snapping Forearm Strike Rear Scooping Heel Kick Outward Horizontal Handsword Strike Forward Bow Stance Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Roundhouse Knee Kick Outward Claw Inward Heel Palm Claw Rear Twist Stance Inward Two-Finger Hook

ATTACK FRONT Right Roundhouse Kick WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Kicks DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Blue #4 Orthodox 24 System Purple #4 32 System Purple #9 FORM LOCATION None

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Up the Circle Orbital Change Contouring RELATED TECHNIQUES Delayed Sword Obscure Wing Calming the Storm Detour from Doom Locking Horns


134

SWINGING PENDULUM

BASE TECHNIQUE •This defense utilizes a Rolling Body Check as you move Up the Circle. It teaches how to move from Long, Middle, and Close Range fighting while moving off, inside and up the Line of Fire. It addition, it follows the adage, “where a circle ends a line begins; where a line ends a circle begins” by cutting a circular attack with a linear defense.

1. From a right neutral bow stance, slide your left foot Up the Circle toward 4:30 as you deliver a universal block against the inside of the opponent’s right leg. •The Universal Block is formed by the combined action of a right inward block with a left outward downward block. •Try to block at the opponent’s right knee. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot Up the Circle toward 4:00.

2. Execute a forward push-drag maneuver toward 10:30 and deliver a right downward hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin as you simultaneously check near his chest. •Your right arm will orbit counterclockwise to deliver the hammerfist strike to his groin before he plants to the ground. •This strike will force the opponent to bend forward at the waist. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated shuffling toward 11:00 as you deliver the right hammerfist strike.

3. Slide your left foot Up the Circle toward 1:30 to form a right fighting horse stance facing 7:30 as you deliver a right snapping obscure elbow strike to his chin. Your left hand continues to check high. •This strike will snap the opponent’s head upward. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot Up the Circle toward 2:00. •Some practitioners slide Up the Circle to 3:00 •As you deliver the right obscure elbow strike, your left hand will drop to check near your right ribcage.

4. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 1:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Depature toward 2:00.


135

SWINGING PENDULUM

EXTENSION 4. Slide your right foot back to form a right reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s left leg as you deliver a right upward snapping forearm strike to the opponent’s jaw. Your left hand is checking near your ribcage. •Your left foot may drag toward your right foot to gauge for distance and angle if necessary. •Some practitioners deliver a right rear hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin instead of delivering the upward snapping forearm strike.

5. Execute a right rear scooping heel kick to the opponent’s groin. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) near your left foot and immediately slide your left foot back to form a left reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of his right leg. •The scoop kick and left reverse bow stance maneuver is essentially a reverse back-to-front switch (in relation to the opponent).

6. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left neutral bow stance as you deliver a left outward horizontal handsword strike to the opponent’s sternum or solar plexus. Immediately pivot counterclockwise to form a left forward bow stance and deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to the left side of the opponent’s jaw. •Your right heel palm strike slips past the right side of the opponent’s head in a manner similar to GLANCING SALUTE.

7. Snake around the right side of the opponent’s head to hook the back of his neck with your right hand. Immediately pull the opponent downward to deliver a right roundhouse knee kick to his sternum. Plant your right foot to Point of Origin and form a left neutral bow stance as you deliver a left upward snapping forearm strike to the opponent’s jaw simultaneously with a right outward claw across his face. •Some practitioners deliver a right upward knee kick to the groin instead of the roundhousing knee to the sternum.


136

SWINGING PENDULUM

8. Execute a right inward heel palm claw to the left side of the opponent’s face as you begin to cross your left foot toward 4:30. As you settle into your right rear twist stance, deliver a right inward two-finger hook to the opponent’s left eye immediately followed by a left outward horizontal handsword strike to his neck. •The inward heel palm claw and inward two-finger hook occur in the same motion. Some practioners choose one over the other and do not combine them.

9. Complete your crossover by stepping toward 4:30 with your right foot and cover out toward 4:30.


137

CRUSHING HAMMER NAME—This name stems from the hammering action in the counter strikes designed to put a crushing end to the opponent’s attack. BASICS Base Horse Stance Hammerfist Strike Close Cat Stance Reverse Bow Stance Rear Heel Palm Strike Upward Vertical Obscure Elbow Strike Forward Bow Stance Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Extension Neutral Bow Stance Front Crossover Stomp Kick Thrusting Knife Edge Kick Close Kneel Stance Downward Knee Kick Back Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Contouring Zone of Obscurity RELATED TECHNIQUES Obscure Wing Squeezing the Peach Spreading the Branches Reprimanding the Bears


ATTACK REAR Bear Hug with arms pinned WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Holds and Hugs DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Purple #5 Orthodox 24 System Purple #5 32 System Orange #30 FORM LOCATION None

138

CRUSHING HAMMER

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot step to 9:00 and form a horse stance facing 12:00 as your left hand pins the opponent’s hand to your body. Simultaneously deliver a right hammerfist strike to his groin. •The hammerfist strike should loosen his grip. •By dropping your weight, you will control his Height Zone.

2. Slide your right foot toward 9:00 and form a right close cat stance. Immediately slide around and behind the opponent’s left leg to 4:30 and form a right reverse bow stance as you simultaneously deliver a right rear heel palm strike to the opponent’s groin and grab his testicles. •In this defense you are unable to pivot as in CAPTURED TWIGS so you “cat around” the opponent’s leg. As you execute the “cat around” with your right foot, cock your right arm upward in preparation for the heel palm strike. During the cocking phase it will be in front of his arm, (further controlling his action) palm forward, with your fingers pointing upward. •As you “cat around”, maintain contact with the opponent’s left leg with your right leg. •Some practitioners do not recoil the hammerfist strike from the previous step but immediately grab the groin. Others take advantage of the recoiling action by delivering a right back finger whip strike to the opponent’s eyes as the right foot “cat’s around”. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot between 4 and 5 o’clock.

3. Pivot clockwise and form a right fighting horse stance facing 4:30 as your right arm contours up the opponent’s body and delivers a right upward vertical obscure elbow strike to his chin. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting clockwise to face 4:00 in a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right obscure elbow strike. •Some practitioners continue the motion of the right elbow strike and end in a cocked position at your right hip to act as a Clearing Check as you flow into the next strike. Other practitioners utilize it as a Detaining Check by anchoring the elbow on the opponent’s left clavicle to expose his left rib cage.


139

CRUSHING HAMMER

4. Continue to pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance facing 4:30 as you deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to the opponent’s left floating ribs. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting clocking to face 5:00 in a right forward bow stance as you deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to his floating ribs.

5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30


140

CRUSHING HAMMER

EXTENSION •The extension is designed to respond when the opponent does not fall after the palm strike. •Another version of the extension followed by some practitioners is described below. This version can be applied if the opponent DOES fall to the ground after the palm strike: Step 5 One the opponent falls and his legs come upward, grab both of his legs and cross his right leg over his left leg. Switch the positions of your hands and have your right hand grab the opponent’s left heel (palm upward) and your left hand grabs his right toes/ankle (palm downward). Use your right thigh as a brace during this procedure. Step 6 Slide your right foot back toward 6:00 and pivot clockwise to face 12:00 in a left forward bow stance. During this action twist the opponent’s to flip him onto his stomach with his head pointing toward 6:00. This action is facilitated by using both of his legs as a fulcrum. Step 7 Execute a right front crossover stomp to the back of his left knee. Plant your right foot to the outside of his left leg. Step 8 Deliver a left thrusting knife edge kick to the back of the opponent’s head or neck. Step 9 Plant your left foot to the left side of his body. Your left foot should be under his left arm pit to act as a control. Immediately drop your weight and form a left close kneel stance to deliver a right downward knee kick to his left ribs or kidney.

4. Continue to pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance facing 4:30 as you deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to the opponent’s floating ribs. •Keep your right elbow against his chin to act as a detaining check as your left hand delivers a thrusting heel palm strike to his floating rib cage. The fingers of your left palm strike will point outward.

5. Immediately grab the back of both of the opponent’s knees and lift him off the ground forcing him to fall to the ground on his back. •Your right hand will grab the back of his right knee with your right hand and the back of his left knee with your left hand.

6. Shift your right hand and have it assist your left hand in twisting the opponent’s right foot. Immediately pivot clockwise slide your right foot back toward 12:00 to form a left neutral bow stance as you twist his ankle counterclockwise. This action will force the opponent to turn face downward. •When grabbing the opponent’s foot in preparation for the twist, have your right hand palm upward supporting the heel of his foot from the inside and your left hand palm down on top of his toes.

7. Release your grab on the opponent and execute a right front crossover stomp to the back of his right knee. After the stomp, slide your foot off to the right side of his body and plant it on the ground. 8. Deliver a left thrusting knife edge kick to the back of the opponent’s head or neck. 9. Plant your left foot under the opponent’s left armpit and drop into a left close kneel stance to deliver a right downward knee kick to his left ribs or kidney. 10. Bounce upward and shift your right foot so that it plants forward and beside the right side of the opponent’s head as you pivot clockwise to form a right close kneel stance to deliver a left downward knee kick to the back of his neck.

[continued on next page]


141

CRUSHING HAMMER

Step 10 With your right foot, step over head body and plant to the right side of his head. Drop your weight and form a right close kneel stance to deliver a left downward knee kick to the back of his neck. Use his left shoulder as a fulcrum for your left leg. Step 11 Bounce upward and leap onto your right foot toward 7:30. Finish with a left back kick to his opponent’s head.

11. Drag your left foot across the back of the opponent’s head as you cock your left foot high. Deliver a left back kick (or left downward stomp kick depending upon the distance) to the back of his head. •If you deliver a left downward stomp kick, you may simultaneously lift your right leg and form a left one legged stance to increase the gravitational marriage.


Step 12 Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30.


142

CAPTURED LEAVES NAME—In this technique, your fingers (leaves) are grabbed and locked (captured) by an opponent attacking from your right flank.

ATTACK RIGHT FLANK Left Hand Finger Lock WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Locks

BASICS Base Outward Upward Diagonal Handsword Strike Fighting Horse Stance Rear Elbow Strike Neutral Bow Stance Extension Reverse Bow Stance Front Crossover Maneuver Front Crossover Stomp Side Kick Thrusting Knife Edge Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Angle of Cancellation Axis of Rotation Pivot Point Path of Execution Angle of Incidence Third Hand Open Ended Triangle

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 3:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Purple #6 Orthodox 24 System Purple #6 32 System Orange #25 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Twirling Wings Circling Wing Gripping Talon Crashing Wings Entangled Wing


143

CAPTURED LEAVES

BASE TECHNIQUE •Some practitioners counter-grab the opponent’s left wrist with the left hand. As the left arm delivers the rear elbow strike, the grab is taken over by the right hand. During this action, the opponent’s left arm is rotated palm upward and placed on your right shoulder. Your shoulder is used as a fulcrum to create an Angle of Disturbance. If the opponent’s arm is bent, the arm is place on the outside of your right shoulder. Note: This method is more commonly utilized when CAPTURED LEAVES is used as a counter defense to BROKEN GIFT.

1. Go with the opponent’s motion and raise your right hand high toward 11:00 to relieve the pressure and move your right foot toward 11:00. Your left hand tracks between your and your opponent’s arms to deliver a left outward upward diagonal handsword strike to break the opponent’s grip. •Your left hand simultaneously cocks for the elbow strike as it delivers the outward handsword strike. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated stepping toward 1:30. •Some practitioners place the opponent at 12:00.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a fighting horse stance and deliver a left rear elbow strike to the opponent’s left kidney. •Depending upon the circumstances, you may also deliver a left outward horizontal elbow strike. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated pivoting counterclockwise and “facing between 8 and 9 o’clock”.

3. Pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right rear elbow strike to the opponent’s left ribcage. Your left hand guards the right side of your face. 4. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 9:00. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated an Angle of Depatured “between 8 and 9 o’clock”.


144

CAPTURED LEAVES

EXTENSION 4. Immediately slide your right foot back into a right reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s left knee. 5. Execute a left front crossover foot maneuver by sliding your left foot in front of your right foot and immediately step forward with your right foot into a right neutral bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s right knee to force the opponent onto his back. •You may use your right hand to simultaneously check the opponent’s right shoulder and assist in bending the opponent forward. •Depending upon circumstances, you may eliminate the left front crossover and execute a right forward step through maneuver and proceed directly to the buckle and takedown.

6. Execute a left front crossover stomp to the opponent’s right knee. 7. Plant your left foot to the outside of the opponent’s right leg and execute a right side kick to his groin. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting to the inside of the opponent’s right leg. The danger lies in the opponent’s reaction to your right side kick to his groin. He may draw his legs together and trap your left foot.

8. Plant your right foot to the side of the opponent’s right hip and slide your left foot (gauging leg) toward your right foot and immediately deliver a right thrusting knife edge kick to the opponent’s jaw. •The plant-gauge-and kick of your feet are performed with 1/4 beat timing.



145

EVADING THE STORM NAME—Storm is a symbolic term used to describe a club (stick) attack. In this defense, you will step out of the path of action and evade the attack. BASICS Base Forward Bow Stance Extended Outward Block Roundhouse Kick Neutral Bow Stance Horizontal Thrust Punch Forward Knee Strike Roundhouse Knee Strike Extension Side Kick Vertical Forearm Strike Modified (short) Neutral Bow Stance Roundhouse Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES RELATED TECHNIQUES Attacking Mace Obstructing the Storm Capturing the Storm Menacing Twirl

ATTACK FRONT Right Step Through Overhead Club Attack WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Weapons (stick) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Orange #7 Orthodox 24 System Purple #7 32 System Orange #26 FORM LOCATION None


146

EVADING THE STORM

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step toward 9:00 into a left forward bow stance as you execute a right extended outward handsword block to the outside of the opponent’s right arm. Your left hand acts as a positional check near your chest. •You may also step toward 10:00 to properly gauge the distance needed for the kick. •This maneuver moves you off the Line of Attack while redirecting the path of the opponent’s club. •A left minor inward parry may precede the right extended outward block. •The extended outward block is braced by the forward bow stance. •In recent years, many Kenpo practitioners have added tactics derived from the Filipino Martial Art Systems. In this technique, a right clockwise snake disarm may be inserted.

2. Immediately grab the opponent’s right wrist with your right hand and deliver a right roundhouse kick to his groin. •The opponent will react by bending forward at the waist. This will expose his right kidney.

3. Plant (drop) into a right neutral bow stance and immediately pivot clockwise to form a right forward bow stance facing 1:30 as you pull the opponent’s right arm downward and past your right hip. Simultaneously deliver a left horizontal thrust punch to his opponent’s right kidney or right ribcage. •Plant yourr right foot on the inside of the opponent’s right foot to act as a check. •You are pulling the opponent’s right arm down on the Angle of Cancellation. •Utilize Gravitational Marriage and Torque when delivering the punch. •Direct the punch on a forward downard diagonal toward 1:30 to control the opponent’s Width and Depth Zones. •The opponent will react by snapping his head back and his knees beginning to buckle. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting toward 1:00.


147

EVADING THE STORM

4. Deliver a left forward knee strike to the outside of the opponent’s right thigh. •The force of your knee strike should buckle the opponent’s right knee further, possibly to the ground. It may also drive him back.

5. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) forward and deliver a right roundhouse knee strike to the inside of the opponent’s right thigh. •This strike will temporarily immobilize his right leg. •If the opponent’s right leg buckles to the ground, plant your left foot (gauging leg) toward 10:30 and drop to form a left close kneel stance to deliver a right knee drop onto his right knee or ankle.



148

EVADING THE STORM

EXTENSION 5. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) forward and deliver a right roundhouse knee strike to the inside of the opponent’s right thigh. •This knee strike is designed to open his stance and provide you with a Line of Entry.

6. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) toward 7:30 and deliver a left side kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee. Your right hand maintains its grab on the opponent’s right wrist. •The right foot may also plant and gauge forward by forming a right front rotating twist stance. •The left foot may plant forward toward 1:30 to form a left neutral bow stance following the side kick. This kick will buckle the opponent’s left leg.

7. Pivot clockwise and plant your left foot toward 6:00 to form a left neutral bow stance and deliver a left vertical forearm strike to the opponent’s right elbow as you simultaneously pull toward you with your right hand as your left arm strike forward and away from you. •This simultaneous pull/push will create a fulcrum on the opponent’s right elbow and force him to bend forward at the waist. This is also known as an arm bar.

8. With your right foot (gauging leg), step toward 6:00 and form a modified (short) right neutral bow stance as your left hand grabs the opponent’s right wrist (palm down) and your right hand grabs his wrist (palm up). 9. Immediately slide your left foot counterclockwise toward 6:00 as both hands twist the opponent’s right wrist counterclockwise to execute an outward wrist lock takedown to force him onto his back. •This outward wrist lock throw will break his right wrist as well as force him onto his back. •Keep your elbows anchored as you execute the outward wrist lock.

10. Deliver a right roundhouse kick to the opponent’s face while he is on the ground. 11. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 6:00.


149

CHARGING RAM NAME—Ram is a term used symbolically to represent a tackle. In this technique, the opponent charges at you in an attempt to tackle you to the ground.

ATTACK FRONT Tackle WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles

BASICS Base Front Twist Stance Outward Downward Parry Neutral Bow Stance Inward Overhead Handsword Strike Front Snapping Ball Kick Extension Front Crossover Maneuver Front Rotating Twist Maneuver Inward Downward Diagonal Roundhouse Kick Knife Edge Kick Front Scoop Kick IMPORTANT PRINCIPLES Torque Gravitational Marriage Control Manipulation IMPORTANT CONCEPTS Line of Attack Angle of Deviation Gauging (distance)

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside Left POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Blue #13 Orthodox 24 System Purple #8 32 System Purple #1 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Five Swords Bow of Compulsion


150

CHARGING RAM

BASE TECHNIQUE •Some instructors teach a variation of this technique inside of the left arm; however, unless the opponent has stopped his attack, it may be difficult to check the opponent’s forward body momentum simply with the kicks. Remember, if you find yourself on the inside of the opponent’s arm simply flow into BROKEN RAM. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual taught this technique beginning from a right neutral bow stance rather than a natural, unprepared position. It indicated that you simply slide your left foot toward 3:00 to adjust the angle. Though this method is quicker to move off the line of attack, you will lose torque for the handsword. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated that this was a defense for a tackle with the opponent’s arms wide and placed the defender on the inside of the left arm. The defender is instructed to: defend with a right outward downward parry to the inside of the opponent’s left arm simultaneous with a left outward horizontal heel palm strike to the left side of the opponent’s head. The right inward overhead handsword strike to the neck followed and the rest remained the same ending with a right front snapping ball kick followed by a left roundhouse kick and cover toward 1:30.

1. Slide your left foot toward 3:00 to form a right front twist stance as you deflect the opponent’s arm with a left outward downward parry (Your right arm is in a preparatory cock by your right ear). Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward overhead handsword strike to the back of his neck. •Your hands should move from point of origin and should not make any unnecessary cocking or winding motions. Do not telegraph your evasive foot maneuver as he may adjust and re-angle his attack. •Your left arm should clear the opponent’s left arm and redirect his momentum toward 8:00. •The standard angle in which to move off the line of attack is 3:00, but you will find that you will need to gauge this according to your opponent’s angle and speed in order to create the proper Angle of Deflection and Angle of Incidence for the handsword. •By utilizing a right front twist stance, you will be positioning yourself off the line of attack, and you will be utilizing preparatory toque for the right inward overhead handsword strike. •Positioning your right hand by your right ear utilizes a Preparatory Cock and gives you a longer path of travel.

2. Deliver a right front snapping ball kick to his rib cage or an instep kick to his solar plexus (depending upon target availability) immediately follow with a left front snapping ball kick to the left side of his jaw. These kicks are executed in a chicken kick fashion. •Depending upon the position of your opponent, you may substitute the left front snapping ball kick for a left roundhouse kick. •The first kick may be directed toward the solar plexus or ribs depending upon the available target. •The first kick to the solar plexus will move his hands and give you the target for the second strike. •Depending upon the location of the opponent’s arms, you may have to reverse the order of your kicks in order to give you a proper line of entry. •Various targets will be presented depending upon his degree of commitment. He may be upright or bent over, moving fast, slow or even stopping. His left or his right leg may be forward. His arms may be blocking certain target zones. All of these factors must be considered instantaneously as you follow-up with your initial counter strikes.

3. With your left leg in the air, execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 1:30. Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin

151

CHARGING RAM

EXTENSION •Another version of this extension reverses the defender’s position as well. This version is as follows: Step 3 With your left leg in the air, execute a left front crossover and single cover out toward 1:30. Step 4 I m m e d i a t e l y p i v o t counterclockwise and form a left front rotating twist stance to generate torque for a right inward downward diagonal roundhouse kick to the back of the opponent’s left knee. Step 5 Plant your right leg (gauging leg) and execute a left spinning knife edge kick to the back of the opponent’s right knee. Step 6 Plant your left leg (gauging leg) and deliver a right rear scoop kick to the opponent’s groin. Step 7 Plant your right foot back toward 12:00 and execute a left front crossover an double coverout. Note: This version is acceptable, but you do place yourself in a tactical disadvantage by turning your back to the opponent.

3. With your left leg in the air, execute a left front crossover and single cover out toward 1:30. Immediately pivot counterclockwise and form a left front rotating twist stance to generate torque for a right inward downward diagonal roundhouse kick to the back of the opponent’s left knee. 4. Hop onto your right leg (gauging leg) and deliver a left knife edge kick to the back of the opponent’s right knee. 5. Hop onto your left leg (gauging leg) and deliver a right front scoop kick to the opponent’s groin. 6. Plant your right foot back toward 12:00 and execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 12:00. •The purpose of this extension is to: (1) Demonstrate to the student the reverse application of a self defense technique designed for the hands now applied to the legs. (2) Demonstrate a method of preventing the opponent from turning toward you by controlling his width and height zones through the use of leg strikes. •The extension of this technique is the reverse sequence of BOW OF COMPULSION applied to the legs. In BOW OF COMPULSION, after you release your right hand, you execute a reverse handsword strike to the opponent’s groin followed by a right back knuckle strike to his left knee and finish with a right inward hooking punch to his right knee. The extension reverses the order of these strikes. Rather than ending with an inward strike to his knee, we now begin with a strike to the same quadrant followed by an outward kick to the opposite knee and finish with a strike to the groin. In addition, the opponent is now turned away from you (so the right and left of his legs are now reversed) and your strikes are now alternating rather than consecutive. •Some practitioners alter the angle of the inward downward diagonal roundhouse kick to a horizontal roundhouse kick or an inward upward diagonal roundhouse kick. This is done decrease the time between the first and second kicks caused by an overcommitment of the hips for the roundhouse kick. This is acceptable as long as you accomplish the intended action of buckling the opponent’s left leg.


152

PARTING WINGS NAME—This defense receives its name from the manner in which you use twin extended outward blocks (extended wings) to deflect (part) the opponent’s arms.

ATTACK FRONT Two Hand Push WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Pushes

BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Twin Extended outward Handsword Blocks Forward Bow Stance Thrusting Inward Handsword Strike Outward Horizontal Handsword Strike Thrusting Middle Knuckle Fist Strike Extension Circling Inward Two-Finger Hook Inward Handsword Strike Front Snapping Ball Kick Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike Outward Upward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike Front Snapping Instep Kick Uppercut Punch CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Torque Borrowed Force Bracing Angle Contouring

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Blue #2 Orthodox 24 System Purple #9 32 System Purple #2 FORM LOCATION Long Form 3

RELATED TECHNIQUES Scraping Hoof Shield and Sword Flashing Wings Twist of Fate


153

PARTING WINGS

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver right and left extended outward handsword blocks to the inside of the opponent’s arms near his wrists. •This will separate the opponent’s arms and expose his Width Zones. •Stay within the perimeter of your Outer Rim as you deliver this block. •Make sure that both hands are parallel in height as well as in depth.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right thrusting inward handsword strike to the opponent’s left ribcage. Simultaneously position your left hand by your right ear (palm in). •Some practitioners insert a left inward two-finger hook to the opponent’s right eye enroute to the cocking check position. This is an example of elongating the circle. •Your right hand should round the corner from the previous defensive action in order to maintain continuity of motion. •The right thrusting inward handsword strike is deliver to the opponent’s upper left rib cage below his arm. This will control his Width Zone.

3. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left outward horizontal handsword strike to the opponent’s throat. Simultaneously, cock your right hand (palm up) at your right hip. •As the opponent turns toward you to continue his assault, deliver the left outward horizontal handsword strike. •Some practitioners cock the right hand under the right pectoral muscle. •Some practitioners cock the right hand in a middle knuckle fist position in preparation for the next move.


154

PARTING WINGS

4. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow stance as your left hand slide down the opponent’s chest to check as you deliver a right thrusting middle knuckle fist punch to his solar plexus. •Your right hand Pin Points its target through the action of your left hand. •Your left hand tracks down his chest and acts as a Gravitational Check. In addition, it acts as a guide for your right hand in tracking to the target and deliver a Pin Point effect.

5. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 and execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30. •An early version (pre-1975) of this technique, delivered a left outward downward handsword strike to the groin simultaneous with the pivot into the left neutral bow stance. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 5:00.


155

PARTING WINGS

EXTENSION •The extension is often used as a series of strikes to keep the opponent against a wall. •Some practitioners change the timing of the extension to deliver the right circling inward twofinger hook simultaneously with the left front snapping ball kick. Next, a left outward horizontal handsword strike is delivered simultaneously with the right front snapping ball kick. The remainder of the extension is performed in the orthodox manner.

5. Execute a right circling inward two-finger hook to the opponent’s eyes as you pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 and deliver a left inward handsword strike to the right side of his neck. •Your right hand drops down to check after the inward two-finger hook.

6. Immediately deliver a left front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s groin followed by a right front snapping ball kick to his solar plexus in a chicken kick fashion. 7. Plant forward with your right foot and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 and deliver a right inward downward diagonal raking back knuckle strike to the left side of the opponent’s face. 8. Slide your right foot toward 6:00 and form a left rear twist stance facing 12:00 as you continue the flow of motion of your right hand and deliver a right outward downward diagonal back knuckle strike to the right side of the opponent’s face. •Your right foot is gauging distance for the follow up strike. •In this instance, you are attempting to coverout but the opponent continues forward, so you deliver a right outward downward diagonal back knuckle strike and complete the extension.

9. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left outward upward diagonal back knuckle strike to the left side of the opponent’s chin. 10. Without a loss of motion, deliver a right front snapping instep kick to the opponent’s groin. Plant forward and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right uppercut punch to his chin. •Your right hand follows the same angle as that of the back knuckle strike.



156

THUNDERING HAMMERS NAME—This defense receives its name from the hammerfists, crashing down upon the opponent like lightning creating thunder in the sky. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Inward Block Forward Push-Drag Maneuver Wide Kneel Stance Inward Horizontal Forearm Strike Close Kneel Stance Downward Hammerfist Strike Extension Outward Back Knuckle Strike Thumb Rake Upward Heel Palm Claw Inward Downward Hammerfist Strike Knee Kick Inward Downward Diagonal Roundhouse Kick Downward Knee Drop Vertical Punch CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Angle of Disturbance

ATTACK FRONT Right step through punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Blue #3 Orthodox 24 System Purple #10 32 System Purple #3 FORM LOCATION Form 4

RELATED TECHNIQUES Dance of Death Sleeper Twirling Hammers Dance of Darkness Bowing to Buddha


157

THUNDERING HAMMERS

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step toward 11:00 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you defend with a left inward block. Your right arm hangs naturally along your right side. •Your right arm is in a low preparatory cock position. •Your left leg positionally checks the opponent’s right leg. •Your left inward block controls the opponent’s Width Zone. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated stepping “to your left on a 45 degree angle (toward 11o’clock)”.

2. Execute a forward push-drag maneuver and drop into a left wide kneel stance and deliver a right inward horizontal forearm strike across the opponent’s stomach. •Your right knee will buckle the outside of the opponent’s right knee. •When you deliver the right inward horizontal forearm strike, cock your left fist near your left ear (palm faicng away from you). •Some practitioners utilize a right underhand reverse hammerfist strike to the groin. Though this is an acceptable method, it does break the relationship of the Family Related Techniques.

3. Pivot clockwise and drop lower into a right close kneel stance facing 4:30 and execute a right rolling check (palm up) to the opponent’s right shoulder as you deliver a left downward hammerfist strike to his left kidney. •Your left knee will buckle the back of the opponent’s right knee. •Your hammerfist strike combined with your buckle should drive your opponent’s body down as it snaps his head up. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated forming a right wide kneel stance facing 4:00. •Slide your left hand to his right shoulder to act as a Gravitational Check as your right hand cocks by your right ear (palm facing away). Once you are in this position, you are then is position to proceed to the next step.


158

THUNDERING HAMMERS

4. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left close kneel stance facing 12:00 and deliver a right downward hammerfist strike to the back of the opponent’s neck. Your left hand shifts from his left kidney into a left horizontal forearm check to his right shoulder. •Your right knee will buckle the opponent’s right knee. If the opponent’s knee is already buckled to the ground, use your right knee to drop onto and break his right ankle. •Your hammerfist combined with the buckle should drive the opponent to the ground. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated pivoting toward 12:00 and forming a left wide kneel stance as you deliver the right hammerfist strike to the opponent’s neck with a left horizontal check to this right shoulder.

5. Shift your left foot back toward 7:30 to form a right neutral bow stance facing 1:30. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30.


159

THUNDERING HAMMERS

EXTENSION •An alternate version of this extension is described as follows: Step 5 Slide your left foot back toward 7:30 and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right o u t wa r d d o wn wa r d b a c k knuckle strike to the opponent’s right temple. Rotate your right hand counterclockwise (palm out) and deliver a right thumb gouge to his right eye. This will cause his head to lift. Immediately pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as you deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to his jaw (your fingers will be pointing toward the right). Step 6 Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you orbit your right arm clockwise to deliver a right upward heel palm strike to his chin and grab. Step 7 Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as you push forward on the opponent’s right shoulder with your left hand and turn his head counterclockwise. Step 8 As the opponent begins to turn, slide your left foot back toward 12:00 (left rear crossover/right front twist stance) and pivot counterclockwise to form a right forward bow stance facing 6:00 as you force the opponent onto your right knee. Step 9 Deliver a right inward downward hammerfist strike to the opponent’s heart or sternum. Step 10 Rotate your right arm counterclockwise (thumb downward) and deliver a right inward forearm rake across his face as you deliver a left knee kick to his upper back or the back of his head.

5. Slide your left foot back toward 7:30 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 1:30 as you deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right temple followed with a right thumb rake downward across his right eye. Immediately shuffle forward and execute a right upward heel palm claw to his face. •As your left foot slides toward 7:30, cock your right arm horizontally across your waist under your left checking arm in preparation for the back knuckle strike.

6. Slide your left foot back toward 6:00 as your right hand switches counterclockwise to the left side of the opponent’s face and grab his chin. Use your right forearm on his head to act as a fulcrum as you push his right shoulder with your left hand. This combined action (opposing forces) will twist and turn the opponent counterclockwise onto his back on your right knee. 7. Deliver a right inward downward hammerfist strike to the opponent’s heart or sternum. •Your right arm will strike down and across the opponent’s right shoulder.

8. Execute a left knee kick to the back of the opponent’s head at the base of his skull as your right forearm simultaneously rakes inward across his face. 9. Plant your left foot back and allow the opponent to fall to the ground. He will land on his back with his head pointing toward 7:30 and his feet pointing toward 1:30. Immediately deliver a right inward downward diagonal roundhouse kick to his groin. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described this kick as a “right torquing downward roundhouse kick”.

10. Drop into a left close kneel stance to deliver a right downward knee drop to the opponent’s solar plexus as you simultaneously execute a right vertical punch to his face while your left hand checks his right arm. 11. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 6:00. •Scrape across the opponent’s face as you execute the front crossover.


160

THUNDERING HAMMERS

Step 11 Allow the opponent to fall and immediately deliver a right inward downward diagonal roundhouse kick to his groin. Step 12 Drop into a left close kneel stance to deliver a right downward knee drop to his solar plexus as you simultaneously deliver a right vertical punch to his face. Step 13 Scrape across the opponent’s face as you execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 6:00.


161

SQUEEZING THE PEACH NAME—The testicles are symbolically referred to as “peaches” in self defense techniques. This defense receives its title from the manner in which the testicles are squeezed in order to control the opponent’s movements.

ATTACK REAR Bear Hug with arms pinned WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Holds and Hugs

BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Rear Scooping Heel Kick Reverse Bow Stance Obscure Back Elbow Strike Extension Back Hammerfist Strike Upward Knee Kick Thrusting Knife Edge Kick Back Kick Inward Crescent Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Contouring Zone of Obscurity Borrowed Force RELATED TECHNIQUES Spreading Branches* Captured Twigs Crushing Hammer Reprimanding the Bears


DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Blue #5 Orthodox 24 System Purple #11 32 System Purple #4 FORM LOCATION None

162

SQUEEZING THE PEACH

BASE TECHNIQUE •This defense also demonstrates how an opponent may be used as an obstruction against a second opponent. To demonstrate this application, some instructors teach stepping toward 1:30 or 3:00 with your left foot and pulling the opponent clockwise around you. This will create an obstruction toward 12:00. If performed in this manner, the right reverse bow buckle will be directed toward approximately 10:30.

1. With your left foot, step back toward 4:30 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you pin the opponent’s hands to your body with your right hand while simultaneously squeezing the opponent’s testicles with your left hand. •As a point of reference, the opponent’s testicles will be located behind your left thigh. •Your eyes are focused toward 12:00 during this action. •Your left leg may be used to buckle the inside of the opponent’s right leg. In some cases it may be beneficial to step back and form a left reverse bow stance for this step. •Some practitioners add a rear head butt on this initial move. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 5:00 with your left foot.

2. Immediately step forward with your left foot and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 and deliver a right rear scooping heel kick to his groin. •The opponent’s hands may drop to grab or cover his injured groin. If this occurs, the rear scooping heel kick will be able to strike two targets simultaneously.

3. With your right leg still in the air, stomp into a right reverse bow stance facing 7:30 to buckle the inside of his left knee. Simultaneously deliver a right obscure back elbow strike (palm down) to his chin as your left hand covers low. •As the opponent’s head drops from the leg buckle, utilize Borrowed Force as you deliver your elbow strike. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stomping into a right reverse bow stance facing 7:00.



163

SQUEEZING THE PEACH

EXTENSION •An early version of this defense (pre-1975) delivered a right knife edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s right knee. This action brings the opponent’s head down for the jump inward crescent kick. The jump inward crescent kick could also be execute as a jump inward downward heel kick (also known as an axe kick) to the opponent’s right clavicle.

4. Deliver a right back hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin. As the opponent reacts, immediately hook your right hand around the right side of the opponent’s neck as your left hand grabs to the left side of his head. 5. Pull the opponent’s head downward as you deliver a right upward knee kick to his face. •Some practitioners turn the opponent’s head sideways facing your right rib cage to delvier the upward knee kick to the right side of his face.

6. While maintaining the head grab, deliver a right thrusting knife edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s right knee. 7. Plant your right foot toward 1:30 and form a right front twist stance as you deliver a right upward snapping forearm lifting strike to the opponent’s chin. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot into a front twist stance toward 2:00.

8. Deliver a right back kick to the opponent’s solar plexus. 9. With your right leg still in the air, jump and twist clockwise to deliver a left inward crescent kick to the right side of the opponent’s face. 10. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 1:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 2:00.


164

CIRCLING WING NAME—The term wing is used symbolically to represent an elbow. In this technique you will use an elbow in a circular manner to escape the opponent’s choke.

ATTACK REAR Two Hand Choke WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Chokes

BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Outward Overhead Elbow Strike Forward Bow Stance Four-Finger Thrust Upward Elbow Strike Reverse Bow Stance Back Hammerfist Strike Extension Front Twist Stance Outward Back Knuckle Strike Knee Kick Reverse Step Through Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Reverse Step Through Stomp Kick Spinning Back Heel Stomp Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Purposeful Defiance Contouring

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Blue #6 Orthodox 24 System Purple #12 32 System Orange #31 FORM LOCATION Short Form 3

RELATED TECHNIQUES Twirling Wings Captured Leaves Thrusting Wedge Bowing to Buddha Obscure Sword Crossing Talon


165

CIRCLING WING

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. Turn and tuck your chin into the right side of your chest as you step toward 1:30 with your left foot and form a left neutral bow stance. Simultaneously both of your hands at your left hip (left hand palm up; right hand palm in on top of your left hand). •In this defense, the opponent is either pushing you forward as he grabs/chokes or his elbows are resting on your shoulders/back thus preventing you from stepping backward. •Some practitioners add a left pinning check on top of the opponent’s left hand to control his Width Zone. This relates the defense to OBSCURE SWORD.

2. Pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance facing 7:30 as you deliver a right outward overhead elbow strike on top of the opponent’s right arm. Continue to pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance facing 7:30 and pin the opponent’s right arm under your right arm as your left hand delivers a left fourfinger thrust to the opponent’s eyes. •The right outward overhead elbow strike may strike the opponent’s head if he is close enough. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting clockwise toward 7:00. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicatd facing 8:00 in a right forward bow stance.

3. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right upward elbow strike to the opponent’s chin. Your left hand slides down the opponent’s right shoulder and ends with a pressing check against his right elbow to control his Width Zone. •After the left four-finger thrust to his eyes, the opponent’s head reacts by snapping forward. This gives you the target for the right upward elbow strike. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicatd pivoting counterclockwise and forming a right fighting horse stance as you deliver the right upward elbow strike.


166

CIRCLING WING

4. Continue to pivot counterclockwise and form a right reverse bow stance as you deliver a right back hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin. Your left hand cross checks the opponent’s right shoulder and then switches to a high check over your right shoulder. •As you deliver the right back hammerfist strike, your right elbow checks his right arm. •As your left hand orbits clockwise to check high over your right shoulder, you may deliver a left inward heel palm strike and claw to his face.



167

CIRCLING WING

EXTENSION •Some practitioners perform the following variation of the extension: Step 5 Pivot clockwise and step forward with your left foot to form a left neutral bow stance facing 7:30 as your right arm executes a rolling check against the opponent’s right arm. As you settle into your stance, slide your right hand down and grab the opponent’s right wrist as you execute a left thrusting forarm strike against his right elbow. Create a push-pull action and execute an arm bar. Step 6 Pull the opponent’s right arm past your right hip as you deliver a right upward knee kick to his face or sternum. Step 7 Plant your right foot back to form a left neutral bow stance facing 7:30 as you pull the opponent’s arm past your right hip and deliver a left outward back knuckle strike to his head. Step 8 Slide your left foot back and form a right front twist stance as your left hand prepare for a single hand outward wrist lock. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as your left hand applies the single hand outward wrist lock simultaneously with a right outward back knuckle strike to his right temple. Step 9 Contour down the opponent’s right arm with your right arm as you rotate his wrist clockwise with your left hand and re-grab his wrist with your right hand. Use your right elbow to lock and control his elbow (controlling his Width Zone) during this process.

5. Pivot clockwise and slide your right foot toward the opponent to form a left front twist stance toward 7:30 as you deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s face. 6. Pivot clockwise and grab the opponent’s right arm with both of your hands as your right foot steps back toward 12:00 and forms a left neutral bow stance. Pull the opponent’s arm diagonally downward to create an Angle of Disturbance. •When grabbing the opponent’s right arm, your left hand grabs his elbow and your right hand brags his wrist.

7. Immediately deliver a right knee kick to the opponent’s right rib cage. Continue holding the opponent’s right arm. 8. Plant your right foot to Point of Origin and execute a left reverse step through toward 12:00 and form a right neutral bow stance as you pull the opponent’s right arm (at the wrist) past your left hip. •Pull and twist the opponent’s arm in a downward counterclockwise half circle from your right hip to your left hip.

9. Release your right hand and deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right temple. Immediately follow with a right inward horizontal elbow strike to his left jaw hinge. •Some deliver a right outward heel palm strike and claw through the opponent’s face.

10. Re-grab the opponent’s right wrist with your right hand and execute a right reverse step through toward 12:00 as you whip the opponent’s right arm past your right hip and force him face downward to the ground. •Your right arm circles below his right arm and counter grabs from below. •This sequence is similar to LEAP OF DEATH.

11. Deliver a left stomp kick to the opponent's left elbow.



168

CIRCLING WING

Step 10 Execute a right reverse step through and pivot clockwise to face 10:30 in a right forward bow stance as you execute a two hand inward wrist lock takedown. The opponent will fall face downward with his head pointing toward 10:30.

12. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) to the right side of the opponent’s body and pivot clockwise to finish with a right spinning back heel stomp kick to his head. 13. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 3:00.

Step 11 Execute a left front crossover stomp to his right elbow. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) above his right arm. Step 12 Execute a right spinning back kick to his head or shoulder. Step 13 Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 6:00.


169

CALMING THE STORM NAME—The term storm is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a club (stick) attack. A roundhouse motion, just like an actual storm, has the least amount of energy in its center. In this defense, you will neutralize the opponent’s attack by moving to the inside (the eye of the storm) where the force is calm. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Extended Outward Block Vertical Punch Forward Bow Stance Vertical Thrust Punch Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike Upward Hooking Parry Extension Vertical Forearm Strike Inward Overhead Hammerfist Strike Rear Crossover Front Twist Stance Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike Close Kneel Stance Downward Knee Drop Front Rotating Twist Stance Downward Heel Stomp One-Legged Stance

ATTACK FRONT Right Roundhouse Club Attack WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Weapons (stick) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Purple #7 Orthodox 24 System Purple #13 32 System Orange #32 FORM LOCATION None

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES RELATED TECHNIQUES Defying the Storm Returning the Storm Detour from Doom Securing the Storm


170

CALMING THE STORM

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot, step forward and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you execute a left extended outward block to the inside of the opponent’s right arm simultaneously with a right vertical punch to the opponent’s jaw. •Make sure that you check the opponent’s right knee with your right knee. •This action will drive the opponent’s head back and expose his stomach for the next strike. •The opponent will typically drop his club; however, in recent years, many Kenpo practitioners have added tactics derived from the Filipino Martial Art Systems. In this technique, a left counterclockwise snake disarm may be inserted. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00. This is to ensure that the opponent’s right leg is buckled.

2. Pivot clockwise to form a right forward bow stance facing 12:00 as you execute a left vertical thrust punch to the opponent’s solar plexus. Your right hand slides down the opponent’s right arm as a check. •If necessary, as you right arm moves from its punching position to a check, use your right forearm to turn the opponent’s shoulders clockwise. This will create a better Angle of Incidence. •Your left arm punches over your right arm on a diagonally downward direction. •This action will force the opponent to bend forward at the waist.

3. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right outward horizontal back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right lower ribs. Simultaneously reverse the motion of your left hand and covert it into a left upward hooking parry (like a waiter carrying a tray) to check on top of the opponent’s right arm. •This strike should further drive the opponent back. •Your left hand may also be positioned as a left extended outward handsword block.



171

CALMING THE STORM

EXTENSION •Another version of this extension is described below: Step 3 Grab the opponent’s right wrist with your left hand and deliver a right upward forearm strike or a right upward palm strike to his right elbow to hyper-extend or break it. Immediately follow with a right outward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to his right kidney. Step 4 With your right hand, grab behind his right elbow our shoulder as you twist his arm counterclockwise. Immediately slide your right foot to 6:00 and form a left neutral bow stance as you manipulate his right arm behind his back in a hammerlock position (control with your left hand). Immediately deliver a right outward downward diagonal back knuckle strike to his right temple. In the same continuous motion, pivot counterclockwise to form a left forward bow stance (or left close kneel stance) as you deliver a right inward overhead hammerfist strike (or right inward overhead heel palm strike) to the back of his neck. Step 5 Pull the opponent toward 7:30 execute a left rear crossover to form a right front twist stance as you deliver a right outward downward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s left kidney. Step 6 As the opponent attempts to get up, step toward 6:00 with your left foot and form a left close kneel stance to deliver a right knee drop to the back of his left elbow. [continued on next page]

3. Grab the opponent’s right wrist with your left hand and deliver a right vertical forearm strike to the opponent’s elbow to hyper-extend or break it. •Your right arm is below and to the outside of the opponent’s right arm. It’s position resembles a vertical outward block.

4. Slide your right foot back to 6:00 to form a left neutral bow stance. •Keep your hands in position to control the opponent’s Width Zone.

5. Maintain the grab on your opponent’s right wrist and deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to his right ribs. Continue the counterclockwise motion of your right arm and deliver a right inward overhead hammerfist strike to the back of the opponent’s right ribs. •The opponent will be bent forward at the waist as you deliver the hammerfist to the back of his right ribcage.

6. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 to form a right neutral bow stance facing 10:30 as you push down on the opponent’s right armpit with your right hammerfist as you simultaneously pull his right (stiff arm) diagonally toward you to dislocate his right shoulder. •You will be pulling his arm from 11:00 to 5:00. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding the left foot toward 4:00.

7. Force the opponent face-downward to the ground and execute a left rear crossover to form a right front twist stance as you deliver a right outward downward back knuckle strike to the back of the opponent’s left ribcage. •At this point you and your opponent are facing 6:00. You are positioned on the opponent’s left side and he is face down.

8. Step toward 6:00 with your left foot and drop to form a left close kneel stance to deliver a right knee drop to the back of the opponent’s left elbow to cause a break. •The opponent attempts to get up by placing his hands down and pushing upward, your right knee drop prevents this action.


172

CALMING THE STORM

Step 7 Lift your right foot and form a right front rotating twist stance to deliver a right downward heel stomp to the right side of the opponent’s face. Immediately follow with a left knee drop to the back of his neck. Step 8 Leap toward 4:30 to form a righ tone-legged stance. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30.

9. Lift your right foot and form a right front rotating twist stance to deliver a right downward heel stomp to the right side of the opponent’s face. Immediately follow with a left knee drop to the back of his neck. •If the opponent’s left arm is in the way, step over his arm with your left foot and plant near the left side of his head.

10. Spring upward toward 7:30 to form a left one-legged stance facing 1:30. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30.


173

DARTING MACE NAME—The term mace is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a strike utilizing a fist. In this technique, you will execute a punch in a very rapid (darting) manner. Hence, the name DARTING MACE.

ATTACK FRONT Two Hand Right Wrist Grab WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles

BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Ricocheting Vertical Punch Forward Bow Stance Vertical Thrust Punch Transitional Close Cat Stance Outward Horizontal Handsword Strike Thrusting Knee Kick Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Extension Front Twist Stance Outward Horizontal Hammerfist Strike Inward Horizontal Hooking Heel Palm Strike Front Rotating Twist Stance Inward Downward Diagonal Hook Punch Inward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strike Uppercut Punch Front Scoop Kick Front Snapping Ball Kick

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside Right To Center POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Blue #8 Orthodox 24 System Purple #14 32 System Purple #7 FORM LOCATION NONE

IMPORTANT CONCEPTS Opposing Forces Bracing Angle RELATED TECHNIQUES Gripping Talon Desperate Falcons Menacing Twirl Clipping the Storm Attacking Mace Circling Fans


174

DARTING MACE

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. Counter-grab your opponent’s right wrist with your right hand and pull the opponent’s arm toward your right hip. Simultaneously step toward 12:00 with your left foot and form a left neutral bow stance. As you settle into your stance, deliver a left ricocheting vertical punch to the opponent’s face. •By pulling on a downward 45-degree angle toward your right hip, you will cancel and control the opponent’s Dimensional Zones. •Twist the opponent’s wrist clockwise with your right hand to expose his elbow. •The ricocheting vertical punch first acts as a forearm strike to the outside of the opponent’s right elbow. This strike creates an Angle of Cancellation and controls his width zone. •The ricocheting vertical punch should be executed in one continuous action; therefore, you must “aim” the vertical punch lower than the intended target (aim toward the throat and not the face) to compensate for the deflecting effect of the forearm strike. Failure to do so will force you to re-aim (re-cock) the vertical punch resulting in an “and than” and negating the benefits of Sophisticated Basics. •The ricocheting forearm strike occurs on the Half-Beat of the action.

2. Drop your left forearm (Pressing Check) horizontally across your opponent’s arms as you pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow stance. Simultaneously with this action, deliver a right vertical thrust punch to the opponent’s solar plexus or ribcage. •The opposing forces (Inward Opposing Forces) of your left forearm and your right vertical punch will create opposing forces which will enable you to break from the opponent’s grip. •The punch to the opponent’s solar plexus or rib cage will cause him to bend forward and his head to drop. •The left forearm should track down the oppoent’s chest to act as a check and as a guide for your right vertical thrust punch. •Some practitioners utilize a right middle knuckle fist strike to the solar plexus.


175

DARTING MACE

3. Slide your right foot forward into a right transitional close cat stance as you deliver a left outward horizontal handsword strike to his throat. Your right hand covers low. Immediately deliver a right thrusting knee kick to the opponent’s groin or bladder. Plant forward and form a right neutral bow stance as you buckle the opponent’s right leg from the inside. As you settle into your stance, execute a right thrusting heel palm strike to the opponent’s jaw as you cover with your left hand. •The right close cat stance is a transitional move as you move forward (right forward step through maneuver) into your final position of a right neutral bow stance. Your right foot will be beside your left foot at this point. •If the previous actions did not break the opponent’s grip, the actions of the handsword and your right hand withdrawing act as a back-up method. These are Outward Opposing Forces. •These strikes should be performed in a single continuous flow of action. Be sure that you do not stop or hesitate in the right transitional close cat stance. The cat stance is mentioned as a point in time so that you can synchronize your footwork with your handstrikes. •The left outward handsword strike occurs on the Half-Beat. The right thrusting knee kick occurs on the Quarter-Beat. •Your left hand contours up the opponent’s chest to deliver an outward horizontal handsword strike to the neck. •As you deliver the left outward horizontal handsword strike to the throat, cock your right hand beneath your right pectoral muscle as a preparatory cock for the next strike. •Your left hand acts as a sliding check after the handsword in preparation for your right thrusting heel palm strike. •A right inward eye hook may be inserted after the right vertical thrust punch to the solar plexus just prior to the left outward horizontal handsword strike to the throat. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual only mentioned the knee strike to the groin in the 2nd Degree Black Belt extension.

4. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 6:00. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 7:30.


176

DARTING MACE

EXTENSION 4. Immediately slide your left foot forward and form a left front twist stance as you deliver a right outward horizontal hammerfist to his solar plexus. Immediately pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance as you deliver a left inward horizontal hooking heel palm strike to the right side of his face. 5. Without hesitation, immediately pivot counterclockwise and form a left front rotating twist stance as you deliver a right inward downward diagonal hook punch to the left side of the opponent’s face. As you settle into your stance change this punch to a right inward downward diagonal elbow strike to the left side of his head. •The hook punch and elbow combination employ the concepts of Sophisticated Basics and Quarter-Beat Timing. •Your left hand stays on contact with the opponent’s face until the right inward downward diagonal elbow strike to act as a backstop.

6. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance as you deliver a left uppercut punch to the opponent’s chin as you right hand checks horizontally across his right arm and body. 7. Deliver a left front scoop kick to the opponent’s groin followed by a right front snapping ball kick to his solar plexus or chin. •These kicks should be executed in a “Chicken Kick” fashion.

8. With your right leg still in the air, execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 6:00.


177

HOOKING WINGS NAME—The name of this defense is derived from the manner in which you use double crane hooks to clear the opponent’s arm (wings) from your body. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Transitional 45-Degree Cat Stance Front Snapping Ball Kick Neutral Bow Stance Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike Forward Push-Drag Maneuver Upward Elbow Strike Downward Vertical Heel Palm Strike and Claw Extension Back Outward Horizontal Heel Scoop Kick Roundhouse Ball Kick Outward Horizontal Hooking Heel Kick Stiff Leg Lifting Back Kick Back Stiff Arm Rising Claw CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Frictional Pull Borrowed Force Continuity of Motion

ATTACK FRONT Two Hand Push Low WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Pushes DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Blue #9 Orthodox 24 System Purple #15 32 System Purple #13 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Aggressive Twins Crossed Twigs Snaking Talon Fatal Cross


178

HOOKING WINGS

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as both hands hook (in the shape of cranes) to the inside of your opponent’s wrists, jerking his arm down, outside and past your hips. •This action will allow the opponent’s momentum to continue toward you, but direct his weapons outside your Outer Rim. •Your hands utilize Frictional Pull in bringing the opponent forward and down. This will prevent them from re-orbiting back into you. •Some practitioners step back and form the transitional right 45degree cat stance on this initial defensive action. Though the timing has changed, the principle remains the same.

2. Slide your right foot back and form a transitional right 45degree cat stance and immediately deliver a right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s groin. •Utilize Borrowed Force from his push as well as from your pulling action.

3. Plant forward and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 and deliver a right inward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to the opponent’s left jaw hinge. Immediately return with a right outward downward diagonal back knuckle strike to his right jaw hinge. Your left hand positionally checks at solar plexus level. •Your right hand follows a figure-eight path. •Some practitioners add a left thrusting heel palm strike to the right side of his jaw after the outward back knuckle strike as you pivot into a right forward bow stance. Performed in this manner, you will pivot back into the right neutral bow stance on the next move.

4. Execute a forward push-drag maneuver and deliver a right upward elbow strike to the opponent’s chin as your left hand continues to check. 5. Deliver a right downward vertical heel palm strike and claw first striking the bridge of the opponent’s nose and then claw to his face and eyes. •A right downward vertical elbow strike to his sternum may precede the heel palm claw. This will control his Height Zone. •Allow the heel palm claw to travel vertically downward, completely through the opponent’s centerline. •You may drop and form a right wide kneel stance for added power.


179

HOOKING WINGS



180

HOOKING WINGS

EXTENSION 6. Shift your left foot (gauging leg) toward 3:00 and deliver a right back outward horizontal heel scoop kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee. Immediately follow with a right roundhouse ball kick to his right knee. •Adjust your left foot as you simultaneously deliver the right downard vertical heel palm claw. This will clear the opponent’s centerline in preparation for the low-line kicks. •Your hands positionally check high during the execution of the kicks.

7. Plant your right foot near his right foot and pivot your body slightly counterclockwise toward 5:00 and gauge with your left foot to deliver a right outward horizontal hooking heel kick to the opponent’s right kidney. 8. Plant your right foot near Point of Origin and bounce it into a right stiff leg lifting back kick to the opponent’s groin as you simultaneously deliver a right back stiff arm rising claw to his face. 9. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 5:00.


181

SHIELD AND SWORD NAME—This defense receives its name from the first two principle actions—an extended outward block (shield) and a handsword (sword) strike. BASICS Base Forward Bow Stance Extended Outward Block Fighting Horse Stance Inward Handsword Strike Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Front Twist Stance Neutral Bow Stance Inward Horizontal Raking Hammerfist Strike Roundhouse Kick Extension Knife Edge Kick Front Scoop Kick Spinning Back Kick

ATTACK FRONT Left step through punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Blue #10 Orthodox 24 System Purple #16 32 System Purple #8

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES RELATED TECHNIQUES Glancing Salute Reversing Mace Clipping the Storm Twirling Hammers

FORM LOCATION None


182

SHIELD AND SWORD

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot, step toward 1:30 and form a right forward bow stance as you deliver a left extended outward block using the knife edge of your hand. •Your right hand cocks to your right ear (palm facing out) in a handsword position. •Your right foot should be close to and behind the opponent’s left leg for Directional Harmony. •The extended outward block rides or “wedges” the opponent’s arm away from you. It will also control the opponent’s Width Zone. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00. •An early version of this defense (pre-1975) inserted a right minor inward parry; this is still followed by some practitioners.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right fighting horse stance as you deliver a right inward handsword strike to the back of the opponent’s neck. •Your left hand checks the opponent’s left arm. •Follow through with your right handsword strike so that it adds to checking his Height Zone by using your right forearm and elbow to check his left shoulder. This is necessary in order for your left arm to cock to your left hip in preparation for the next strike. •An early version of this defense (pre-1975) utilized a left close kneel stance as the right handsword is delivered. This enabled the right knee to check and control the opponent’s left leg.

3. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance and deliver a left inward horizontal elbow strike to the opponent’s left lower ribcage. Your right hand checks his left arm at the elbow. •Your right hand acts as a Bracing Angle Check to his left arm. •An early version of this defense (pre-1975) utilized a right close kneel stance as the left inward horizontal elbow strike is delivered. This enabled the left knee to control the opponent’s left leg.


183

SHIELD AND SWORD

4. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 and form a right front twist stance facing 10:30 as your left hand hooks out and down (palm-up like a waiter carrying a tray) on top of his left forearm. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance facing 10:30 and execute a right inward horizontal raking hammerfist strike to the opponent’s left kidney. In the same continuous motion, deliver a right roundhouse kick to his right kidney . •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual did not indicate the use of a right front twist stance. This stance is important as it enables you to generate rotational force (torque) for the hammerfist strike and the roundhouse kick. •Some practitioners utilize a right inward horizontal middle knuckle fist strike.



184

SHIELD AND SWORD

EXTENSION 5. Momentarily plant your right foot to the ground and slide your left foot (gauging leg) toward your right foot to adjust for range and angle. Immediately deliver a right knife edge kick to the back of the opponent’s right knee. 6. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) and execute a left front scoop kick to the opponent’s groin (from the rear). •Your right foot gauges the distance and angle to form the proper Angle of Delivery.

7. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) and execute a right knife edge kick to the opponent’s back. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) into a front crossover position (left rear twist stance) and pivot counterclockwise to deliver a left spinning back kick to his groin. •The opponent falls forward onto his stomach. This will give you the target for his groin. •The back kick may also be directed to his lower back or the coccyx.



185

GIFT IN RETURN NAME—The term gift is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a handshake. In this technique, you will be jamming the opponent’s right arm against his body, hence the name, Gift in Return. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Thrusting Knife Edge Kick Knee Kick Extension Rear Twist Stance Rear Spinning Stiff Leg Raise Outward Back Knuckle Strike Reverse Step Through Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES RELATED TECHNIQUES Thrusting Prongs Gift of Destruction Gift of Destiny Brushing the Storm Buckling Branch Captured Leaves

ATTACK FRONT Handshake WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside Right POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Blue #11 Orthodox 24 System Purple #17 32 System Purple #10 FORM LOCATION None


186

GIFT IN RETURN

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. Step forward and to the outside of your opponent’s right leg toward 11:00 and form a left neutral bow stance. Simultaneously have your left hand assist your right hand in forcing your opponent’s right arm to his groin. •Hug and check your opponent’s right leg with your left leg. •Utilize a left push-down as means of generating the proper force for the initial action.

2. Shift your left hand around and behind your opponent’s right leg and grab his right wrist as your right foot shifts clockwise toward 10:30 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 4:30. Immediately pull upward with your left hand as your right hand pushes downward against the opponent’s right hip (push-down position). •This action places pressure on the opponent’s groin as well as controls his Height Zone. •This action must occur quickly to prevent the opponent from renewing his attack. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicates sliding toward 10:00.

3. Immediately deliver a right knife edge kick to the back of your opponent’s left knee as you release your left hand grasp. Maintain the check with your right hand. •As your right knee comes upward in preparation for the knife edge kick, it may strike his right forearm thereby compounding the effects on his groin. The knee may also injure the opponent’s right wrist. •The kick to the back of the knee controls his Width Zone and prevents him from kicking rearward.

4. Without hesitation, plant your right foot between your opponent’s legs (gauging leg) and deliver a left knee kick to his tailbone (coccyx). •As you plant to deliver the left knee kick, pivot clockwise to create the proper alignment (Angle Alignment).

5. With your left foot in the air, execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30. •Your left foot may plant forward depending upon circumstances. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 10:00.


187

GIFT IN RETURN

EXTENSION 5. After your left knee kick and with your left leg still in the air, deliver a left thrusting knife edge kick to the back of his right knee. 6. Plant your left foot toward 11:00 (gauging leg) and form a right rear twist stance. Immediately pivot clockwise and deliver a right rear spinning stiff leg raise to the opponent’s groin. 7. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) and immediately slide your left foot behind your right leg toward 6:00 to form a left rear twist stance as you deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s left kidney. 8. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left neutral bow stance as you execute a left outward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right kidney. 9. Without a loss of motion, immediately slide your left foot toward 11:00 (left reverse step through) and deliver a right inward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to the opponent’s right kidney. 10. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 11:00.


188

BOW OF COMPULSION NAME—In this technique, the opponent bends your wrist backward compelling you to bow forward in compliance to the pain generated. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Downward Elbow Strike Wide Kneel Stance Downward Vertical Heel Palm Claw Reverse Handsword Strike Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike Inward Downward Diagonal Punch Reverse Close Kneel Stance Extension Forward Bow Stance Outward Vertical Raking Back Knuckle Strike Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Inward Raking Back Knuckle Strike Outward Two-Finger Hook Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike Outward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike and Claw Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike and Claw Front Scoop Kick Inward Downward Heel Palm Strike CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Nip the Tip Open Ended Triangle Fitting

ATTACK FRONT Downward Wrist Lock (pinned against opponent’s chest) WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Locks DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Blue #12 Orthodox 24 System Purple #18 32 System Purple #5 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Clutching Feathers Scraping Hoof Hooking Wings Thrusting Lance


189

BOW OF COMPULSION

BASE TECHNIQUE •The opponent pins your hand against his chest in reaction to your push.

1. With your right foot, step toward 12:00 and form a right neutral bow stance as you diagonally check across the opponent’s hands with your left hand. Simultaneously deliver a right downward elbow strike to the opponent’s solar plexus or groin. •As the opponent bends forward to apply the lock, he presents his solar plexus as a target. •Your left hand pin should loosen the opponent’s grip. •Your choice of targets depends upon the relative height of the opponent.

2. With your left hand still guarding, reach up and grab the opponent’s face with your right hand and drop into a right wide kneel stance as you deliver a right downward vertical heel palm claw raking the opponent’s face and vertically downward to his testicles. 3. Immediately follow with a right reverse handsword strike to the opponent’s groin. 4. Deliver a right outward downward diagonal back knuckle strike to the inside of the opponent’s left knee. Immediately follow with a right inward downward diagonal punch to his right knee cap as you pivot counterclockwise to form a right reverse close kneel stance. •The back knuckle strike is also called a “hanging back fist strike”. •The path of action your right hand follows is a horizontal figure-eight.

5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30 •As you execute each step of the maneuver, rise upward to your proper height. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 7:00.


190

BOW OF COMPULSION

EXTENSION •Some practitioners perform the following version: Step 4 Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as you execute a right outward vertical raking back knuckle strike to the right side of the opponent’s nose followed by a left inward horizontal heel palm strike to his right jaw hinge. Step 5 Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance and deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the left side of his jaw (shuffle forward if necessary) with a left thumb hook into the opponent’s right eye. Step 6 Follow through with the inward elbow strike and immediately return with a right outward horizontal elbow strike to the right side of his jaw. Step 7 Continue the flow of motion and deliver a right outward horizontal heel palm strike and claw across the opponent’s face followed by a left inward horizontal heel palm strike and claw. Step 8 Deliver a right inward downward diagonal heel palm strike and claw across the opponent’s face. Step 9 Execute a right front scoop kick to the opponent’s groin. Immediately re-plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward downward heel palm strike to his solar plexus.

4. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as you execute a right outward vertical raking back knuckle strike to the right side of the opponent’s nose and a left thrusting heel palm strike to his solar plexus as you settle into your stance. •Your right hand resembles a vertical outward block. •The fingers of your left hand will face inward.

5. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance and deliver a right inward raking back knuckle strike to the left side of the opponent’s face. 6. Deliver a left outward two-finger hook to the opponent’s eyes and immediately follow with a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the left side of the opponent’s jaw as your left hand acts as a backstop to create a sandwiching effect. •You may shuffle forward if circumstances dictate.

7. Slip your right elbow through the opponent’s jaw as you cover high with your left hand. Immediately return with a right outward horizontal elbow strike as your left hand covers low. 8. Continue the flow of motion and deliver a right outward horizontal heel palm strike and claw across the opponent’s face followed by a left inward horizontal heel palm strike and claw. 9. Deliver a right inward downward diagonal heel palm strike and claw across the opponent’s face. •Your right hand follows the path of a downward arc (clockwise halfcircle). •At the conclusion of the strike, your right hand will be at your right thigh.



191

BOW OF COMPULSION

10. Execute a right front scoop kick to the opponent’s groin. Immediately re-plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward downward heel palm strike to his solar plexus. •Your right fingers are pointed inward and your palm faces downward. •An early version (pre-1975) of this defense allowed the right arm to continue orbiting after the inward downward diagonal heel palm strike and claw to conclude with a right back hammering heel palm strike to the opponent’s groin instead of the inward downward heel palm strike to his solar plexus.



192

OBSTRUCTING THE STORM NAME—The term storm is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a club (stick) attack. In this defense, you will utilize a blocking method designed to obstruct the Path of Action of the club.

ATTACK FRONT Right Step Through Overhead Club WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Weapons (stick)

BASICS Base Horse Stance Upward Cross-Hand Block Neutral Bow Stance Thrusting Vertical Forearm Strike Snapping Knee Strike Extension Upward Club Strike Downward Club Strike Front Twist Stance Inward Horizontal Club Strike Outward Horizontal Club Strike Forward Push-Drag Maneuver Underhand Club Strike Front Crossover Rear Twist Stance Outward Horizontal Club Strike CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Below POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Blue #7 Orthodox 24 System Purple #19 32 System Purple #6 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Checking the Storm Crossing Talon Evading the Storm Brushing the Storm Capturing the Storm


193

OBSTRUCTING THE STORM

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a horse stance facing 1:30 as you deliver an upward cross-hand block (right over left) to the opponent’s right wrist. •This block should make contact with the opponent’s right wrist at a level above your head and off your right shoulder. This utilizes and open-ended triangle which is designed to catch his right arm while getting off the Line of Attack. •By placing your right hand over your left hand, it allows you to use your left hand if needed. If you place your left hand on top, you will “check” yourself off. •The opponent’s own application of weight (in conjunction with the cross-hand upward block) places weight onto his lead foot and acts as a check. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00 and facing 1:00 in a horse stance.

2. Grab your opponent’s right wrist with your right hand as you left foot steps toward 1:30 to form a left neutral bow stance. Simultaneously deliver a left thrusting vertical forearm strike to the opponent’s right elbow. Immediately roll your left arm to a horizontal position as your right hand twists his right arm and pulls inward and downward past your right hip. •As your left foot steps toward 1:30, it may be necessary to “cat in and around” to avoid his right leg. •The push/pull action of your hands will force the opponent’s head down and possibly strike your left knee. This action is also known as a downward arm bar. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00 with your left foot.

3. Immediately deliver a right snapping knee strike to the opponent’s head or chest. Plant your right foot to Point of Origin. •Utilize Borrowed Force when delivering this knee strike. •Deliver this knee strike without raising your body; This strike should drive the opponent away.

4. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 7:00.


194

OBSTRUCTING THE STORM

EXTENSION •For practitioners familiar with stick fighting methods, these strikes may be delivered from a longer range (shoulder as the pivot point) or a close to medium range (wrist and elbow as pivot points). Distance and circumstances will dictate your actions.

3. Immediately deliver a right snapping knee strike to the opponent’s head or chest as you remove the weapon from his hand with your right hand (grabbing it at the free end). Plant your right foot to Point of Origin and deliver a right upward club strike to the opponent’s face. 4. Step back with your left foot toward 7:30 and deliver a right downward club strike to the back of the opponent’s right elbow. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicatd stepping toward 7:00 with your left foot.

5. Immediately slide your right foot toward 9:00 to form a right front twist stance as you deliver a right inward horizontal club strike to the front of the opponent’s right knee. 6. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a left neutral bow stance and immediately pivot clockwise to form a right neutral bow stance facing 7:30 as you deliver a right outward horizontal club strike to the back of the opponent’s right knee. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manaul indicated stepping toward 11:00 to form a left neutral bow stance.

7. Execute a forward push-drag maneuver to deliver a right underhand club strike to the opponent’s groin from behind. •Snap your wrist upward to enhance the effect of the club strike.

8. Execute a right front crossover toward 10:30 to form a left rear twist stance facing 4:30 as you deliver a right outward horizontal club strike to the opponent’s head. •Utilize Gravitational Marriage as you deliver the club strike. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated a right front crossover toward 11:00.

9. Step out with your left foot and complete your cover out toward 10:30.


195

TWIN KIMONO NAME—A kimono is a formal tunic worn by the Japanese people. This technique is a defense against a two-handed (twin) lapel grab (kimono).

ATTACK FRONT Two Hand Lapel Grab WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles

BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Upward Forearm Strike Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike Inward Downward Diagonal Forearm Strike Outward Upward Diagonal Handsword Strike Extension Front Twist Stance Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Thrusting Knee Kick Side Downward Stomp Kick Inward Heel Palm Strike and Claw Spinning Back Kick Rear Upward Outward Claw CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Squeegee Pivoting/Pivot Point Locking/Breaking Frictional Pull

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside Left POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Blue #1 Orthodox 24 System Purple #20 32 System Purple #12 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Mace of Aggression Raking Mace Heavenly Ascent Destructive Twins Cross of Death Lone Kimono Thrusting Salute


196

TWIN KIMONO

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left hand, pin the opponent’s arms at the wrists to your chest as you step back with your left foot and form a right neutral bow stance. Simultaneously deliver a right upward forearm strike to his elbows. •A left 4-finger eye slice may be inserted prior to the pin. This has the added advantage of causing the opponent to move back and will thereby straighten his arms. This is especially important in the Ideal Phase as we assume that the opponent’s arms are bent. •A right spearhand thrust to the throat is sometimes utilized instead of the upward forearm break to create the same reaction in the opponent.

2. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 as you deliver a right outward horizontal back knuckle strike to his solar plexus. •Slide your left foot toward 4:30 and face 10:30 in a right forward bow. This will create preparatory torque for the following action. •By moving up the circle, you align yourslef for better protection (Angle of Alignment). In Lone Kimono your pin and upward forearm strike created torque which turned the opponent’s right shoulder away. In Twin Kimono, we move ourselves to create the same Angle of Alignment. •Check the opponent’s Height Zone by continuing to apply pressure with your upward forearm strike as you adjust your angle. Once you establish your new angle, drop your body weight and deliver the outward back knuckle strike. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward 4:00.


197

TWIN KIMONO

3. Follow with a right inward downward diagonal forearm strike against the opponent’s left arm. End with your right arm palm up at your left hip and your left hand checking high. •Clear the opponent’s arm along the Angle of Cancellation. •As you clear the opponent’s arm, you can utilize the upper and lower case portions of your right arm to simultaneously strike the opponent’s left temple with your right hammerfist as you clear his arm with the lower portion of your right forarm. •Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver the right forearm strike. •A left 4-finger eye thrust may be inserted to simultaneously occur with the right clearing motion. •You may sophisticate this motion by taking advantage of the upper and lower case of your right arm.

4. Immediately follow with a right outward upward diagonal handsword strike to his throat. •Round the Corner of your right hand to conserve momentum.



198

TWIN KIMONO

EXTENSION 5. Slide your left foot toward 10:30 and form a left front twist stance as you deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to the opponent’s jaw. Your right hand will check his right shoulder. 6. From your twist stance, deliver a right thrusting knee kick to the opponent’s right inner knee. Plant forward and deliver a right side downward stomp as you simultaneously deliver a right upward snapping forearm strike to the underside of his jaw. •Scrape down the opponent’s shin prior to stomping.

7. Adjust your right foot toward 3:00 (gauging leg) and deliver a left front crossover stomp toward 12:00 on top of the opponent’s left foot. Simultaneously execute a left inward heel palm strike and claw to his face. •Scrape down the opponent’s shin prior to stomping.

8. Pivot clockwise (adjusting as necessary) and deliver a right spinning back kick to the opponent’s solar plexus simultaneously with a right rear upward outward claw to the opponent’s face. •A right spinning stiff leg raise may be utilized if circumstances dictate.



199

SLEEPER NAME—This defense receives its name from the choke used against the opponent which is designed to cause unconsciousness. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Inward Block Forward Bow Stance Inward Upward Diagonal Inner Wrist Strike Modified Horse Stance Close Kneel Stance Knee Drop Vertical Punch Extension Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick Heel Palm Strike Stiff Leg Sweeping Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Angle of Disturbance RELATED TECHNIQUES Dance of Death Sleeper Twirling Hammers Dance of Darkness Bowing to Buddha

ATTACK FRONT Right step through punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Blue #14 Orthodox 24 System Purple #21 32 System Purple #3 FORM LOCATION Form 5


200

SLEEPER

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step forward on a 45-degree angle (toward 11:00) and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00. Simultaneously defend with a left inward block as you right arm hangs naturally along the right side of your body. •This action controls the opponent’s Width Zone. •Care should be taken not to block the opponent’s arm into the path needed for the next strike. Often a parry is more advantageous as this keeps the Line of Entry open.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow stance as you deliver a right inward upward diagonal inner wrist strike to the left side of the opponent’s neck. Your left hand maintains a bracing angle check to the outside of the opponent’s right arm. 3. With your right foot step behind the opponent’s right leg (cat around) and form a modified horse stance to buckle his right leg. Simultaneously grab your right wrist with your left hand from the back of the opponent’s neck and apply pressure in an inward downward diagonal direction as you pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow stance facing 10:30. •A sleeper hold is designed to restrict the blood flow to the opponent’s brain thus causing unconsciousness. •Another method of applying the choke is to track along the opponent’s right arm with your left hand and execute a left outward horizontal handsword strike to his throat. Immediately grab your right forearm with your left hand. Apply pressure by squeezing your arms together and apply pressure in a downward diagonal direction. Care should be taken that this choke does not cut off his air supply unless this is your intention. This type of choke utilizes an open-ended triangle. •Place your head close to his head to increase the pressure of the choke and to limit his ability to escape. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting toward 10:00.


201

SLEEPER

4. Shift your left foot toward 4:30 and force the opponent to the ground and drop to form a left close kneel stance to deliver a right knee drop to his right ribcage simultaneously with a right vertical punch to his face. Your left hand is checking the opponent’s right arm by pushing it down and across his body to act. •Pivot toward 4:30 and hold the opponent in the sleeper choke to allow the weight of the opponent’s own body to assist with the choke. •The manner in which the opponent falls is often described as a “winding staircase”. •The opponent will fall with his head facing between 5:00 and 6:00. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping back toward 5:00.

5. Shift your right foot toward 12:00 and execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30 as you gradually rise upward. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that you should enter your Angle of Departure by sliding your left foot back to 2:00 (left reverse step through). Then, execute a right front crossover and double coverout toward 2:00.


202

SLEEPER

EXTENSION 5. Check the opponent’s right arm by pinning it across his body as you grab his right shoulder with your right hand. Use both hands to turn him onto his stomach. •Your right hand will be grabbing his right arm near his elbow and your left hand grabs his right shoulder. Cross the opponent’s right arm across his body with your right hand and push his right shoulder with your left hand to roll the opponent to his left onto his stomach. This will cross both of his arms and use his own body to pin them against the ground. •As you place the opponent in this position, you can also apply a choke called a “Cobra Choke”. This is accomplished by placing his right arm across his throat and grabbing his right wrist with your right hand. Pull on the opponent’s arm with your right hand as you push the back of his head (or left shoulder) with your left hand to apply leverage for the choke.

6. Raise up and adjust your right foot (gauging leg) slightly toward 10:30 and pivot clockwise to form a right close kneel stance facing 10:30 to deliver a left knee drop to his left kidney. 7. Stand up and adjust your left foot (gauging leg) toward 12:00 and pivot counterclockwise to deliver a right downward looping roundhouse to the opponent’s groin from behind. •It is advisable to plant your right foot to the outside of the opponent’s left leg in preparation for the next series of strikes. This will also prevent your right foot from becoming trapped as he reacts to the kick to his groin. An early version of this defense (pre-1975) did not make this adjustment.

8. Move your left foot (gauging leg) slightly forward and alongside his left hip and drop to form a left close kneel stance with a right knee drop to the opponent’s lower spine simultaneously with a right heel palm strike to the back of his head. 9. Spring upward and spin 180-degrees clockwise and execute a right stiff leg sweeping kick to the opponent’s head. •Your final position will be a right reverse bow stance.



203

SPIRALING TWIG NAME—The term twig is used in self defense techniques to symbolically represent an arm. In this defense we will apply and inward wrist lock along a spiraling path as our footwork twirls us toward a better defensive position.

ATTACK REAR Bear Hug with arms free WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Holds and Hugs

BASICS Base Horse Stance Right and Left Inward Middle-Knuckle Fist Strikes Neutral Bow Stance Reverse Step Through Inward Wrist Lock Front Snapping Ball Kick Stiff Arm Lifting Back Knuckle Strike Extension Front Twist Stance Outward Raking Hammerfist Strike Vertical Outward Raking Back Knuckle Strike Upward Vertical Heel Kick Thrusting Back Kick Rear Spinning Back Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Locking Contouring

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Purple #14 Orthodox 24 System Purple #22 32 System Purple #15 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Crashing Wings Defying the Storm Squatting Sacrifice


204

SPIRALING TWIG

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot step to 3:00 and form a horse stance facing 12:00 as you deliver right and left inward middleknuckle fist strikes to the back of the opponent’s top hand (or hands). Immediately drop both elbows to pin his arms. Without hesitation, grab the opponent’s right hand with both of your hands. Your thumbs will be on the back of his hand and your fingers inside his palm. •In this defense, the bear hug grab is high on your chest making it difficult to use your elbow to break free. The minor move of the middle knuckle fist strikes will loosen his grip. •Drop your weight to control his Height Zone. •Your elbows should clear and pin the opponent’s arm against your body. •By lowering your center of mass, you will make it more difficult for the opponent to lift you off the ground. You will also shift his weight onto his right leg creating an Angle of Disturbance.

2. With your left foot, step toward 1:30 and form a left neutral bow stance as you pull the opponent forward and begin to twist his wrist clockwise. Immediately pivot clockwise and execute a right reverse step through and end in a left neutral bow stance facing 7:30. During this action, both of your hands continue to twist the opponent’s wrist clockwise in a tight circle close to your body applying an inward wrist lock. •Keep the opponent’s hand close to your body to maintain control. Pull forward on his right arm as you step forward with your left foot to control his Width Zone. •Some practitioners settle into a left forward bow stance to give a better Bracing Angle when applying the wrist lock. •Your rapid body momentum further disturbs the opponent’s balance. •When you step forward with your left foot, keep the opponent’s right arm pinned against your body with your right elbow. As you step and turn, you will create torque against is right elbow and shouder joints that will cause him to turn to face 9:00; this controls his Width Zone. Allow your right arm to slide over his arm as you execute your right reverse step through; this will continue to control and check his Width Zone. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00 and pivoting clockwise to face 8:00 in a left neutral bow stance. •If the opponent bends his elbow as you apply the inward wrist lock, immediately proceed into the lock flows.


205

SPIRALING TWIG

3. Deliver a right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s right rib cage as your pull his right arm past your right hip and continue to twist on his wrist. 4. Plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow stance facing 7:30. Simultaneously check your opponent’s right arm downward with your left hand as you deliver a right stiff arm back lifting knuckle strike to your opponent’s face or temple. •Plant your right foot alongside of your opponent’s right knee to act as a check. •Follow through with the stiff arm lifting back kuckle and end with your right arm cocked beside your left ear.



206

SPIRALING TWIG

EXTENSION •Another version of the extension followed by some practitioners is described below: Step 5 Slide your left foot behind your right leg toward 9:00 and form a right front twist stance as you deliver a right outwrad downward diagonal back knuckle strike to the right side of his face. Follow through with this motion. Step 6 Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you dleiver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the left side of his jaw immediately followed by a right upward vertical heel kick to his groin. These strikes occur with 1/4 beat timing.

5. Slide your left foot behind your right leg toward 9:00 and form a right front twist stance as you deliver a right outward raking hammerfist strike to the opponent’s face. 6. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right vertical outward raking back knuckle strike to the opponent’s face. •This strike follows a path similar to a vertical outward block.

7. Immediately deliver a right upward vertical heel kick to the opponent’s face to stand him up and follow with a right thrusting back kick to his solar plexus. 8. Plant your right foot down (gauging leg) and spin counterclockwise to deliver a left rear spinning back kick to any available opening. 9. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 12:00.

Step 7 Your right foot contours his body and deliver a right thrusting back kick to his lower abdomen. Step 8 Plant your right foot (gauging leg) and spin counterclockwise to deliver a left rear spinning back kick to any available opening. Step 9 Execute a left front crossover and double cover out towward 12:00.


207

CROSS OF DESTRUCTION NAME—Destruction is a term used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent “left”. In this technique, you will cross the opponent’s arms to break or dislocate his left elbow joint. BASICS

ATTACK REAR Two Hand Choke WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Chokes DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside

Base Horse Stance Reverse Step Through Neutral Bow Stance Front Snapping Ball Kick

POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right

Extension Reverse Bow Stance Outward Back Knuckle Strike Inward Looping Back Knuckle Strike Knee Kick Rear Twist Stance Outward Downward Hammerfist Strike Upward Outward Hooking Heel Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Change-up Point Angle of Disturbance Opposing Forces

ATTACK DIRECTION 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Blue #15 Orthodox 24 System Purple #23 32 System Purple #11 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Twirling Wings Flight to Freedom Fallen Cross Escape from Death Thrusting Salute Twirling Sacrifice Gripping Talon


208

CROSS OF DESTRUCTION

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. Grab both of the opponent’s wrists with both of your hands (right to right; left to left) and tuck your chin into your chest as you step with your left foot toward 9:00 and form a horse stance. •This action should hyper-extend or break the opponent’s thumbs as you use the back of your neck as a fulcrum. •Using your shoulder as a fulcrum, pull the opponent’s arms downward on a 45-degree angle to create an Angle of Disturbance and control his Height Zone.

2. Execute a right reverse step through toward 7:30 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 1:30 as you pass the opponent’s left arm over your head and cross his left arm over his right arm. At this point, pull the opponent’s right arm toward your right hip as your left hand pushes his left arm forward. •If the opponent’s left leg is forward, it is possible to buckle the inside of his left leg as you execute the reverse step through. •Some practitioners step toward 9:00 and pivot clockwise to face 3:00 in a left neutral bow stance to have a better line of entry for the front snapping ball kick to the inside of the opponent’s right knee. •A right outward elbow strike to his solar plexus or rib cage may be inserted as you execute your right reverse step through. •If you are unable to pull the opponent’s arm free on the initial move, as you execute the right reverse step through, spin your head clockwise under the opponent’s arms to free you from the choke. Use your neck as a fulcrum to hyper-extend or break his thumbs. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated executing the right reverse step through toward 8:00.

3. Deliver a right front snapping ball kick to the inside of the opponent’s right knee. •This action will buckle the opponent’s right leg and control his Height Zone.

4. Plant your right foot toward 1:30 and form a right neutral bow stance as you pull backward with your left hand and push forward with your right hand (the position of your right hand resembles a vertical outward back knuckle strike). •The push-pull motion will hyper-extend or break his left elbow. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot toward 2:00.


209




210


EXTENSION •Another version of the extension is described below: Step 5 Have your left hand release its grip on the opponent’s left hand and grab his right wrist. This will keep his right arm in check and trap his left arm as you execute the following moves. Slide your left left behind your right leg (left rear twist stance) as you deliver a right outward horizontal back knuckle strike through his left rib cage. Immediately slide your right foot backward and form a right reverse bow stance to buckle the i nsi de o f hi s l ef t k n ee . Simultaneously as you settle into your stance, contour the opponent’s back and deliver a right inward looping back knuckle strike to his right mastoid. Step 6 Deliver a right knee kick to the inside of his right knee. Step 7 Plant your right foot toward 12:00 and form a left rear twist stance as you deliver a right outward downward hammerfist strike to his jaw.

5. Adjust your left foot (gauging leg) slightly toward 6:00 and immediately slide your right foot backward and form a right reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of his left knee. Simultaneously execute a right outward back knuckle strike through the opponent's left rib cage. As you settle into your stance, deliver a right inward looping back knuckle strike to his right mastoid. •Your right arm contours the opponent’s back to strike to his mastoid.

6. Deliver a right knee kick to the inside of his right knee. 7. Plant your right foot toward 11:00 and form a left rear twist stance as you deliver a right outward downward hammerfist strike to the left side of the opponent’s jaw. 8. Pivot counterclockwise and deliver a right upward outward hooking heel kick to the opponent’s groin. •Some practitioners deliver a right upward vertical hooking heel kick to the back of the opponent’s head if he is bent forward enough.

9. Plant your right foot toward 10:30 and pivot counterclockwise to face 4:30 in a left neutral bow stance. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30.

Step 8 Deliver a right outward upward hooking heel kick first to the inside of his right knee then to his groin and finishing with a strike to the inside of his left knee. All three targets are struck during the same clockwise circle. Step 9 Execute a right front crossover and double coverout toward 12:00.


211

FLIGHT TO FREEDOM NAME—In this defense you are prevented from delivering an outward elbow strike so you quickly step away from the opponent (flight) and execute this back-up technique to free yourself (freedom) from the hammerlock.

ATTACK REAR Right Arm Hammerlock WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Locks

BASICS Base Transitory Neutral Bow Stance Neutral Bow Stance Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike Reverse Cat Stance Thrusting Back Kick Front Thrusting Ball Kick Rear Twist Stance Hammering Heel Palm Strike Extension Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike Upward Knee Kick Thrusting Side Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Change Up Point Leveraging

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Blue #16 Orthodox 24 System Purple #24 32 System Purple #17 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Intellectual Departure Locked Wing Crossed Twigs Gripping Talon Thrust Into Darkness


212

FLIGHT TO FREEDOM

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step toward 5:00 and form a transitory right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you countergrab the opponent's right wrist with your right hand. •You may modifiy the width and depth of your stance depending upon circumstances. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping back into a modified right neutral bow stance. It was modified because your left foot rested on the ball of the foot.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left neutral bow stance facing 6:00 as you attempt to deliver a left outward horizontal elbow strike; however, the opponent blocks this strike and momentarily checks your Width and Depth Zones. •You may also pivot counterclockwise into a left fighting horse stance if circumstances dictate.

3. Immediately step forward with your left foot toward 1:00 and form a right reverse cat stance. As you step, pull the opponent’s right arm on a downward diagonal direction to control his Dimensional Zones. •Keep your gaze forward so as not to telegraph your intentions to your opponent. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00.

4. Deliver a right thrusting back kick to the opponent’s right ribcage. •Do not look over your shoulder before or during this kick. Looking may telegraph your intentions. By pulling the opponent’s right arm alongside your right hip, you will be able to easily determine the location of his rib cage by using proper Body Alignment.

5. Plant your right foot toward 7:30 and pivot clockwise to form a right neutral bow stance. Twist the opponent’s wrist clockwise in a tight circle. Deliver a left downward heel palm strike to his elbow to cause injury and control the opponent’s Dimensional Zones. •By whipping the opponent’s arm clockwise in a tight circle, this will force him to bend forward and down to his left. •Some practitioners pivot to a right forward bow stance to properly align the left leg for the following kick. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot toward 7:00 in a right reverse cat stance.


213

FLIGHT TO FREEDOM

6. Immediately deliver a left front thrusting ball kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee. •This kick controls his Height and Depth Zones.

7. Plant your right foot toward 10:30 and form a right rear twist stance facing 4:30 as you deliver a left hammering heel palm strike to the opponent’s right elbow. Your right hand continues to maintain its grab on his right wrist. •Your left fingers point up the opponent’s right arm as it delivers the heel palm strike. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your left foot toward 11:00.

8. Complete the crossover and double cover out toward 10:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 11:00.


214

FLIGHT TO FREEDOM

EXTENSION 8. From your right rear twist stance, pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance facing 6:00 as you execute a right outward downward diagonal back knuckle strike to his right kidney. •The strike may be delived to his left kidney depending upon his position.

9. Deliver a left upward knee kick to the opponent’s stomach as your right hand checks his right arm. 10. Plant your left leg (gauging leg) and deliver a right upward knee kick to the opponent’s stomach. From Point of Origin, immediately deliver a right thrusting side kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee. 11. From Point of Origin, execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 1:30.


215

BLUE BELT


BEGGING HANDS NAME—In order to free your hands from your opponent’s grip, you will rotate your hands to form double outward hooking parries (palm up) which resembles a person begging; hence the name, BEGGING HANDS.

ATTACK FRONT Two Hand Direct Wrist Grab WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles

BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Double Outward Hooking Parries Front Snapping Ball Kick Double Torquing Heel Palm Strikes Extension Double Crab Hand Pinches Rear Crossover Maneuver Reverse Bow Stance Front Crossover Sweep Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike and Claw Spinning Back Thrust Kick IMPORTANT PRINCIPLES Back-Up Mass Torque IMPORTANT CONCEPTS Get the upper hand Gauging Tracking Borrowed Force

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside Both POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Green #1 Orthodox 24 System Blue #1 32 System Purple #16 FORM LOCATION NONE

RELATED TECHNIQUES Aggressive Twins Crossed Twigs Desperate Falcons Unfolding the Dark Thrusting Salute


216

BEGGING HANDS

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step back and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00. Simultaneously, rotate both hands outward to form double outward hooking parries to break the opponent’s grip. •Both hands should be on top of your opponent’s wrists palm upward. •Keep your elbows anchored and break the grip in a downward 45degree angle. This will control the opponent’s Dimensional Zone. •You may find it useful to prefix a push outward (Purposeful Defiance) with both arms to cause the opponent to resist this motion by pushing inward. When you reverse this motion it will be much easier to break from the grip (Purposeful Compliance). •Your hands are in a begging position to act as positional checks against a possible head butt if the opponent is pulled forward. •Your hands should travel inward, upward and outward and then rip downward to break from the grip. •Both the 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicate a cate stance after the “begging” position. Please note that this is meant as a transitional position from your right neutral bow stance to the right front snapping ball kick—it is not be be held in position.

2. From point of origin, deliver a right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s groin. 3. Plant your right foot forward (gauging leg) and deliver a left front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s chin or chest. •Your right foot adjusts its depth according to the circumstances and distance to the target. •The kicks should be executed in a “Chicken Kick” fashion. •Some instructors teach stepping back into a cat stance. This may place you at a tactical disadvantage if the opponent’s momentum continues to move forward. If this occurs, the following kicks may be deleted and you simply move forward into a right neutral bow stance and execute your double torquing heel palm strikes.


217

BEGGING HANDS

4. Plant forward with your left foot and form a left neutral bow stance (or forward bow stance) as you simultaneously deliver double torquing heel palm strikes (fingers out) under the opponent’s chest. •As you learn in the forms, when executing simultaneous or dual strikes in the same direction, you may be in either a neutral or forward bow stance depending upon circumstances. •The heel palms strike just below the pectoral muscles and employ the Fitting Principle. •You may shuffle forward slightly if circumstances dictate.



218

BEGGING HANDS

EXTENSION 5. After your double torquing heel palm strikes to the opponent’s pectoral muscles, execute double crab hand pinches to the nerves in this region as you step forward with your right foot and form a right neutral bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s right leg. 6. While still maintaining the grab, execute a left rear crossover and end in a right reverse bow stance toward 1:30 to buckle the opponent’s left leg from the inside. •Some practitioners execute a right heel palm strike to the groin simultaneous with the right reverse bow sweep while the left hand maintains its grip. As you execute the right front crossover sweep (next step) the left hand delivers a left inward horizontal heel palm strike and claw as your right hand checks the opponent’s right shoulder.

7. Execute a right front crossover sweep to his right leg and end in a twist stance facing 7:30 as you deliver a right inward horizontal heel palm strike and claw to his face. •Keep your right elbow anchored in and down to your left.

8. Pivot counterclockwise and deliver a left spinning back thrust kick to any available opening. 9. With your left leg still in the air, execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30.


219

THRUSTING WEDGE NAME—This defense receives its name from the manner in which you use twin extended outward blocks in the shape of a wedge to deflect the opponent’s arms.


BASICS Base Forward Bow Stance Twin Extended Outward Handsword Blocks Twin Rolling Upward Outward Claws Fighting Horse Stance Upward Elbow Strike Neutral Bow Stance Downward Heel Palm Strike and Claw Extension Reverse Handsword Strike Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Close Kneel Stance Downward Knee Kick Heel Stomp Front Crossover Stomp CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Meet Action/Beat It Wedging Frictional Pull

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Green #2 Orthodox 24 System Blue #2 32 System Purple #23 FORM LOCATION Long Form 3

RELATED TECHNIQUES Locking Horns Heavenly Ascent Destructive Twins Blinding Sacrifice Bowing to Buddha


220

THRUSTING WEDGE

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot, step toward 12:00 and form a right forward bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver right and left extended outward handsword blocks to the inside of the opponent’s arms. Continue the flow of motion and deliver right and let rolling upward outward claws to his eyes. •The outer portion of your forearms act as a wedge against his arms and borrows the opponent’s force. •The claws to his face stops his forward momentum and blurs his vision. •Your right leg will check the opponent’s right leg when you step forward. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right fighting horse stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right upward elbow strike under the opponent’s chin. Simultaneously slide down his right arm with your left hand and end with a grab to his wrist. As you settle into your stance pull the opponent’s right arm to your left hip. •As the opponent’s hands come up to protect his eyes, grab and pull on the opponent’s right arm along the Angle of Cancellation. •Your right arm orbits clockwise to deliver the upward elbow strike. During this orbit clear the opponent’s left arm away from your body. •The right elbow may first strike his sternum before striking under his chin. This will enable you to control his Width Zone as well as enable you to track up to the target.

3. Pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right downward heel palm strike and claw to the bridge of the opponent’s nose and then to his eyes. •Some practitioners pivot and drop to form a right wide kneel stance while executing the claw. •A right downward vertical elbow strike to his sternum may precede the heel palm claw. This will have the effect of controlling his Height Zone.



221

THRUSTING WEDGE

EXTENSION 4. Continue the motion of your right hand and claw vertically downward and immediately return with a right reverse handsword strike to the opponent’s groin. •The motion of the motion of the downward vertical heel palm strike (following through to his groin) will arch his back and present the next target (groin).

5. Circle your right hand behind the opponent’s left knee and step forward with your left foot and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 to buckle the inside of his right knee. Simultaneously execute a left thrusting heel palm strike to this jaw. •If the opponent is knocked back too far, execute a right rear crossover and step out into a left neutral bow stance to buckle the inside of his right kne.

6. With the opponent lying on his back and his head pointing toward 1:30, grab the back of his right knee with your left hand. With both hand holding his legs, drop into a left close kneel stance to deliver a right downward knee kick to his groin. 7. As the opponent reacts in pain by closing his legs, reverse your hands and clear his legs apart from the inside. Execute a left heel stomp to his groin. •Your hands clear in a similar manner as in HOOKING WINGS.

8. Execute a left front crossover stomp to his left ankle. 9. Leap out and execute a double cover out toward 6:00.


222

FLASHING WINGS NAME—This defense receives its name from the manner in which your arms unfold to form double strikes with the elbows (wings). BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Inward Block Forward Bow Stance Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Fighting Horse Stance Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike Outward Horizontal Claw Close Kneel Stance Outward Downward Diagonal Hooking Handsword Strike Inward Handsword Strike Wide Kneel Stance Inward Upward Diagonal Thrusting Handsword Strike Extension Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Knee Kick Thrusting Knife Edge Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Contouring Zone of Obscurity

ATTACK FRONT Right step through punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Green #3 Orthodox 24 System Blue #3 32 System Purple #18 FORM LOCATION Long Form 4

RELATED TECHNIQUES Attacking Mace Thundering Hammers Flashing Mace Circling the Storm


223

FLASHING WINGS

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step toward 11:00 and form a left neutral bow stance as you defend with a left inward block as your right hand cocks to your right hip (fist clenched and palm up). •Your left knee positionally checks the opponent’s right knee.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the opponent’s right lower ribcage. Your left hand slides up his arm to check at his shoulder. •Follow through with your elbow strike. •Many practitioners utilize a forward push-drag maneuver as they deliver the right inward elbow strike.

3. Pivot clockwise and form a right fighting horse stance as you deliver a right outward horizontal elbow strike to the opponent’s back. Simultaneously deliver a left outward horizontal claw across his face. •As you claw, make sure that your left forearm acts as a sliding check along his right arm. •Your right elbow acts as a fulcrum as your left hand claws the face (and hooks his eye) and anchors downward. This action will control this opponent’s Height Zone. The left claw to the face also pulls the head backward thus setting his head for the next strike (right handsword strike). •Some practitioners deliver the right outward elbow to his right kidney. This is acceptable however you will lose the fulcrum on the neck. •Many practitioners pivot clockwise to form a right neutral bow stance.

4. Pivot clockwise toward 4:30 to form a left close kneel stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right outward downward diagonal hooking handsword strike to the back of the opponent’s neck. Immediately follow with a left inward handsword strike to the back of his neck as you settle into your stance. •Keep your right elbow anchored as it pulls his head downward. •Many practitioners execute a forward push-drag toward 4:30 as they pivot and drop to form the left reverse wide kneel stance. •Use your left knee to check and buckle the outside of his right knee. •Some practitioners utilize a wide kneel stance during this step.


224

FLASHING WINGS

•The Long Form 4 version of this defense directs you to pivot clockwise toward 4:30 and form a close kneel stance and pivot counterclockwise toward 12:00 to form a wide kneel stance.

5. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left wide kneel stance facing 12:00 as you Round the Corner and deliver a right inward upward diagonal thrusting handsword strike (palm up) to the opponent’s throat. Simultaneously your left hand slides down and past his right shoulder to check and pin his right arm to his body. •Some practitioners pivot counterclockwise to form a left close kneel stance. The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated a close kneel stance toward 12:00 whereas the 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated a wide kneel stance. •Your left knee should continue to buckle and check the opponent’s right knee. •The handsword strike can also be deliverd to the bridge of the opponent’s nose.

6. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual revision indicated an Angle of Depature toward 5:00.


225

FLASHING WINGS

EXTENSION 6. Circle your left foot clockwise to sweep this right leg. Immediately circle your right foot clockwise to buckle his right leg as you form a left forward bow stance. Simultaneously deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to his face. Grab the opponent’s face with your right hand and begin to turn the opponent counterclockwise by pushing forward with your right hand on his head and pushing on this right shoulder with your left hand. •Your left hand checks his right arm.

7. Immediately deliver a right knee kick to his spine. 8. From Point of Contact deliver a right thrusting side kick to the back of the opponent’s left knee. Simultaneously deliver a right outward claw across his face. •Some practitioners plant forward and then execute the front crossover and cover out. This ensures commitment with the kick.

9. From Point of Contact execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 9:00. •As you execute the right front crossover, deliver a right finger finger ripping claw across his face.


226

HUGGING PENDULUM NAME—The term pendulum is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent the action of a downward block. This block then cocks horizontally across your waist in a manner that resembles a “hugging” motion.

ATTACK FRONT Right Step Through Knife-Edge Kick WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Kicks

BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Reverse Push-Drag Maneuver Outward Downward Diagonal Hammering Block Front Crossover Knife-Edge Kick Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike Inward Horizontal Hooking Heel Palm Claw Extension Outward Horizontal Heel Palm Claw Inward Horizontal Roundhouse Punch Roundhousing Ball of Foot Kick Low Spinning Side Thrust Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Orbital Switch RELATED TECHNIQUES Deflecting Hammer Retreating Pendulum Rotating Destruction Glancing Lance Unwinding Pendulum Leaping Crane

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Green #4 Orthodox 24 System Blue #4 32 System Purple #30 FORM LOCATION None


227

HUGGING PENDULUM

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. While in a right neutral bow stance, execute a reverse push-drag maneuver toward 7:30 as you deliver a right outward downward diagonal hammering block to the outside of the opponent’s right leg. •Your right arm travels from 10:30 to 4:30. •This action will disturb the opponent’s balance, injure his leg, inflict pain, and turn control his Width by turning his body to the left. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that your right hand blocks from 11:00 to 5:00.

2. Without delay, execute a left front crossover as you cross your right hand (palm up) to your left hip and positionally check with your left hand. Immediately deliver a right knife-edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee from behind. •As your right arm cocks across your waist, deliver a right inward horizontal heel palm claw to his face or a right inward horizontal raking middle knuckle fist to his right ribcage. The location of the target will be determined by the position of his right (lead) arm. •This kick should buckle the opponent’s left knee to the ground.

3. Plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow stance and deliver a right outward horizontal back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right mastoid or right temple. Arc your strike wide to the right and return with a right inward horizontal hooking heel palm claw to the left side of the opponent’s face. •Maintain a bend in your right elbow throughout this action. •The opponent should fall to the ground.



228

HUGGING PENDULUM

EXTENSION 4. As your right hand passes through its target, step with your right foot toward 9:00 and pivot counterclockwise to form a left neutral bow stance facing 3:00 as you deliver a left outward horizontal heel palm claw to the opponent’s face. Continue the counterclockwise spin to form a left forward bow stance to deliver a right inward horizontal roundhouse punch to his face. •These actions should be performed without a loss of momentum.

5. Adjust your left foot (gauging leg) slightly back and deliver a right roundhousing ball of foot kick to the opponent’s sternum. •Deliver this kick without a loss of momentum. •Some practitioners deliver the right inward horizontal roundhouse kick simultaneously with the adjustment of the left foot. In such cases the left forward bow stance is eliminated.

6. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) toward 11:00 and spin counterclockwise to deliver a low left spinning side thrust kick to the opponent’s neck. 7. From Point of Contact, execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30


229

REPEATED DEVASTATION NAME—The technique receives its name from the repeated manner in which you utilize elbow strikes. BASICS Base Modified Horse Stance Rear Head Butt Strike Transitional Neutral Bow Stance Forward Bow Stance Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike Extension Inward Downward Diagonal Punch Chicken Knee Kick Thrusting Knife Edge Kick Torquing Heel Palm Strike CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Sandwiching Opposing Forces RELATED TECHNIQUES Scraping Hoof Wings of Silk Twirling Sacrifice Blinding Sacrifice Obscure Sword Menacing Twirl

ATTACK REAR Full Nelson WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Hold and Hugs DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Green #5 Orthodox 24 System Blue #5 32 System Purple #19 FORM LOCATION Long Form 3


230

REPEATED DEVASTATION

BASE TECHNIQUE •The standard curriculum states that this defense and SCRAPING HOOF repeat the technique on the opposite side. This is required for the purpose of learning Long Form 3. A practical street application is described below:

1. Step toward 3:00 and form a modified horse stance as you strike over your shoulders and behind your head with both fists to your opponent’s face.

Step 1 Step toward 3:00 and form a modified horse stance as you strike over your shoulders and behind your head with both fists to your opponent’s face.

•By bringing your arms upward and behind your head, you block the opponent’s arms and prevent him from applying the full nelson.

Step 2 Drop your weight and lower your horse stance as you drive both elbows down to the opponent’s biceps (your palms will be facing you). Immediately thrust both fists toward the ground (palms facing you) as you straighten your knees and back and deliver a rear head butt strike to the opponent’s face. Step 3 Step forward with your left foot into a transitional left neutral bow stance as you pin the opponent’s left arm beneath your left arm and grab his right wrist from above with your left hand. Pivot clockwise and face 6:00 in a right forward bow stance as your deliver a right outward horizontal elbow strike to the right side of the opponent’s jaw. Simultaneously with the strike, pull the opponent’s right arm on a downward 45-degree past your left hip to create an Angle of Cancellation. Step 4 Pivot counterclockwise and form a right reverse bow stance as your right hand pushes the opponent’s head down. Execute a right rear scooping heel kick to the opponent’s face. Finish by executing a right front crossover and double cover out toward 1:30.

•This defense is designed to prevent the opponent from appying a full nelson hold early in its attempt.

•Some practitioners deliver these two punches in a sandwiching manner to the opponent’s head. Other hand weapons may be employed such as double middle knuckle fist strikes or twin fourfinger thrusts (palms inward).

2. Drop your weight and lower your horse stance as you drive both elbows down to the opponent’s biceps (your palms will be facing you). Immediately thrust both fists toward the ground (palms facing you) as you straighten your knees and back and deliver a rear head butt strike to the opponent’s face. 3. Step forward with your left foot into a transitional left neutral bow stance as you pin the opponent’s left arm beneath your left arm and grab his right wrist from above with your left hand. Pivot clockwise and face 6:00 in a right forward bow stance as your deliver a right outward horizontal elbow strike to the right side of the opponent’s jaw. •Step step forward and form a right reverse bow stance as the pin and grab are made prior to pivoting counterclockwise. This is similar in appearance to OBSCURE SWORD and CIRCLING WING. •This is technically where the defense ends; however, the opposite side is repeated in Long Form 3 and is described below:

4. Slide your left foot back to its Point of Origin, and immediately step forward with your right foot into a transitional right neutral bow stance as you pin the opponent’s right arm beneath your right arm and grab his left wrist from above with your right hand. Pivot counterclockwise and face 6:00 in a left forward bow stance as your deliver a left outward horizontal elbow strike to the left side of the opponent’s jaw.


231




232


EXTENSION •Some practitioners eliminate the left outward horizotal elbow strike and flow immediately into the extension after the right outward horizontal elbow strike. The description for this method follows:

5. Slide your left foot back toward 12:00 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 6:00 as your left hand hooks around the left side of the opponent’s neck. Pull his head downward and toward you as you deliver a right inward downward diagonal punch to the left hinge of the opponent’s jaw.

Step 4 Slide your right foot back toward 12:00 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 6:00 as your right hand hooks around the right side of the opponent’s neck. Pull his head downward and toward you as you deliver a left inward downward diagonal punch to the right hinge of the opponent’s jaw.

6. While keeping your opponent’s head down, deliver a left-right upward knee kick (butterfly knee kick) to the opponent’s head.

Step 5 While keeping your opponent’s head downward, deliver a rightleft upward knee kick (butterfly knee kick) to the opponent’s head.

•Your right inward downward diagonal punch feeds the opponent’s head into your left knee. These are performed with 1/4 beat timing.

7. With your right leg still in the air, deliver a right thrusting knife edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s right knee as you simultaneously execute a right torquing heel palm strike to the opponent’s jaw (your palm will be down and your fingers will be out). 8. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 12:00.

Step 6 With your left leg still in the air, deliver a left thrusting knife edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee as you simultaneously execute a left torquing heel palm strike to the opponent’s jaw (your palm will be down and your fingers will be out). Step 7 Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 12:00.


233

ENTANGLED WING NAME—The term wing is used in self-defense techniques to represent an elbow. An outward bent arm lock involves your and your opponent’s arm wrapped (entangled) in a joint manipulation.

ATTACK FRONT Outward Bent Arm Lock WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Locks

BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Upward Elbow Strike Rear Elbow Strike Fighting Horse Stance

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside

Extension Reverse Bow Stance Vertical Back Knuckle Strike Upward Knee Kick Thrusting Knee Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Angle of Cancellation Third Hand RELATED TECHNIQUES Mace of Aggression Twirling Wings Flashing Wings Piercing Lance

POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Green #15 Orthodox 24 System Blue #6 32 System Purple #20 FORM LOCATION None


234

ENTANGLED WING

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot, step toward 10:30 and form a right neutral bow stance as your left hand executes a pinning check to the opponent’s left hand. Simultaneously raise your right arm upward and overhead (right upward elbow strike) to relieve the pressure. •The right upward elbow strike may also possibly strike the opponent’s chin. •Check the opponent’s right knee with your right knee as you step forward. This will assist in controlling his Depth Zone. •Your left hand checks and controls the opponent’s right elbow to nullify his leverage. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 10:00.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left neutral bow stance as you deliver a left rear elbow strike to the opponent’s groin or ribs. Simultaneously pull the opponent’s left arm downward and align his elbow across the top of your right shoulder. •The choice of targets depends upon his height. •Your left hand releases his grip on the opponent’s left arm to deliver the elbow strike; however, your right hand maintains the grip.

3. Pivot clockwise and form a right fighting horse stance as you deliver a right rear elbow strike to the opponent’s solar plexus or left rib cage. Your left hand positionally checks at your right shoulder. •Your left hand re-grips the opponent’s left wrist to continue controlling his Height Zone as your right arm delivers the elbow strike. •Some practitioners pull the opponent’s left arm forward as the right elbow strike is delivered.



235

ENTANGLED WING

EXTENSION 4. Slide your right foot back toward 1:00 and form a right reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s left leg as you deliver a right vertical back knuckle strike to the opponent’s face. 5. Hook your right hand around the left side of the opponent’s neck and pull his head forward and downward into a right upward knee kick to his face. Plant your right foot down (gauging leg) and deliver a left upward knee kick (toward 11:00) to his face. 6. Plant your left foot down (gauging leg) and slide your right foot back to form a right reverse bow stance facing 1:30 to buckle his left leg further and force his head to the ground. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated a clock direction of 1:00.

7. Deliver a right thrusting knee kick to the back of the opponent’s elbow. •Rotate his left arm to position his elbow in a vulnerable position for the thrusting knee kick.



236

DEFYING THE STORM NAME—The term storm is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a club (stick) attack. In this defense, you will defy his action by meeting it. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Extended Outward Handsword Block Inward Handsword Block Forward Bow Stance Vertical Shoulder Lock Knee Strike Inward Overhead Elbow Strike Extension Front Rotating Twist Stance Inward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strike Outward Upward Diagonal Elbow Strike Inward Heel Palm Claw Back Scoop Kick Spinning Back Kick Inward Crescent Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES RELATED TECHNIQUES Calming the Storm Returning Storm Defying the Rod Locked Wing

ATTACK FRONT Right Roundhouse Club Attack WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Weapons (stick) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Green #7 Orthodox 24 System Blue #7 32 System Purple #21 FORM LOCATION None


237

DEFYING THE STORM

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot, step toward 11:00 and form a right neutral bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s right knee as you simultaneously deliver a left extended outward handsword block to the inside of the opponent’s right wrist with a right inward handsword strike to his right biceps. 2. Grab the opponent’s right wrist with your left hand and twist counterclockwise as you grab the back of his right elbow with your right hand (from above) and pull to create a fulcrum on his right elbow. Slide your right hand up his arm and grab behind his shoulder. Immediately slide your right foot back to 4:30 to form a left forward bow stance facing 10:30 as you push forward with your left hand and pull backward with your right hand (anchor your right elbow to your right hip) to set a vertical shoulder lock. •By creating a fulcrum on the opponent’s right elbow, you will control his Width Zone and begin to bring his body forward. •A right inward collapsing elbow strike to the right side of the opponent’s jaw may be inserted as you slide your right hand up his arm to grab behind his right shoulder. This will further control his Width Zone and prevent a strike from his left arm. •This push/pull action in along a downard diagonal plane of action to create a fulcrum on his elbow joint and force him to bend forward at the waist. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot back to 5:00.

DEFYING THE STORM

3. Deliver a right knee strike to the opponent’s sternum. •This should knock the wind out of the opponent.

4. Plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow stance facing 11:00 as you deliver a right inward overhead elbow strike to the opponent’s upper spine. Your left hand maintains control of his right wrist, keeping it to your left side. •This should cause the opponent to fall to the ground.



•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Depature toward 6:00.


238

DEFYING THE STORM

EXTENSION 5. Release your grasp to the opponent’s right wrist and pivot clockwise and form a right front rotating twist stance to deliver a left inward downward diagonal elbow strike to the right side of his jaw. •Follow through with this elbow strike.

6. Pivot counterclockwise to form a right neutral bow stance to deliver a left outward upward diagonal elbow strike to the left side of the opponent’s jaw followed by a right inward heel palm claw to his left jaw. Continue to pivot counterclockwise and deliver a right back scoop kick to the opponent’s groin. •All of these actions are timed togetehr to add power to the scoop kick. •Some practitioners deliver a right inward downward diagonal heel palm strike to guide the opponent’s head down into the right back scoop kick. Use 1/4 beat timing between the heel palm strike and the rear scoop kick.

7.

Plant your right foot (gauging leg) toward 6:00 and immediately pivot counterclockwise to deliver a left spinning back kick to the opponent’s solar plexus.

8. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) and deliver a right inward crescent kick to his face. •If circumstances dictate, you may need to hop to adjust for the right inward crescent kick.



239

RAKING MACE NAME—The term mace is used in self defense techniques to symbolically represent a fist. In this technique, you will utilize your fist in a raking manner to neutralize your attacker. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Uppercut Punch Inward Downward Diagonal Raking Back Knuckle Strike Outward Handsword Strike Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike Extension Two-Finger Eye Hook Inward Hooking Heel Palm Strike and Claw 45-Degree Cat Stance Front Snapping Ball Kick Upward Stiff Arm Lifting Back Knuckle Strike Thrusting Handsword Strike Roundhouse Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Purposeful Compliance Trapping Object Obscurity Sandwiching

ATTACK FRONT Two Hand Lapel Grab (pulling in) WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles DEFENSIVE LOCATION Above Both POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Green #16 Orthodox 24 System Blue #8 32 System Purple #22 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Mace of Aggression Lone Kimono Snapping Twig Cross of Death Twin Kimono Hooking Wings


240

RAKING MACE

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left hand, pin the opponent’s hands to your chest as you step forward with your right foot and form a right neutral bow stance. Simultaneously deliver a right uppercut punch to the opponent’s solar plexus. •Some practitioners utilize a middle knuckle fist strike. •By moving in the direction of the opponent’s pull (Purposeful Compliance) you preserve your balance and enhance your counter strikes. •The uppercut punch checks the opponent’s depth and aids in preventing a head butt. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00 with your right foot.

2. Circle your right hand counterclockwise and deliver a right inward downward diagonal raking back knuckle strike to the bridge of the opponent’s nose. Continue the motion of your right arm and strike diagonally downward on top of your opponent’s arms. Your left hand continues to pin. •Use the upper and lower case portions of your right arm to simultaneously deliver a right hammerfist strike to his left temple as the lower portion of your right forearm clears the opponent’s arm.

3. Immediately follow with a right outward handsword strike to the opponent’s throat. •By keeping your right hand on the opponent’s throat it acts as a Detaining Check.


241

RAKING MACE

4. Follow with a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the left side of the opponent’s jaw simultaneously with a left inward horizontal heel palm strike on the opposite side to create a sandwiching effect. •This elbow strike should be executed as a collapsing elbow strike by keeping your right hand on point of contact and moving up to the elbow. •You may advance forward with a push-drag maneuver if circumstances and range dictate. •There are two generally accepted methods of moving your arms prior to delivering the sandwiching elbow strike. First, your right handsword remains on point of contact and you deliver a right collapsing elbow strike as your left hand orbits to clear the opponent’s arms and deliver the heel palm strike. Second, both arms clear the opponent’s arms down and deliver the sandwiching elbow strike. The first is the preferred method. In either case, you may find it necesssary to utilze a forward push-drag maneuver to close the distance to close range striking.



242

RAKING MACE

EXTENSION 5. After your sandwiching elbow strike, execute a left twofinger eye hook (in a small clockwise circle) immediately followed by a right inward (counterclockwise looping) hooking heel palm strike and claw to the opponent’s face as you side your right foot back to form a right 45degree cat stance. •Your left is in a checking position at the conclusion of this step.

6. Execute a right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s groin as your right and drops downward alongside your right thigh to act as a preparatory cock. Plant forward and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right upward stiff arm back knuckle strike to the underside of the opponent’s chin. Your right hand continues upward and clockwise to conclude with a right thrusting handsword strike to the left side of his neck. 7. As the opponent is force downward and to the left, deliver a left roundhouse kick to his head. •Right right leg may act as a gauging leg if necessary.



243

SNAKING TALON NAME—The term talon is used in self-defense techniques to represent a wrist grab. In this defense, you will utilize a snaking defensive action and end with a grab to his right wrist. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Inward Handsword Block Extended Outward Handsword Block Transitional 45-Degree Cat Stance Front Snapping Ball Kick Rear Twist Stance Spinning Back Heel Thrust Kick Back Heel Kick Extension Rear Crossover Rear Twist Stance Roundhouse Kick Rear Spinning Thrust Kick (on ground) CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Squeegee Opposing Forces

ATTACK FRONT Two Hand Push WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Pushes DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Green #9 Orthodox 24 System Blue #9 32 System Blue #2 FORM LOCATION Form 4

RELATED TECHNIQUES Circling Fans Parting of the Snakes Entwined Maces


244

SNAKING TALON

BASE TECHNIQUE •In this defense, we ride the opponent’s attack.

1. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as your right hand loops a figure eight with a right inward handsword to the outside and on top of the opponent’s left arm followed by a right extended outward handsword to the outside of his right arm. Your left hand positionally checks at solar plexus level. •Your right hand follows a path and not a line. During this action, keep your elbow anchored. •Both actions diagonally check the opponent’s Height and Width zones by crisscrossing his arms diagonally downward. •Your left hand may assist by delivering a left inward parry (minor move) to the outside of his right arm.

2. In the same Flow of Motion, grab the opponent’s right wrist with your right hand and pull his right arm down and to your right as you slide your right foot back into a transitional right 45-degree cat stance. Immediately deliver a right front snapping ball kick to his groin. •Some practitioners add a left inward heel palm strike to the opponent’s elbow to create an injury and to control his Dimensional Zones.

3. From Point of Contact, plant your right foot toward 7:30 and form a left rear twist stance facing 12:00 •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot toward 7:00 and forming a right front twist stance facing 7:00. Some modern practitioners plant the right foot toward 9:00. Where you plant will depend upon the circumstances.

4. Release the grab to his wrist and pivot counterclockwise to deliver a left spinning back heel thrust kick to the opponent’s abdomen. 5. Hop onto your left leg (gauging leg) toward the opponent and deliver a right back heel kick to any available opening (preferably the face or chest). •This is actually a back chicken kick. The 1975 IKKA Red Manual referred to this as a “reverse chicken kick”. •Some practitioners use the left kick as a minor kick to add momentum for the right back kick. Performed in this manner, you will keep your gaze over your right shoulder and use your left foot in a hopping manner. There is the possibility that it may strke the opponent’s face or groin, but its main purpose is to gain momentum for the right kick.


245

SNAKING TALON



246

SNAKING TALON

EXTENSION •In this extension, we assume that the opponent is hitting a wall and bouncing back toward us. •In ENCOUNTER WITH DANGER, we execute a series of kicks designed to get us OFF the ground. In this extension, we perform a series of kicks to get us ON the ground.

6. Plant your right foot into a right rear crossover and form a right rear twist stance and pivot clockwise as you drop onto your right side to deliver a left roundhouse kick to the opponent’s groin. •Plant your right foot toward 4:30 and as you pivot, drop onto your right knee. •You will be on your right knee as you kick. This will give you a height differential as you are low on this kick so that you can lift and push up into the next kick.

7. Spin clockwise and plant your left knee. Using your arms to assist you, push up into a right rear spinning thrust kick to any available opening. •Your head will be pointing toward 4:30. Notice how this sequence moves you off the line of attack and under his momentum.

8. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover and leap out onto your left leg. •A leap was described in the 1975 IKKA Red Manual; however, many modern practitioners omit the leap and conclude with the standard cover out.


247

SHIELD AND MACE NAME—The term shield is used in self defense techniques to symbolically represent an outward block; a mace is used to represent a close fist or punch. In this technique, you will simultaneously defend with an outward block (shield) with a straight punch (mace). BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Horse Stance Vertical Outward Block Straight Punch Forward Bow Stance Hammerfist Strike Close Kneel Stance Inward Looping Horizontal Heel Palm Claw Outward Handsword Strike Knife Edge Kick Extension Front Snapping Ball Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Slipping Fitting Complementary Angle

ATTACK FRONT Right step through punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Green #10 Orthodox 24 System Blue #10 32 System Purple #24 FORM LOCATION Long Form 4

RELATED TECHNIQUES Twirling Wings Shield and Sword Flashing Mace Parting of the Snakes


248

SHIELD AND MACE

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step toward 11:00 and form a left neutral bow stance. Immediately pivot clockwise and form a horse stance as you deliver a right vertical outward block simultaneously with a left straight punch to the opponent’s right lower ribcage. •The right vertical outward block essentially acts as a parry in this defense. It is sometimes referred to as a “outward deflection block”. •Your left punch strikes downward on a 45 degree angle to control his Dimensional Zones. The opponent’s own momentum drives him into your left punch. •This action should bend the opponent forward at the waist.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow stance as you deliver a right hammerfist strike to the top of the opponent’s right kidney, driving down to the pelvic area. •Your left hand acts as a Bracing Angle Check to his right elbow. •This action should buckle the opponent to his knees. •Some practioners drop into a left close kneel stance during this action.

3. Drop into a left close kneel stance as your left hand circles clockwise to pin the opponent’s right arm down to his body as your right arm circles counterclockwise to strike his face and eyes with a right inward looping horizontal heel palm claw. •Your arms use an open-ended triangle to check his right arm down and control his Width and Height Zones. •This action should snap your opponent’s neck and turn his head to his right.

4. Drop lower into your left close kneel stance as you continue the counterclockwise circle of your right hand to deliver a right outward handsword strike to the back of his right knee. Your left hand will circle clockwise and check the opponent’s right shoulder. •Your right arm contours downward along the opponent’s body and back of his right leg. •Your left hand must circle to enable your right arm to pass by unobstructed. This is called an Overlapping Check. •This action should buckle the opponent’s right knee and give you a path for the following strike.


249

SHIELD AND MACE

5. Without raising your body, deliver a right knife edge kick to the back of the opponent’s left knee. •Your opponent should drop to the ground.

6. From Point of Contact execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 8:00.


250

SHIELD AND MACE

EXTENSION 6. Without rising upward, deliver a right knife edge kick to the back of the opponent’s left knee. •Keep your right hand against the back of his right knee as you kick.

7. Plant your right foot toward 2:00 and form a right neutral bow stance as you right hand follows through to deliver a right heel palm strike to the opponent’s jaw and face. •Your left hand checks the opponent’s shoulder.

8. As the opponent begins to fall toward you, grab his chin with your right hand and pull him in and down to deliver a left upward knee kick to the back of his head. •This action creates a sandwiching effect.

9. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) straight down and slide your right foot back toward 9:00 to form a left neutral bow stance facing 3:00. Simultaneously push the back of his head with your left hand as you grab his chin with your right hand and jerk. This combined action will create a neck wrench. •This action will cause the opponent to spin and face you.

10. With your left foot (gauging leg) step back and deliver a low right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s head. •During this action, check the opponent’s right arm with our right hand or cover your groin.



251

RETREATING PENDULUM NAME—The term pendulum is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a downward block. In this defense, you will utilize a downward block while simultaneously increasing the distance between you and your opponent (retreating). BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Front Twist Stance Outward Downward Diagonal Block Knife-Edge Kick Inward Overhead Hammerfist Strike Reverse Bow Stance Back Scoop Kick Reverse Bow Stance Buckle Extension Close Kneel Stance Heel Palm Claw and Grab Back Knuckle Strike Forward Bow Stance Inward Heel Palm Claw Inward Handsword Strike 45-Degree Cat Stance Roundhouse Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Continuing the Circle Top of Circle/Bottom of Circle Distance Matching

ATTACK FRONT Right Thrusting Heel Kick WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Kicks DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Green #11 Orthodox 24 System Blue #11 32 System Blue #4 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Deflecting Hammer Flashing Mace Unwinding Pendulum


252

RETREATING PENDULUM

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. While in a right neutral bow stance, slide your right foot toward 6:00 to form a left front twist stance facing 12:00 as you simultaneously deliver a right outward downward diagonal block to the outside of the opponent’s right leg. Your left hand checks next to your right shoulder. •This action will disturb the opponent’s balance, injure his leg, inflict pain, and control his Width Zone by turning his body to the left. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the block as a “right outside downward block”. •As the opponent delivers a left rear cross-right thrusting side kick, we match his rear cross with our right rear cross (left front twist stance). This is an example of Distance Matching.

2. Without hesitation, deliver a right knife-edge kick to the opponent’s left inner knee from the rear. •The opponent’s left knee will buckle to the ground.

3. Plant your right foot toward 12:00 and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward overhead hammerfist strike across the right side of the opponent’s neck. Your left hand checks high near your right arm pit. •Take advantage of Gravitational Marriage as you plant and deliver the right hammerfist strike. •Your right arm will follow a counterclockwise circle without any loss of motion from the block.

4. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right reverse bow stance and deliver a right back scoop kick to the opponent’s groin. •If necessary, you may drag your left foot (gauging leg) toward your right to assume the proper distance.


253

RETREATING PENDULUM

5. Plant your right foot back and form a right reverse bow stance buckle between the opponent’s legs. Use the right reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s right leg from behind. •This action will drive the opponent face downward toward the ground. •Some practitioners simultaneously deliver a right rear elbow strike to the back of the opponent’s head. •Some practitioners conclude the Base Technique by delivering the right reverse bow buckle to this opponent’s right hip. This will launch him forcefully forward onto his stomach. •Both your right arm and your right leg are orbiting in a counterclockwise circle but at different points in time.



•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 8:00.


254

RETREATING PENDULUM

EXTENSION 6. Pivot clockwise and form a right close kneel stance as you execute a left heel palm claw and grab to the opponent’s testicles from behind. Your right hand is checking across his body to this left hip or left shoulder depending upon his position. 7. Rise upward to form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right kidney. Immediately pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as you deliver a left inward heel palm claw to the left side of his face. 8. Pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward handsword strike to the right side of the opponent’s neck. 9. Slide your right foot back to form a right 45-degree cat stance and deliver a right roundhouse kick to the right side of the opponent’s face. 10. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30.


255

TRIPPING ARROW NAME—In this defense you will utilize a forward bow stance to trip your opponent. Originally a forward bow stance was known as a bow and arrow stance which gave rise to the name of this technique.

ATTACK FRONT Bear Hug with arms free WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Holds and Hugs

BASICS Base Horse Stance Inward Hooking Heel Palm Strike Forward Bow Stance Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Downward Heel Stomp Front Crossover Sweep and Stomp Kick

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Either to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00

Extension Close Kneel Stance Two-Finger Poke Downward Knee Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Burdening Top & Bottom Takedown Diversified Angle of Retraction with foot RELATED TECHNIQUES Dance of Death Gripping Talon Dominating Circles Falling Falcon Unfolding the Dark

CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Green #12 Orthodox 24 System Blue #12 32 System Purple #25 FORM LOCATION None


256

TRIPPING ARROW

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step toward 9:00 and form a horse stance as your left hand grabs the opponent’s right shoulder and pulls downward to control his Height Zones. Simultaneously deliver a right inward hooking heel palm strike to the opponent’s left jaw hinge. •By pulling downward on his shoulder you nullify his leverage and prevent him from delivering a knee or kick. This is also called a Burdening Check. •Drive your left elbow downward into his right forearm to further create an Angle of Disturbance. •Your right hand contours the opponent’s left arm to deliver the inward hooking heel palm strike.

2. Circle your right foot clockwise, around and behind the opponent’s right leg and heavily stomp into a horse stance to cause a buckle. Simultaneously, your right hand circles counterclockwise and cocks at your right shoulder palm upward. •Use the counterclockwise circle of your right arm to clear the opponent’s left arm.

3. Immediately pivot counterclockwise and face 9:00 in a left forward bow stance as you simultaneously deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to the opponent’s jaw. As your opponent falls, contour down his right arm and end with a grab to his right wrist with your left hand. •Some practitioners deliver the right thrusting heel palm strike to the opponent’s chest to facilitate the takedown. •Pull upward on the opponent’s right arm to prevent him from rolling away and to control his Width Zone.

4. With the opponent on his back and his head pointing toward 9:00 pull upward on his right arm as you deliver a right downward heel stomp to the opponent’s chin. •If the opponent turns and begins to roll to his left after falling, direct your heel stomp to his right kidney or ribs.

5. Release his right arm and execute a right front crossover sweep and stomp kick to his right arm and double cover out toward 4:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 5:00.


257

TRIPPING ARROW

EXTENSION 5. Plant your right foot toward 10:30 (to the left side of his head) and pivot counterclockwise to drop into a left close knee stance and drive your right knee downward into his solar plexus as you simultaneously deliver a right two-finger poke to his eyes. •Depending upon circumstances, the right foot may plant below the opponent’s right arm.

6. Spring upward and switch in place to form a right close kneel stance facing 4:30 as you drop your left knee into his abdomen. •When you jump switch, plant your right foot to the right side of his body below his right arm and plant your left foot on the left side of his body.

7. Stand up and pivot counterclockwise to form a left close kneel stance facing 1:30 and drop your right knee into his groin. 8. Spring upward and execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 1:30.


258

FALLEN CROSS NAME—In this defense, you will cross the opponent’s arms and force them downward (fallen) onto your knee to cause a hyper-extension or break.

ATTACK REAR Two Hand Choke WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Chokes

BASICS Base Hose Stance Transitional Neutral Bow Stance Neutral Bow Stance Upward Knee Kick Front Snapping Ball Kick Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Extension Inward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strike Outward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike and Claw Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Front Thrusting Ball Kick Roundhouse Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Change-up Point Angle of Cancellation Opposing Forces

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 3rd Brown #13 Orthodox 24 System Blue #13 32 System Purple #26 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Circling Wing Cross of Destruction Escape from Death Thrusting Salute


259

FALLEN CROSS

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. Grab both of the opponent’s wrists with both of your hands (right to right; left to left) and tuck your chin into your chest as you step with your left foot toward 9:00 and form a horse stance. •This action should hyper-extend or break the opponent’s thumbs as you use the back of your neck as a fulcrum. •Using your shoulder as a fulcrum, pull the opponent’s arms downward on a 45-degree angle to create an Angle of Disturbance and control his Height Zone.

2. With your right foot, step toward 10:30 and form a transitional right neutral bow stance. Immediately pivot counterclockwise and face 4:30 in a left neutral bow stance as you cross his right arm over his left at or above his elbows. Simultaneously jerk the opponent’s on a downward diagonal direction to create and Angle of Cancellation. •Some practitioners pivot into a left forward bow stance facing 4:30. •If you are unable to pull the opponent’s arms free on the intial move, as you step forward with your right foot, spin your head counterclockwise under the opponent’s arms to free you from the choke. Use your neck as a fulcrum to hyper-extend or break his thumbs. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 10:00 with your right foot. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting counterclockwise to face 4:00 in a left neutral bow stance.

3. Deliver a right upward knee kick to the opponent’s left elbow as you pull and force his arms further downward. Without hesitation and with your right knee against his left elbow, deliver a right front snapping ball kick to his groin. 4. Plant your right foot toward 4:30 and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the opponent’s left jaw hinge. Simultaneously check the opponent’s arms down at his elbows with your left hand. •You may also deliver a right inward downward diagonal sandwiching elbow strike and use your right hip to check his arms (Third Hand Principle).


260

FALLEN CROSS



261

FALLEN CROSS

EXTENSION 4. Plant your right foot toward 4:30 and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward downward diagonal elbow strike to the opponent’s left jaw hinge. Simultaneously check the opponent’s arms down at his elbows with your left hand. 5. Immediately deliver a right outward horizontal heel palm strike and claw to his jaw and face immediately followed by a left knee kick to his groin. 6. Plant your left foot forward and form a left neutral bow stance facing 4:30 and deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to his jaw. •Your left heel palm strike provides cover as you deliver a right front thrusting ball kick. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your left foot toward 5:00.

7. Execute a right front thrusting ball kick to the inside of his right thigh to buckle and force his leg outward. 8. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) down and deliver a left roundhouse kick to the opponent’s head or any available target. 9. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30.


262

RETURNING STORM NAME—The term storm is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a stick/baton attack. In this defense, you will evade the opponent’s first inward attack and attack into his returning attack as he swings outward. BASICS Base Reverse Push-Drag Maneuver Neutral Bow Stance Inward Block Extended Outward Block Front Snapping Ball Kick Upward Lifting Stiff Arm Back Knuckle Strike Extension Heel Stomp

ATTACK FRONT Inward Roundhouse Outward Stick Attack Combination WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Multiple Attacks (One Man) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES

CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 3rd Brown #7 Orthodox 24 System Blue #14 32 System Purple #27

RELATED TECHNIQUES Grasp of Death Crossing Talon Obstructing the Storm Defying the Storm Leap of Death

FORM LOCATION None


263

RETURNING STORM

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. As the opponent delivers a wild inward horizontal roundhouse club strike, execute a reverse push-drag maneuver toward 7:30 to form a right neutral bow stance facing 1:30. Place both of your arms close to your chest; positioning them vertically with your fists on top. •When you shuffle toward 7:30, you are moving toward the Zone of Sanctuary which causes the club to miss you. •Some practitioners do not shuffle away. Instead, they step toward 7:30 with their left foot and lean their body toward that direction (right reverse bow stance toward 1:30) with their right arm hanging down alongside their right leg and their left hand covering beside the right side of their face. This position resembles the closing position in Two Man Set. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated shuffling toward 8:00.

2. As the opponent returns with an outward horizontal club attack, step forward with your left foot toward 1:30 to form a left neutral bow stance. As you settle into your stance, deliver a left inward block simultaneously with a right extended outward block. •Have both of your arms strike vertically so that your left forearm strikes the opponetn’s right elbow joint and your right forearm strikes his right wrist. •This action will disturb the opponent’s balance and possibly hyperextend or break his elbow. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00 with your left foot.

3. Immediately grab the opponent’s right wrist with your right hand as you press forward against is elbow with your left forearm. Simultaneously slide your right foot clockwise toward 10:30 to form a left neutral bow stance facing 4:30. •Keep constant pressure onteh opponent’s elbow. Your rolling action on his elbow coupled with the Rotational Force of your body should spiral the opponent down into your next strike. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot toward 10:00.


264

RETURNING STORM

4. Deliver a right front snapping ball kick toward 4:30 to the opponent’s right ribcage. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that this kick should be directed toward 4:00.

5. Plant your right foot forward to form a right neutral bow stance facing 4:30 as you check the opponent’s right arm down by pushing it down and past your right hip with your left hand. Simultaneously deliver a right upward lifting stiff-arm back knuckle strike to the opponent’s face. 6. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 12:00. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 11:00.


265

RETURNING STORM

EXTENSION 6. Step back with your right foot toward 11:30 and form a left neutral bow stance as your right hand re-grabs the opponent’s right wrist and your left hand grabs his right elbow. Immediately shift your left foot toward 7:30 to form a left neutral bow stance and force the opponent face downward onto the ground. •The opponent’s head will be pointing toward 9:00.

7. While still maintaining the grab with your right hand, adjust your right foot (gauging leg) and execute a left heel stomp to the back of the opponent’s neck. •Depending upon circumstances and angle, you may deliver a left side kick to his head.

8.

Swing your right foot clockwise toward 7:30 (stepping over the opponent’s body) as you use both arms to pull the opponent’s right arm to dislocated his right shoulder. •This maneuver is similar to DOMINATING CIRCLES.

9. Adjust your left leg (gauging leg) toward 7:30 as you execute a right downward looping roundhouse kick to the back of the opponent’s head. •Your left foot may have to hop over the opponent’s body. •This kick is similar to the kick used in LEAP OF DEATH.



266

CROSSED TWIGS NAME—Twig is a term used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent an arm. In this technique, you will free yourself from your opponent’s grasp by utilizing a counter manipulation which crosses your opponent’s arm (twigs).

ATTACK REAR Two Hand Direct Wrist Grab WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles

BASICS Base Transitional Reverse Bow Stance Neutral Bow Stance Outward Upward Diagonal Elbow Strike Forward Bow Stance Inward Overhead Elbow Strike Wide Kneel Stance Double Downward Hammering Heel Palm Strikes Upward Knee Kick Extension Thrusting Knife Edge Kick Transitional Neutral Bow Stance Rear Scooping Heel Kick Reverse Bow Stance Rear Heel Palm Strike and Claw Outward Hooking Check Inward Overhead Hammering Heel Palm Strike Front Crossover Maneuver Outward Downward Diagonal Heel Palm Strike and Claw IMPORTANT CONCEPTS Angle of Disturbance Opposing Forces Angle of Cancellation Continuity of Motion Matching Counter Purposeful Defiance Purposeful Compliance Borrowed Force Gravitational Marriage

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside Right POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Green #8 Orthodox 24 System Blue #15 32 System Purple #28 FORM LOCATION Short Form 3

RELATED TECHNIQUES Spiraling Twig Wings of Silk Menacing Twirl Desperate Falcons Fatal Cross Locked Wing Thundering Hammers


267

CROSSED TWIGS

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step toward 1:30 and form a transitional right reverse bow stance as you counter grab both of the opponent’s wrists (right to right and left to left). As you settle into your stance, pull the opponent along a downward 45-degree angle toward 1:30. •By pulling the opponent along this angle, you create an Angle of Disturbance and an Angle of Cancellation to his Dimensional Zones. •Some practitioners utilize a left front crossover as the initial step. This type of stance, however, places you in an unstable position.

2. Pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right outward upward diagonal elbow strike to the opponent’s right jaw. Your hands are still maintaining their wrist grabs. •As we turn, we take advantage of the opponent’s reaction to pull back and utilize the following principles: Purposeful Defiance, Purposeful Compliance, and Borrowed Force. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an outward horizontal elbow strike, but this would not necessarily follow the angle in which your arms are located. It would require a cocking motion thus creating an “and then”.

3. Continue to pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance facing 6:00 and cross the opponent’s arms. •Your right arm pulls the opponent’s arm in an outward downward diagonal direction (Angle of Cancellation) crossing it over his left arm. Your left hand is pulling his left arm below the level of your buttocks. You may utilize your buttocks to anchor his arm. Your buttocks are utilized as a means of anchoring his arm. •There should be no hesitation between Steps 2 and 3. They should flow in one continuous flow of action. •Do not pull the opponent’s right arm horizontally across as this may invite an accidental strike (his elbow to your face). You must pull him along the Angle of Cancellation.

4. Release your right hand and circle your right arm counterclockwise to deliver a right inward overhead elbow strike to the opponent’s upper spine. Simultaneous with the elbow strike, drop your body into a right wide kneel stance to take advantage of Gravitational Marriage.


268

CROSSED TWIGS

5. Release your left hand and execute double downward hammering heel palm strikes to the opponent’s left kidney and ribs simultaneously with a left upward knee kick to his rib cage. •Immediately after your heel palm strikes, grab and pinch the opponent’s left kidney and ribs with both hands.

6. Replant your left foot to point of origin and execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 1:30.


269

CROSSED TWIGS

EXTENSION 6. After your left knee kick to the opponent’s right rib cage, immediately deliver a right upward knee kick to his rib cage. Without loss of motion, and with your right leg still in the air, deliver a right thrusting knife edge kick to the opponent’s left knee. •These kicks should be executed in a Chicken Kick fashion. •Your right foot scrapes down the opponent’s shin and ends in a right netural bow stance (transitional). This kick is meant to control the opponent’s height zone.

7. Plant your right foot toward 7:30 in a transitional right neutral bow stance and immediately bounce it off the ground and execute a right rear scooping heel kick to the opponent’s left jaw. 8. From your right rear scoop kick, plant your right leg toward 3:00 (gauging leg) and immediately pivot counterclockwise and slide your left foot toward 6:30 to form a left reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of your opponent’s right knee. Simultaneously execute a left rear heel palm strike and claw to the opponent’s groin. Your right hand is checking high. •Your right hand may also act as a claw to the opponent’s face if circumstances allow.

9. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left neutral bow stance as you deliver a left outward hooking check (palm up) on the opponent’s shoulder. Immediately deliver a right upward knee kick to the opponent’s jaw as you simultaneously strike with a right inward overhead hammering heel palm strike to create a sandwiching effect. 10. Plant your right foot down (gauging leg) and immediately execute a left front crossover toward 1:30 as you execute a left outward downward diagonal heel palm strike and claw to the opponent’s face. 11. Execute a double cover out toward 1:30.


270

TWIST OF FATE NAME—This defense receives its name from the manner in which you grab and twist the opponent’s arms and force him to the ground.


BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Twin Extended Outward Blocks Front Rotating Twist Stance Slicing Heel Kick (step through) Reverse Push Drag Maneuver Knee Kick Extension Forward Bow Stance Twin Inward Heel Palm Strikes Twin Ripping Claws Twin Inverted Hooks Twin Inward Downward Diagonal Handsword Strikes Twin Inward Two-finger Hooks Twin Downward Thrusting Handsword Strikes Thrusting Knife Edge Kick Front Crossover Stomp CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Angle of Cancellation Angle of Disturbance

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 3rd Brown #2 Orthodox 24 System Blue #16 32 System Blue #8 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Cross of Destruction Thrusting Wedge Encounter with Danger Leap from Danger Courting the Tiger Circling Destruction Fallen Cross


271

TWIST OF FATE

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver right and left extended outward handsword blocks to the inside of the opponent’s wrists. Immediately have both hands grab his wrists. 2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left front rotating twist stance to begin twisting his arm and controlling them downward. Immediately deliver a right step through slicing heel kick to the opponent’s lower right rib cage. •The rotating twist stance enables you to simultaneously control the opponent and align for the kick.

3. Pivot your body 180-degrees counterclockwise and twist his arm and cross them counterclockwise over your left shoulder as you plant your right foot toward 11:00. Immediately pivot counterclockwise and face 6:00 in a left neutral bow stance. 4. Execute a reverse push drag maneuver as you force the opponent’s arms forward, down, and back toward you to whip his body so that he ends up almost horizontal to the ground, face upward. •Keep the opponent’s left arm vertical to act as a fulcrum against his right elbow.

5. With your opponent about to fall to the ground, continue to pull the opponent toward you as you deliver a right knee kick to his upper spine. •Pull the opponent upward to align the target for your knee kick.

6. Plant your right foot to Point of Origin and execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Depature toward 11:00.


272

TWIST OF FATE

EXTENSION 6. Plant forward and form a right forward bow stance and deliver right and left inward heel palm strikes to his ears. 7. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you execute right and left double ripping claws through his face. 8. Cross your left wrist over your right wrist and rotate your hands downward (thumbs down). Pivot clockwise to form a right forward bow stance and set third and fourth fingers in to his eyes (right hand to left eye; left hand to right eye). 9. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance and execute twin inverted hooks to the opponent’s eyes. 10. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as you deliver right and left inward downward diagonal handsword strikes to his neck. 11. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver right and left inward two-finger hooks to his eyes. 12. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as you deliver right and left downward thrusting handsword strikes to the sides of his neck. •These strikes are delivered to his trapezius muscles and begins to force hiim away from you.

13. Deliver a right thrusting knife edge kick to the back of your opponent to force him forward onto his face. Without hesitation, execute a right front crossover stomp to his left ankle or knee and double cover out toward 12:00. •Your left foot may gauge accordingly for distance.


273

FLASHING MACE NAME—The term mace is used in self-defense techniques to represent a fist. In this technique, you will use your fist in a whirling (flashing) manner. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Inward Block Forward Step Through Maneuver Transitional Neutral Bow Stance Inward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Rake Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike Inward Palm Bracing Angle Check Upward Hooking Check Wide Kneel Stance Inward Overhead Looping Back Knuckle Strike Extension Reverse Bow Stance Outward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike Upward Heel Palm Strike Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike Shovel Kick Spinning Low Back Heel Kick/Stomp CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Continuous circles Zone of Obscurity

ATTACK FRONT Right step through punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 3rd Brown #3 Orthodox 24 System Blue #17 32 System Purple #29 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Glancing Salute Broken Gift The Ram and the Eagle Circling the Storm


274

FLASHING MACE

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step toward 11:00 and form a left neutral bow stance as you deliver a left inward block. Simultaneously cock your right arm above your right shoulder (palm out). •Your left knee positionally checks the opponent’s right knee. •Your right arm is cocked in a vertical outward block manner. You can use this motion to create a fulcrum on the opponent’s right elbow by allowing it to strike his inner wrist. This action will control his Dimensional Zones and place his head in position for the next strike.

2. With your right foot, step toward 10:30 (forward step through maneuver) and form a right transitional neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward downward diagonal back knuckle rake to the opponent’s right cheek bone or temple. Your left hand will positionally check. •This action will cause the opponent’s head to be driven back. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 10:00.

3. Without hesitation, pivot counterclockwise 180-degrees to form a left neutral bow stance facing 4:30 as you deliver a left outward horizontal back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right lower ribcage. Simultaneously your right hand executes an inward palm bracing angle check against his right upper arm. •This action will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting to face 4:00.


275

FLASHING MACE

4. With your right hand, heck the opponent’s right arm down and pin it against his body. Immediately deliver a left upward hooking check (like a waiter carrying a tray) on top of the opponent's right arm. Drop and form a left wide kneel stance as you continue the counterclockwise motion of your right arm and deliver a right inward overhead looping back knuckle strike to the opponent’s face or left temple. •Utilize Gravitational Marriage with this strike. •Your right fist will be inverted (thumb-side pointing downward). •Your left knee acts as a check against his right knee and may also be used as a buckle. •Take advantage of Borrowed Force by striking the opponent as he reacts to the left back knuckle strike. •Your left hand contours down the opponent’s body. This action will bring the opponent’s ehad down into your right inward overhead looping back knuckle strike.



276

FLASHING MACE

EXTENSION 6. As you are completing your right inward overhead looping back knuckle strike, spin or pivot clockwise and form a right reverse bow stance toward 4:30 to buckle the back of the opponent’s right knee. As you are completing this motion, loop your right arm counterclockwise and deliver a right outward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to the opponent’s jaw. •Your right outward downward diagonal hammerfist strike contours the angle of his jaw.

7. As the opponent begins to fall, switch your right reverse bow stance (which has now become a left forward bow stance) into a left wide kneel stance as you deliver a left upward heel palm strike to the opponent's back or neck as he falls. 8. Immediately slide your left foot toward 7:30 and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to his mid-section as he falls. •The opponent will land on his back with his head pointing toward 10:00. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot back to 7:00.

9. Shuffle forward with your left foot (gauging leg) and deliver a right shovel kick. •The ball of your right foot will strike his nose and the heel of your foot will strike his jaw.

10. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover (gauging leg) and deliver a left spinning low back heel kick or stomp to his head. •Depending upon circumstances a right front crossover may not be necessary. In such instances, you can simply plant your right foot to the side of his head. •Angle and distance will dictate whether you deliver a back heel kick or a back heel stomp.



277

GIFT OF DESTINY NAME—The term gift is used in self defense techniques to symbolically represent an aggressive handshake attack. In this technique, after counter manipulation, the fate (destiny) of your opponent is in your hands. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Inward Wrist Lock Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Front Snapping Ball Kick Extension Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike Forward Bow Stance Vertical Punch Inward Upward Diagonal Stiff Arm Back Knuckle Strike Rear Twist Stance Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Reverse Bow Stance Back Hammerfist Strike Thrusting Knee Kick

ATTACK FRONT Handshake WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside Right POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 3rd Brown #5 Orthodox 24 System Blue #18 32 System Blue #5 FORM LOCATION None

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Contact Penetration Contact Manipulation Pivot Point Leveraging Angle of Disturbance Locking RELATED TECHNIQUES Twisted Twig Spiraling Twig Thrusting Lance Capturing the Rod Spiraling Twig


278

GIFT OF DESTINY

BASE TECHNIQUE •Some practioners perform the opening two sequences in the following manner: Step 1 With your left hand, strike down on top of the opponent’s right wrist to create an Angle of Disturbance to control his Dimensional Zones (your left hand will be in a push-down position). Immediately step forward with your right foot and form a right netural bow stance and buckle the inside of the opponent’s right knee as you deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to this solar plexus. The action of pushing down on the opponent’s arm also gives you the target for your elbow strike. Step 2 Contour the opponent’s body and deliver a right upward flapping elbow strike.

1. Counter grab the opponent’s right hand with your left hand and step toward 12:00 with your right foot to form a right neutral bow stance and buckle the inside of his right knee. Simultaneous with this action, pull the opponent’s right arm toward your left hip to control his Dimensional Zones. As you settle into your stance, deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to his solar plexus. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00 to ensure the leg buckle. •Some practitioners prefix the left countergrab with a left inward roundhousing middle knuckle fist strike. This is designed to create a mental distraction thereby enabling the counter manipulation and control of the opponent.

2. Circle your right hand counterclockwise while contouring the opponent’s right fingers with the palm of your right hand. Your fingers will be pointing upward with your thumb pointing downward. Your left hand maintains its grip on the opponent’s right wrist. •As you circle your right hand counterclockwise, you may take advantage of this motion and insert a right upward flapping elbow strike to the opponent’s chin/face. The flapping elbow strike is used to further distract the opponent as you establish the hold for the wrist lock.

3. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 and form a left neutral bow stance. With your right hand, twist the opponent’s wrist clockwise (the opponent’s wrist will end palm upward). Simultaneous with this action, your left hand turns counterclockwise and ends palm upward (your left palm is used as a pivot point for the opponent’s right wrist. Your left hand re-grips and applies an inward wrist lock against the opponent’s right hand. •As you settle into your left neutral bow stance, you right hand chambers in preparation for the next strike. •By re-gripping with your left hand, you are able to increase the torque on the opponent’s wrist. •Your right hand is actually executing a finger lock as it twists.


279

GIFT OF DESTINY

4. Deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to the back of the opponent’s right wrist. •Deliver the thrusting heel palm strike along a line directed toward 1:30. Your right heel palm should make contact on the back of the opponent’s right hand near the knuckle of his index finger. •After the heel palm strike, your right hand checks and controls the opponent’s right elbow.

5. Execute a right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s solar plexus 6. Plant your right foot to Point of Origin. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30.


280

GIFT OF DESTINY

EXTENSION 6. Plant forward with your right foot and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right outward horizontal back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right jaw hinge. Follow through with your right back knuckle strike and pivot clockwise to form a right forward bow stance as you deliver a left vertical punch to the opponent’s right jaw hinge. •Some practitioners add a right upward lifting back knuckle strike to the opponent’s face as you plant forward. This natural motion (similar to the ending sequence in SPIRALING TWIG) moves the opponent’s head in a more suitable position for the right outward back knuckle strike to his jaw hinge. •The right outward back knuckle strike is often delivered in an outward downward diagonal direction.

7. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward upward diagonal stiff arm back knuckle strike to the opponent’s face. Follow through with the action of your right hand to the left side of your face. 8. Slide your left foot toward 1:30 behind your right leg to form a left rear twist stance as you deliver a right outward horizontal elbow strike to the opponent’s jaw. Follow through with this action. 9. Pivot counterclockwise and deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the opponent’s left jaw. Continue pivoting counterclockwise 360 degrees and deliver a left outward elbow strike to the left side of the opponent’s jaw. •You may deliver a left outward horizontal handsword strike to the opponent’s throat if circumstances dictate.

10. Slide your left foot toward 9:00 and form a left reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s right knee as you simultaneously deliver a left back hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin.


281

GIFT OF DESTINY

11. Immediately pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow stance and deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to the opponent’s jaw. Immediately follow this strike with a right thrusting knee kick to his groin. •You may deliver a right thrusting ball kick to the opponent’s groin or bladder if circumstances dictate.



282

WINGS OF SILK NAME—The term wings is used symbolically in self-defense techniques to represent the elbows. In this defense, you will slip out of the opponent’s lock as if you were taking off a jacket lined with silk.

ATTACK REAR Two Arm Lock (akimbo) WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Locks

BASICS Base Stomp Kick Back Obscure Elbow Strike Back Scooping Heel Kick 360-Degree Counterclockwise Twirl Foot Maneuver Fighting Horse Stance Uppercut Forearm Strike Extension Neutral Bow Stance Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike Roundhouse Kick Inward Heel Palm Strike Forward Bow Stance Two-Hand Left Outward Bent Arm Wrist Lock Thrusting Knee Kick Fighting Horse Stance Upward (palm up) Heel Palm Strike Outward Hooking Parry Outward Horizontal Finger Slice Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Front Snapping Ball Kick

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Green #13 Orthodox 24 System Blue #19 32 System Purple #31 FORM LOCATION Short Form 3 Long Form 3

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Contouring Locking RELATED TECHNIQUES Locked Wing Conquering Shield Dominating Circles Thrusting Lance Broken Rod


283

WINGS OF SILK

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. Deliver a left stomp kick to the opponent’s left instep as you simultaneously use your left hand to pinch the nerve located on the crest of his left hip. •The left downward stomp kick and the nerve pinch are used as distraction techniques. They are pre-fixes to the defensive sequence. •Scrape down the opponent’s left shin as you deliver the downward stomp kick to his instep. •The opponent will react to the stomp by lifting his left leg. To control this action and prevent an unintentional knee kick, your left hand also checks his left leg. •The left stomp also drops your height which assists in controlling his Height Zone.

2. Slip your right arm out of the opponent’s right arm as you deliver a right back obscure elbow strike to the opponent’s chin. Simultaneously execute a right back scooping heel kick to his groin. •Use your right hand to grab and deliver a right rear upward vertical claw to his groin as you simultaneously deliver the obscure elbow strike.

3. Begin your 360–degree counterclockwise twirl foot maneuver by stepping with your right foot toward 9:00 (short step). At this point your right arm completely slips out of the opponent’s grip and your left arm pins his left arm against your body. 4. Continue twirling counterclockwise and plant your left foot toward 9:00 and form a right fighting horse stance facing 3:00 as you simultaneously deliver a right uppercut forearm strike against the opponent’s left elbow. Your left arm grabs his left wrist and anchors his left arm against your left hip to accentuate the effect of the uppercut forearm strike. 5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 9:00.


284

WINGS OF SILK

EXTENSION 5. Pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance facing 3:00 as you deliver a right outward horizontal back knuckle strike through his left ribcage. 6. Deliver a right roundhouse kick to the back of his left knee as you simultaneously execute a right inward heel palm strike to the back of his head. •Allow your right hand to follow through with its action over the top of his left arm. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that the right inward heel palm strike the back of his left elbow.

7. Grab his left hand with both of your hands and prepare for an outward wrist lock as your right foot plants down in front of his left foot. •Your right foot may scrape and stomp the opponent’s left ankle as you plant.

8. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance facing 4:30 as you deliver a two-hand left outward bent arm wrist lock and immediately deliver a left thrusting knee kick to his groin. 9. Plant your left foot toward 11:00 and form a right fighting horse stance facing 4:30 as you deliver a right upward (palm up) heel palm strike to his right elbow as your left hand pushes down on his arm. •This action creates a fulcrum on the opponent’s left shoulder. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated a right clockwise wrap around the opponent’s left arm in a motion similar to CONTROLLED WING to execute a right direct snaking bent arm lever against his left arm. This method is effective but it is difficult to flow to the next strike.


285

WINGS OF SILK

10. Pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance facing 4:30 as you clear the opponent’s left arm from the inside with a right outward hooking parry. Continue to pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance facing 4:30 as you deliver a right outward horizontal finger slice across his eye and immediately follow with a left thrusting heel palm strike to the opponent’s jaw. Without hesitation, follow with a left thrusting knee kick to his groin followed by a left front snapping ball kick to his groin. •The knee and kick occur in the same continuous motion.



286

GRIPPING TALON NAME—The term talon is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a wrist grab. In this technique, your opponent grabs (grips) your right wrist with his left hand.

ATTACK FRONT Left Direct Wrist Grab WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles

BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Outward Downward Hammerfist Strike Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike Rear Crossover Maneuver Reverse Bow Stance Inward Downward Diagonal Looping Inner Wrist Strike Upward Knee Kick Extension Front Twist Stance Forward Bow Stance Inward Overhead Hammerfist Strike Stiff Arm Lifting Back Knuckle Strike Sweeping Scoop Kick Front Crossover Stomp IMPORTANT CONCEPTS Opposing Forces Angle of Disturbance Third Hand

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside Left POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 3rd Brown #17 Orthodox 24 System Blue #20 32 System Blue #1 FORM LOCATION NONE

RELATED TECHNIQUES Mace of Aggression Flashing Wings Glancing Spear Reversing Mace Circling Destruction Thundering Hammers


287

GRIPPING TALON

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. Begin to orbit your right arm in a counterclockwise circle. At the apex of the circle, counter-grab the opponent’s left wrist with your left hand. Step forward with your right foot toward 12:00 and form a right neutral bow stance. Pull your right arm free and deliver a right outward downward hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin. •The purpose of circling your right arm in a counterclockwise circle is to momentarily control your opponent’s wide zone and prevent him from striking with his right hand. •The counter-grab with your left hand first acts as a pinning check before grabbing downward. •Your right hand acts as a fulcrum against the opponent’s left wrist. •When you step forward with your right foot, step inside of his left foot to prepare for a leg buckle. •Time your right outward downward hammerfist strike to occur as you settle into your stance. •Use your left hand to pull and anchor the opponent’s left arm outward and downward on a 45-degree angle to control his dimensional zones. Utilize your chest as a fulcrum point to apply pressure to his left elbow.

2. Immediately deliver with a right inward horizontal elbow strike to his left rib cage and follow with a right outward horizontal elbow strike (palm down) to his rib cage. •Follow through with the action of your elbows. •The right outward horizontal elbow strike should flow immediately to Step 3 without hesitation.


288

GRIPPING TALON

3. In the same continuous motion, deliver a right outward horizontal back knuckle strike (follow through) to the opponent’s left rib cage as you simultaneously cross behind your right leg with your left foot toward 1:30. Immediately complete your left rear crossover as you slide your right leg back to form a right reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s left leg as you simultaneously deliver a right inward downward diagonal looping inner wrist strike to his right mastoid bone. •Your left hand continues to pull the opponent’s left arm downward and to your left to control the opponent’s Dimensional Zones as well as to allow you a clear shot for the next move. •Coordinate your left hand to yank and pull your opponent’s left arm with the right reverse bow sweep and right looping inner wrist strike. •As you cross behind with your left foot, use your body to bump the opponent and shift his weight to his right side. This will facilitate the action of the leg buckle. •Your right hand contours the opponent’s back toward its intended target.

4. Deliver a right upward knee kick to the opponent’s face. •Use your right hand to force the opponent’s head down into the strike and to act as a backstop for the upward force of the knee kick. •Time your kick to occur as the opponent is falling forward to take advantage of Borrowed Force. •Your knee contours the inside of his body toward its intended target.

5. Execute a right front crossover and deliver a right inward downward heel palm strike to the opponent’s right elbow. •Use your left hand to keep the opponent’s arm up and to increase the effectiveness of your strike to his elbow.

6. Execute a double cover out toward 4:30. •Forcefully throw the opponent’s arm down and toward him as you cover.


289

GRIPPING TALON

EXTENSION 5. After your right knee kick and with your right leg still in the air, cross your right leg behind your left and plant toward 4:30 to form a left front twist stance. Simultaneously, reach across with your right hand and grab his face (right side of his jaw). Immediately pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance as you anchor your right elbow. •These combined actions will spin the opponent around and over with his back resting on your left knee. •Your left hand maintains its grab to his left wrist. •Use your right arm as a fulcrum to control your opponent.

6. Immediately slide your left foot back toward 4:30 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 10:30. •Your right hand maintains a grip under his jaw (palm upward) and forces the oppoent onto your right knee.

7. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as you deliver a left inward overhead hammerfist strike to the left ribcage of the opponent. 8. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward overhead hammerfist strike to the opponent’s sternum. •Prior to releasing your right hand for the strike your left hand slides up and continues to control his height zone by pulling upward on the opponent’s chin.

9. Immediately pivot counterclockwise and form a right reverse bow stance (left forward bow stance facing 6:00) and force the opponent to the ground with a right stiff arm lifting back knuckle strike to his chin. 10. Without hesitation and as the opponent falls to the ground, deliver a right sweeping scoop kick to his chin. Finish with a right front crossover stomp to any available target on the face. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicates delivering a knife-edge stomp (side stomp) or a scoop stomp.


290

GATHERING CLOUDS NAME—The term clouds is used in self-defense techniques to represent overlapping circles. This technique utilizes inward overlapping circles for the initial defensive action. BASICS Base Modified Neutral Bow Stance Inward Parry Inward Horizontal Vertical Middle-Knuckle Fist Rake Outward Horizontal Handsword Strike Neutral Bow Stance Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Front Scoop Kick Inward Two-Finger Hook Extension Front Snapping Ball Kick Spinning Back Kick Thrusting Knife Edge Kick Reverse Bow Stance Front Rotating Twist Stance Outward Back Knuckle Strike Inward Heel Palm Claw CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Angle of Deflection Elastic Recoil Ratcheting Angle of Disturbance Zone of Obscurity

ATTACK FRONT Right step through punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 3rd Brown #10 Orthodox 24 System Blue #21 32 System Purple #32 FORM LOCATION Form 4

RELATED TECHNIQUES Hugging Pendulum Bow of Compulsion Circles of Protection Taming the Mace


291

GATHERING CLOUDS

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a modified left neutral bow stance as you deliver a left inward parry simultaneous with a right inward horizontal vertical middle-knuckle fist rake through the opponent’s right ribcage. Immediately reverse the motion of your right arm and deliver a right outward horizontal handsword strike to his right lower ribcage or kidney. Your left hand checks his right arm. •Depending upon circumstances, the middle knuckle fist rake may also be delivered to his arm. •Keep your right hand at his ribcage to act as a lock out check. •This action will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 10:00 with the left foot.

2. With your right foot, step forward and form a right neutral bow stance toward 1:30 to buckle the inside of his right knee. Simultaneously deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the front of his right lower ribcage as you settle into your stance. Your left hand acts as a bracing angle check against his right elbow. •When you step forward you will be on and over the Line of Entry. •This action will disturb the opponent’s balance and cause him to bend further at the waist. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping between 11:00 and 12:00 to buckle the inside of his right knee.

3. Pin the opponent’s right arm against his body with your left hand and deliver a right front scoop kick to his groin. Simultaneously deliver a right inward two-finger hook to his left eye. •By buckling his right leg outward, you will have a Line of Entry for you to contour toward the target. •This action will cause him to further bend forward at the waist.

4. Plant your right foot toward 7:30 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 1:30. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot back toward 7:00. This was also the Angle of Departure.


292

GATHERING CLOUDS

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a modified left neutral bow stance as you deliver a left inward parry simultaneous with a right inward horizontal vertical middle-knuckle fist rake through the opponent’s right ribcage. Immediately reverse the motion of your right arm and deliver a right outward horizontal handsword strike to his right lower ribcage or kidney. Your left hand checks his right arm. •Depending upon circumstances, the middle knuckle fist rake may also be delivered to his arm. •Keep your right hand at his ribcage to act as a lock out check. •This action will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 10:00 with the left foot.

2. With your right foot, step forward and form a right neutral bow stance toward 1:30 to buckle the inside of his right knee. Simultaneously deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the front of his right lower ribcage as you settle into your stance. Your left hand acts as a bracing angle check against his right elbow. •When you step forward you will be on and over the Line of Entry. •This action will disturb the opponent’s balance and cause him to bend further at the waist. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping between 11:00 and 12:00 to buckle the inside of his right knee.

3. Pin the opponent’s right arm against his body with your left hand and deliver a right front scoop kick to his groin. Simultaneously deliver a right inward two-finger hook to his left eye. •By buckling his right leg outward, you will have a Line of Entry for you to contour toward the target. •This action will cause him to further bend forward at the waist.

4. Plant your right foot toward 7:30 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 1:30. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot back toward 7:00. This was also the Angle of Departure.


293

GATHERING CLOUDS

EXTENSION 4. Plant your right foot toward 7:30 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 1:30. While checking with your left hand, execute a right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s groin. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) down and follow with a left front snapping ball kick to his chin. •This kicks are delivered in a chicken kick fashion.

5. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) and pivot clockwise and deliver a right spinning back kick to the opponent’s right knee. 6.

Plant your right foot (gauging leg) beside your left foot and turn counterclockwise to deliver a left thrusting knife edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee.

7. Plant your left foot toward the opponent and form a left reverse bow stance. Immediately pivot counterclockwise and form a left front rotating twist stance as you deliver a left outward back knuckle strike followed by a right inward heel palm claw to the opponent's head and face. 8. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance as you deliver a left inward heel palm claw to the opponent’s face. Continue the flow of motion and deliver a left back kick to any available opening. •Stay low as you kick with your left foot.

9. From Point of Contact, execute a left front crossover hop onto a right one legged stance and guard with your left open hand low and your right hand above your head. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the ending as follows: “From Point of Contact, execute a left front crossover hop onto a right one-legged stance and guard with your left open hand low an dyour ight hand above your head.” From this position, you would survey and assess any further threats before exiting on the Angle of Departure. This ending is generally not practiced by most modern practitioners.


294

DESTRUCTIVE TWINS NAME—The name of this defense is derived from the twin strikes that occur before the defensive action. BASICS

ATTACK FRONT Two Hand Choke pulling in

Base Neutral Bow Stance Overhead Punch/Uppercut Punch Combination Modified Neutral Bow Stance Inward Block Inward Downward Block (palm down) Horizontal Finger Thrust Horse Stance Horizontal Thrust Punch

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Chokes

Extension Upward Vertical Hooking Heel Kick Reverse Bow Stance Uppercut Forearm Strike Half Nelson Throw Close Kneel Stance Downward Knee Kick Front Rotating Twist Stance Ball of Foot Kick Half Fist Strike Front Scooping Ball of Foot Kick Front Stomp Kick Back Kick Inward Sweep Kick Rear Stomp Kick

ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Either

CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Green #6 Orthodox 24 System Blue #22 32 System Blue #6 FORM LOCATION Short Form 3 Long Form 3

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Purposeful Compliance Angle of Cancellation Angle of Disturbance Opposing Forces RELATED TECHNIQUES Begging Hands Snaking Talon Blinding Sacrifice Circling Fans Fatal Cross Protecting Fans


295

DESTRUCTIVE TWINS

BASE TECHNIQUE •This defense can be used against a choke or a two-hand lapel grab pulling in.

1. As the opponent pulls you forward, step toward 12:00 with your right foot and form a right neutral bow stance simultaneously deliver a left overhead punch (palm down) to the opponent’s face with a right uppercut punch (palm up) to his groin or stomach. •Both punches form the shape of a “U” that looks as if it is on its side. They act as checks by controlling his Depth Zone. •Keep your back and head erect during the execution of these strikes.

2. Slide your right foot to the right toward 1:30 and form a modified right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward block to the outside of the opponent’s left arm and a left inward downward block (palm down) to the top of his right arm. •Your left arm weaves between the opponent’s arm to assist in breaking the grip. Some practitioners do not weave but have the left arm pass beneath both arms and clear outward horizontallywith a vertical outward block. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot toward 2:00.

3. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance facing 1:30 as you deliver a left vertical outward block to the outside of the opponent’s left arm. Simultaneously cock your right fist palm upward at your right hip. •This action turns the opponent’s body clockwise. •The motion of your arms in Steps 2 and 3 demonstrate the Double Factor Principle applied to two arms simultaneously. •If you grab the opponet’s left wrist with your right hand and deliver the left vertical outward block against the opponent’s left arm, an arm wrench may be applied against his left elbow.

4. While in your right forward bow stance, deliver a left horizontal finger thrust to the opponent’s eyes.


296

DESTRUCTIVE TWINS

5. Pivot clockwise and form a horse stance as you deliver a right horizontal thrust punch to the opponent’s left ribcage (toward 10:30). Simultaneously your left hand grabs the upper part of the opponent’s left arm and tracks downward to end with a wrist grab. Once the grab is made the opponent’s arm is pulled diagonally down past your left hip creating an Angle of Cancellation. •The opponent will react to the pain in his eyes by lifting his hand to hold the injured area. We take advantage of this natural reaction and grab the wrist. The grab to his left wrist is tracked along his arm to give a greater margin for error.

6. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward 5:00 and then executing an Angle of Departure toward 5:00. The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual did not mention this angle adjustment.


297

DESTRUCTIVE TWINS

EXTENSION 6. Drag your left foot (gauging leg) toward your right foot and deliver a right upward vertical hooking heel kick to the opponent’s groin. 7. Plant your right foot toward 1:30 and form a right reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s left leg. Simultaneously deliver a right uppercut forearm strike to the opponent’s left elbow. 8. Reach under the opponent’s head and hook your right hand around the right side of his neck. Drag your left foot (gauging leg) toward your right foot and immediately shoot your right foot back into a right reverse bow stance as you jerk his head downward and flip him onto his back with his feet pointing toward 7:00. This is known as a half nelson throw. •You may execute a right vertical heel kick to the opponent’s groin as your left leg drags toward your right leg. This will cause the opponent to react by bending forward and assist with the takedown.

9. With the opponent on his back and his head between your feet, drop into a right close kneel stance facing 9:00 as you deliver a left downward knee kick to his left clavicle or neck. 10. Stand up and step over his head with your left foot and plant it on the right side of his body forming a left front rotating twist stance. Immediately continue pivoting counterclockwise and deliver a right ball of foot kick to the opponent’s groin. •Your left foot may stomp on his right rib cage as you cross.

11. Drop your weight and form a left close kneel stance facing 1:30 as you deliver a right downward knee kick to the opponent’s solar plexus as you simultaneously deliver a right half fist strike to his throat. Your left hand is covering.


298

DESTRUCTIVE TWINS

12. Spring upward and deliver a right front scooping ball of foot kick through the opponent’s face followed immediately by a right front stomp kick to his face. •You may utilize a right one-legged stance while stomping the opponent’s face and then hopping forward off his head.

13. Plant your right foot above his head and hop forward onto your right foot to gauge for distance. Deliver a left back kick to the opponent’s head. 14. Plant your left foot toward 9:00 and pivot counterclockwise to form a left front rotating twist stance. Continue the pivot to deliver a right inward sweep kick across the opponent’s face. Continue spinning and plant your right foot near your left foot and deliver a left rear stomp kick to the right side of his neck. 15. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30.


299

BROKEN RAM NAME—The term ram is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent an attempted tackle. In this technique, you will apply a counter measure which may break or dislocate the opponent’s arm. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Inward Overhead Hammerfist Strike Reverse Bow Stance Uppercut Break Rear Scoop Kick Outward Back Knuckle Strike Outward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike Extension Upward Outward Diagonal Claw Inward Upward Diagonal Claw Upward Knee Kick Knife Edge Kick Rear Spinning Scoop Kick Back Thrust Kick IMPORTANT CONCEPTS Angle of Deviation Angle of Disturbance Breaking/Locking Bumping/buckling Angular Attack (zone of obscurity)

ATTACK FRONT Tackle WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside Left POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 3rd Brown #18 Orthodox 24 System Blue #23 32 System Blue #7 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Locked Wing Charging Ram Wings of Silk Obscure Claws Intercepting the Ram


300

BROKEN RAM

BASE TECHNIQUE •Some instructors teach this technique by sliding to 4:30 rather than 3:00. Keep in mind that the purpose of adjusting your angle is to take your off the line of attack and properly position yourself for your counter offensive. With this consideration in mind, these angles are merely guidelines as you will have to adjust your angle according to the speed, distance, and position of your opponent. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual had the defender begin in a right neutral bow stance. After moving off the line of attack, the defender delivered a right outward downward parry to the inside of the opponent’s left arm. The rest remained the same with the right arm orbiting AFTER the scoop is made.

1. Slide your left foot toward 3:00 to form a right neutral bow stance. Use your left hand to guide and control the opponent’s left shoulder. Deliver a right inward overhead hammerfist strike as you settle into your stance. •A handsword strike may be used in place of the hammerfist. The principle is the same regardless of the weapon used, but one weapon may fit better than another under certain circumstances.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right reverse bow stance as you deliver a right uppercut break against his left elbow. •This action will redirect his momentum from a forward motion to diagonally downward motion. •You must be firmly rooted in your reverse bow stance to prevent him from disrupting your balance. •You should time your uppercut break to occur as you solidify your base. •A left inward heel palm claw to the opponent’s face may be inserted to occur simultaneously with the uppercut break.

3. Execute a right rear scoop kick to his groin (gauge with your left leg as necessary). As you gauge, deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to his rib cage. 4. Finish by forming a right reverse bow stance to buckle his left leg. Simultaneous with the buckle, deliver a right outward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to the side of his jaw. •Some practitioners vary the timing between these two final strikes. Some will keep the opponent’s arm wrapped as they gauge and execute the scoop kick. Only AFTER the scoop is executed will they release and orbit the right arm for the hammerfist strike. Other practitioners begin the right arm’s orbit AS the left leg is gauging for the scoop. Each have their own advantages and disadvantages. The first creates an “and then” thus increasing the time of the technique but maintains a greater degree of control over the opponent. The second sacrifices some control but decreases the time of the technique while relying solely upon the left hand for control.



301

BROKEN RAM

EXTENSION •This extension demonstrates a method of controlling the opponent by following his upward motion with claws which are designed to blind and distract him; thus, giving the defender the time needed to initiate his retaliatory strikes designed to regain control of the opponent’s height and width zones.

5. Pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right upward outward diagonal claw to the opponent’s face immediately followed by a left inward upward diagonal claw. Your right hand checks the opponent’s shoulder to control his width immediately following its clawing action. 6. Execute a left upward knee kick to the opponent’s groin followed by a right upward knee kick to his solar plexus or ribs. Immediately deliver a right knife-edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s right knee. •The knees are to be executed in a chicken kick fashion. •There should be no time delay between your right knee and the knife edge kick. The motion of bringing your right knee up is integral to the proper execution of the knife-edge kick. We are simply taking advantage of this “cocking” motion (Sophisticated Basics). This concept appears again in the final kick.

7. Plant your right foot toward 6:00 (gauging leg) and deliver a left rear spinning scoop kick to the opponent’s jaw immediately followed by a left back thrust kick to any available opening (Sophisticated Basic). 8. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 6:00.


302

CIRCLING THE HORIZON NAME—The term horizon is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent the maximum distance that your leg can reach while in place. In this defense, you will use circular footwork maneuvers to allow you to cross travel around this horizon. BASICS Base Inward Parry 45-Degree Cat Stance Thrusting Vertical Back Knuckle Strike Neutral Bow Stance Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Close Kneel Stance Chopping Hammerfist Strike Underhand Reverse Hammerfist Strike Extension Forward Bow Stance Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Front Snapping Ball Kick Downward Heel Stomp Spinning Back Heel Stomp CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES

ATTACK FRONT Right step through punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 3rd Brown #16 Orthodox 24 System Blue #24 32 System Blue #3 FORM LOCATION Form 5

RELATED TECHNIQUES Shield and Mace Gathering Clouds Circling Fans Destructive Fans Leaping Crane


303

CIRCLING THE HORIZON

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step toward 9:00 as you defend with a left inward parry. Immediately slide your right foot toward your left foot and form a right 45-degree cat stance. Your right hand circles from Point of Origin to first cover past your groin and then tracks over your left wrist to deliver a right thrusting vertical back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right cheek bone. •Some practitioners time the right thrusting vertical back knuckle strike to occur as they settle into the right netural bow stance while other time it when they are in the right 45-degree cat stance. Distance and circumstances will determine your choice of action. •Your right fist will be slightly inverted and angled along the 1:30-7:30 line to fit the target. This action will cause the opponent’s head to snap back.

2. Immediately step forward to the outside of the opponent’s right leg with your right leg and form a right neutral bow stance facing 1:30. As you settle into your stance, deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to his right lower rib cage as your left hand acts as a bracing angle check to his right arm. •If you time the right thrusting vertical back knuckle strike to occur with stepping forward into your right neutral bow stance, then you must settle into your stance as you deliver the right inward horizontal elbow strike. This may also be delivered as a collapsing elbow strike. •The action of your right foot sliding to a 45-degree cat stance and then forward to a right neutral bow stance is also called a “C-Step” maneuver or a “crescent step”. •This action will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist.

3. Drop into a right close kneel stance and deliver a right chopping hammerfist strike to the back of the opponent’s right knee to cause a buckle. •Your may also deliver a right outward downward diagonal handsword strike to the back of the opponent’s right knee. In either case, your right hand will contour the back of his leg.

4. Follow through with your right hand and deliver a right underhand reverse hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin. •Some practitioners utilize a right underhand reverse handsword strike to the opponent’s groin. In either case, your right hand will contour the front of his leg.


304

CIRCLING THE HORIZON

EXTENSION •Alternate versions of the final kicking sequence are as follows: VERSION 1 Step 7 Pull your right foot off his body and plant it to the outside of his right hip. Stand up and slide your left foot (gauging leg) toward your right foot. Immediately deliver a right downward heel stomp to the opponent’s groin. Step 8 From Point of Contact, pivot counterclockwise and slide your right foot up his body ending with a right thrusting knife edge kick to his chin. Step 9 Execute a right front crossover and double cover out. VERSION 2 Step 7 Pull your right foot off his body and plant it to the outside of his right hip. Stand up and slide your left foot (gauging leg) toward your right foot. Immediately deliver a right downward heel stomp to the opponent’s groin. Step 8 Plant your right foot to the outside of his right hip. Immediately pivot counterclockwise and finish with a left spinning back heel stomp to his head or rib cage.

5. Drop onto your left knee and immediately thrust your right leg back toward 5:00 (a left forward bow stance on the ground) to sweep the opponent’s legs as you simultaneously deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to his solar plexus toward 11:00. •Your right hand and right leg move in opposite directions to cause the takedown. The opponent will fall perpendicular to your body.

6. Execute a right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s right ribcage. As you snap your kick back, deliver a right downward heel stomp to his ribs. •The right downward heel stomp is also known as an “Axe Kick”. 7.

Pull your right foot off his body and plant it down beside his right hip as you stand up. Immediately execute a left front downward heel stomp to his groin and begin to pivot clockwise. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated using a right front downward heel stomp.

8. Continue to pivot and plant your left foot down next to the opponent’s right hip. Immediately execute a right spinning back heel stomp to his ribs. •Depending upon circumstances, you can deliver a right spinning back kick to his face.


Step 9 Execute a left front crossover and double cover out.


305

GREEN BELT


OBSCURE CLAWS NAME—Obscure is a term used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent an action in the Obscure Zone. This technique utilizes clawing counter attacks within your opponent’s Obscure Zone.

ATTACK RIGHT REAR FLANK Left Hand Shoulder Grab WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles

BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Outward Upward Diagonal claw Inward Claw Uppercut Forearm Strike Transitional Left Neutral Bow Stance Forward Bow Stance Inward Looping Back Knuckle Strike Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Outward Inverted Middle-Knuckle Fist Strike Extension Front Rotating Twist Stance Outward Heel Palm Strike & Claw Inward Heel Palm Strike & Claw Thrusting Knife Edge Kick Front Twist Stance Roundhouse Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Angle of Cancellation Opposing Forces Fitting Angular Attack Obscure Zone

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside Left POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 4:30 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 3rd Brown #20 Orthodox 24 System Green #1 32 System Blue #12 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Striking Serpent’s Head Snakes of Wisdom Twirling Hammers Marriage of the Rams Five Swords


306

OBSCURE CLAWS

BASE TECHNIQUE •Another timing that may be utilized is as follows: Step 1 Execute a right outward claw to the opponent’s face and begin to wrap around his arm. Step 2 Slide your right foot forward and form a right front twist stance as your right arm executes an uppercut break simultaneously with a left inward heel palm and claw to the opponent’s face.

1. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00. Deliver a right outward upward diagonal claw to your opponent’s face immediately followed by a left inward claw to his face. Continue the motion of your left hand and pin the opponent’s left hand to your right shoulder. •Your right foot steps to the outside of your opponent’s left leg. •We borrow the motion of the opponent’s pull to enhance the effectiveness of your right outward claw. The outside of your right arm then acts as a check against his left arm.

2. With your right foot, step forward and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 and deliver a right uppercut forearm strike against the opponent’s left elbow joint. Your left hand continues to act as a check. 3. Step forward with your left foot toward 12:00 and form a transitional left neutral bow stance and immediately pivot clockwise to face 4:30 in a right forward bow stance as your right hand reverses its motion and circles counterclockwise to deliver a right inward looping back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right mastoid. Simultaneously deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to the opponent’s solar plexus. •A right outward horizontal back knuckle strike to the opponent’s solar plexus may be inserted as the right arm orbits for the inward looping back knuckle strike. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting clockwise to face 5:00.

4. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as your right arm tracks along your left arm and delivers a right outward inverted middle-knuckle first strike to the opponent’s xyphoid process. 5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 12:00.


307

OBSCURE CLAWS

EXTENSION 5. Pivot clockwise and form a right front rotating twist stance and deliver as you deliver a right outward heel palm strike & claw followed by a left inward heel palm strike & claw to his face. 6. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward heel palm strike and claw to the left side of his face immediately followed by a right thrusting knife-edge kick to the inside of his right knee. 7. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) toward 10:30 forming a right front twist stance and immediately pivot counterclockwise and execute a right roundhouse kick to the opponent’s kidney. 8. From your roundhouse kick, execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30.


308

ENCOUNTER WITH DANGER NAME—The term danger is used in self defense techniques to represent situations in which you are forced to defend yourself from a fallen position. In this encounter you are forced to the ground after being pushed by the opponent from the front. BASICS Base Rear Break Fall Vertical Knife Edge Kick Knife Edge Kick Back Thrusting Heel Kick Extension Neutral Bow Stance Front Snapping Ball Kick (step through) Vertical Punch Front Twist Stance Outward Back Knuckle Strike Inward Looping Overhead Punch Reverse Close Kneel Stance Stiff Leg Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Purposeful Compliance Angular Attack

ATTACK FRONT Two Hand Push WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Pushes DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Either to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 3rd Brown #9 Orthodox 24 System Green #2 32 System Blue #22 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Aggressive Twins Flight to Freedom Twist of Fate Leap from Danger Courting the Tiger


309

ENCOUNTER WITH DANGER

BASE TECHNIQUE •In this defense, we perform a rear break fall because under the circumstances, that is the angle of least resistance. •The Ideal Technique assumes that the opponent steps forward with his right foot as he continues to attack.

1. React to the opponent’s push by executing a rear break fall toward 6:00. 2. As the opponent proceeds to attack you while you are on your back, deliver a left vertical knife edge kick to his groin. •Tuck your right leg toward your groin to protect this line of entry.

3. Immediately flip your body to your left as you simultaneously execute a right knife edge kick under your opponent’s jaw. •The knife edge kick may be delivered to the opponent’s jaw, solar plexus or knee depending upon circumstances. •As you roll to your left side, your left foot may pin the opponent’s right foot to the ground and hook around his ankle. Your right knife edge kick may then be delivered to his right knee to cause a lock. This will control his Dimensional Zones.

4. Continue to roll to your left onto your stomach and bring your arms under your body to push yourself back toward your opponent. As you push yourself into action, deliver a left back thrusting heel kick to his stomach while on your right knee. •You may remain on your right knee or you may use both hands to push your body into the kick and drive toward your opponent. •As you roll to your left, your right foot can check his right foot.

5. While still on your right knee, execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 6:00.


310

ENCOUNTER WITH DANGER

EXTENSION 5. Plant your left foot toward 12:00 and pivot counterclockwise as you stand up and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00. 6. Immediately deliver a right step through front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s groin. 7. Plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow stance as you simultaneously deliver a right vertical punch to the opponent’s sternum. 8. Slide your left foot forward and form a left front twist stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right temple. •This strike loops in toward you then outward. Your right elbow will be anchored as your fist makes contact.

9. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left vertical punch to the opponent’s solar plexus. 10. Slide your right foot forward and form a right front twist stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left outward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s left temple. •This strike loops in toward you then outward. Your left elbow will be anchored as your fist makes contact.

11. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right inward looping overhead punch to the opponent’s left jaw. •Allow the right punch to continue down and in toward you. •As you pivot counterclockwise, your left checking hand moves up to cover his eyes to cause a Blindfold Effect.

12. Continue pivoting counterclockwise and form a right reverse close kneel stance and immediately deliver a right stiff leg kick to the opponent’s groin. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting clockwise and forming a left close kneel stance.



311

CIRCLING DESTRUCTION NAME—The term destruction is symbolically used in selfdefense techniques to represent a left-handed action. In this defense, your footwork will allow you to circle to a zone of sanctuary.

ATTACK FRONT Left step through punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches

BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Inward Parry Outward Parry Outward Back Knuckle Strike Forward Bow Stance Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike Inward Claw Inward Handsword Strike Front Scoop Kick Outward Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Extension Step Through Knife Edge Kick Front Twist Stance Twin Heel Palm Thrusts Heel Stomp Front Crossover Stomp Close Kneel Stance Knee Drop Inward Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to left ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 3rd Brown #19 Orthodox 24 System Green #3 32 System Blue #9 FORM LOCATION None

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Contouring Open Ended Triangle RELATED TECHNIQUES Squeezing the Peach Retreating Pendulum Protecting Fans Gathering of the Snakes Broken Rod


312

CIRCLING DESTRUCTION

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot, step toward 1:00 and form a right neutral bow stance. As you step, defend with a right inward parry followed by a left outward parry on the outside of the opponent's left arm. Continue the clockwise motion of your right arm and deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to his left lower ribcage as you settle into your stance. •Your left hand finishes palm up hooking on top of the opponent’s left arm at his elbow like a waiter carrying a tray. •This action should cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual stated that you may begin this defense either in a right neutral bow stance or standing naturally. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 1:00 with your right foot. •If you begin in a right neutral bow stance, your right foot will adjust slightly toward 3:00. •Some practitioners deliver blocks instead of parries. The principle remains the same; however, blocks will control more of the opponent’s Width Zone.

2. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 and form a right forward bow stance facing 10:30 as you execute a left inward horizontal heel palm strike to the opponent’s face. •We are assuming that the opponent’s forward momentum has not stopped; so, we borrow his force and deliver a left inward horizontal heel palm strike. The heel palm contours along his arm and acts as a simultaneous check. •This action is Counter Balanced by cocking your right hand in a handsword position by your right ear. •This action should cause the opponent’s head to snap back. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward 4:00.

3. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance facing 10:30 as you deliver a left inward claw across the opponent’s face followed by a right inward handsword strike to the left side of his neck as you settle into your stance. •The use of the claw should obscure the opponent’s vision as well as turn his head toward you. Your right handsword should stun the opponent.


313


4. Execute a right front scoop kick to the opponent’s groin from behind as you simultaneously deliver a left outward thrusting heel palm strike toward his left kidney. •The heel palm strike should make contact 1/4 beat after the kick makes contact. •You may insert a right inward two-finger hook to the opponent’s right eye simultaneous with these actions. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated delivering the heel palm strike to the opponent’s back. Some practitioners deliver this strike between the opponent’s shoulder blades. The purpose of the heel palm strike is to turn the opponent clockwise to give you control of his centerline and a Line of Entry to his groin and enable you to reach his right eye with your right hand. This dual action should momentarily immobilize the opponent.

5. Plant your right foot back to 4:30 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 10:30. Immediately execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting back toward 4:00 and an Angle of Departure in the same direction.


314


EXTENSION 5. Plant your right foot back to 4:30 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 10:30. Immediately deliver a right step through knife edge kick to the back of the opponent’s left knee. Plant forward and form a right neutral bow stance and deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the right side of his neck. 6. Slide your left foot forward and form a left front twist stance as you deliver twin heel palm thrusts (right hand above left hand) to the opponent’s back to force him to fall onto his stomach with his head pointing toward 10:30. •As you deliver the dual heel palm thrusts, your right hand is above with your fingers pointing in and your left hand is below with your fingers pointing in. •Some practitioners do not advance into a left front twist stance but remain in the right neutral bow stance. These same practitioners often push with their left hand above the right. 7.

Execute a right heel stomp to the opponent’s lower spine. While standing on his back with your right foot, execute a left front crossover stomp to the back of his neck. •If you do not advance into a left front twist stance, you will need to drag your left foot (gauging leg) next to your right foot before you are able to deliver the right heel stomp.

8. Slip your left foot off to the left side of his head as you drop your right foot back off to the right side of his right hip. Drop into a left close kneel stance to deliver a right downward knee drop to his spine simultaneously with a right thrusting heel palm strike (fingers in) to the back of his head. •Your right hand uses the ground as a backstop.

9. Using his back as a springboard, leap up into the air and turn clockwise to deliver a left inward downward looping roundhouse kick to his head. •This kick is similar to the kick in Leap of Death. •Your right foot will plant to the left side of his body.



315

DETOUR FROM DOOM NAME—Doom is a symbolic term used in self-defense techniques to represent a powerful kick off the rear leg. In this defense you will evade the path of the kick by detouring off the Line of Attack. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance 45-Degree Cat Stance Downward Block Vertical Punch Front Snapping Ball Kick Forward Bow Stance Vertical Punch Outward Back Knuckle Strike Inward Overhead Hammerfist Strike Extension Thrusting Heel Palm Strike (palm up) Inward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strike Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Claw Upward Lifting Stiff-Arm Back Knuckle Strike CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Up the Circle Square in Circle Jamming

ATTACK FRONT Right Roundhouse Kick WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Kicks DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 3rd Brown #4 Orthodox 24 System Green #4 32 System Blue #18 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Swinging Pendulum Deceptive Panther Reversing Circles Fatal Deviation Alternating Maces Five Swords


316

DETOUR FROM DOOM

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. While in a right neutral bow stance, slide your left foot counterclockwise (Up the Circle) toward 4:30 and form a right 45-degree cat stance facing 10:30. Simultaneously deliver a left downward block to the inside of the opponent’s right leg as you deliver a right vertical punch to his face. •Your left foot slides toward 4:30 to set the angle and slides toward 10:30 to set the distance. •This action should injure the opponent’s right leg as well as drive his face backward. •This defensive action is an example of beating action by meeting it. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward 4:00.

2. Without hesitation deliver a right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s groin. •The opponent will bend forward at the waist. •Some practitioners deliver a right front snapping instep kick to the opponent’s groin.

3. Plant your right foot toward 10:30 and form a right neutral bow stance. Immediately pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as you deliver a left vertical punch to the opponent’s solar plexus as your right arm checks horizontally on top of the opponent’s arms. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot toward 10:00.

4. Slide your left foot toward 3:00 as you deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to his stomach. •Some practitioners add a left outward horizontal heel palm claw across the left side of the opponent’s face simultaneously with the back knuckle strike.


317

DETOUR FROM DOOM

5. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance facing 9:00 as your left hand hooks behind the opponent’s neck and pulls him downward. Continue the counterclockwise circle of your right arm and deliver a right inward overhead hammerfist strike to the back of the opponent’s neck. •This strike will cause the opponent to drop to the ground. •Some practitioners deliver the hammerfist strike to the left hinge of the opponent’s jaw.



318

DETOUR FROM DOOM

EXTENSION 6. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as your right hammerfist hooks and pulls the opponent into a left thrusting heel palm strike (palm up) to the left side of the opponent’s jaw. •Practitioners who choose to deliver the right hammerfist strike to the left jaw hinge of the opponent naturally eliminate the hook behind the opponent’s neck. •Some practitioners deliver the left heel palm strike in an upward manner to lift the opponent into the following right elbow strike.

7. With your left foot, step toward 7:30 and form a left neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward downward diagonal elbow strike to the left side of the opponent’s face or left temple. Simultaneously claw inward with your left hand and use your left hand as a backstop to create a sandwiching effect. •This elbow is like a punch that slips past the opponent’s face. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 8:00 with your left foot. 8.

Pivot clockwise and slide your right foot toward 4:30 to form a left neutral bow stance facing 10:30 as you deliver a right outward horizontal back knuckle strike followed by a left inward horizontal heel palm claw to his head and face. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot toward 5:00.

9. Deliver a right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s groin as your right arm hangs naturally along your right side. Plant your right foot forward toward 10:30 and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right upward lifting stiff-arm back knuckle strike to his face. Your left hand is checking •Your right arm orbits clockwise from its previous strike to end hanging downard past your right leg in preparation for the upward lifting stiffarm back knuckle strike.



319

SQUATTING SACRIFICE NAME—The term sacrifice is used in self defense techniques to indicate that the defensive actions pose a high risk of injury because the opponent’s hold/lock has been established. In this defense, the opponent presses you forward causing you to squat downward. BASICS Base Horse Stance Inward Downward Elbow Strikes Reverse Close Kneel Stance Forward Bow Stance Close Kneel Stance Downward Stomp Kick Front Crossover Sweep and Stomp Kick Extension Neutral Bow Stance Shovel Kick Slicing Knife Edge Kick Rear Spinning Back Thrust Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Opposing Forces Leveraging Angle of Disturbance Contact Manipulation

ATTACK REAR Bear Hug with arms free WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Holds and Hugs DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 3rd Brown #12 Orthodox 24 System Green #5 32 System Blue #10 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Crashing Wings Tripping Arrow Twist of Fate Twirling Sacrifice Leap of Death


320

SQUATTING SACRIFICE

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot step to 3:00 and form a horse stance facing 12:00 as your right and left inward downward elbow strikes to the opponent’s forearms. •Drop your weight to control his Height Zone.

2. Squat onto the opponent’s right knee and bend forward to grab his right ankle with both of your hands and pull upward causing him to fall. As the opponent falls, shift into a concave stance to prevent an Angle of Entry into your groin. •The pulling and squatting action creates a leveraging action on his right leg causing him to fall. •After the opponent falls, squat onto his right knee to cause a dislocation or break.

3. Twist the opponent’s right ankle clockwise. Immediately circle your right foot clockwise and plant it toward 7:30 to form a right reverse close kneel stance. •When you twist the opponent’s ankle, push down on his toes with your left hand and pull up on his ankle with your right hand. •Attempt to rake across the opponent’s face as your right foot circles toward 7:30. •Plant your right foot on the left side of the opponent near his hip. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot toward 7:00.

4. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance facing 6:00 as you complete your twist on his ankle and force him onto his stomach. 5. While maintaining the grab on his right ankle, step forward with your left foot toward 4:30 alongside his body and form a left close kneel stance. Grab the opponent’s left wrist with your left hand. •Plant your left foot on the left side of his body under his left arm pit. Slide your left foot forward to force his left arm upward. •Drop your right knee onto his back to control the opponent while you grab his left wrist. Pull upward on the opponent’s left arm and right leg to create pain before rising upward for the next move. This will control the opponent through pain as well as structurally defeating his defensive actions.


321

SQUATTING SACRIFICE

6. Support your weight on your left leg as you cock your right leg in the air. Immediately deliver a right downward stomp kick to the opponent’s lower spine as you pull upward on the opponent’s left arm and right leg. 7. Execute a right front crossover sweep kick and stomp to his left arm and double cover out toward 4:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 4:00.


322

SQUATTING SACRIFICE

EXTENSION •Some practitioners insert following actions:

the

After the right front crossover stomp to the opponent’s left arm and the left step to 3:00… Step 5a Slide your right foot back to deliver a right reverse bow sweep to clear his left arm. Step 5b Slide your right foot (gauging leg) beside your left foot and deliver a left shovel kick to the opponent’s head.

5. After your right downward stomp to his lower spine, execute a right front crossover sweep and stomp kick to his left arm and step toward 3:00 with your left foot to face 9:00 in a right neutral bow stance. •After the stomp, slide your right foot off and plant it above his left arm.

7. Immediately deliver a left shovel kick to the opponent’s jaw or lower portion of his head. 8. Plant your left foot down (gauging leg) and execute a right slicing knife edge kick to the opponent’s left jaw hinge. 9. Plant your right foot down (gauging leg) and deliver a left rear spinning back thrust kick to his right temple. •It is assumed that at this point the opponent as turned and rolled onto his back in reaction to our strikes.



323

ESCAPE FROM DEATH NAME—The term death is used in self-defense techniques in circumstances that may result in a person’s death. This defense teaches you how to escape from a life-threatening choke. BASICS Base Horse Stance Back Elbow Strike Reverse Close Kneel Stance Inward Hammerfist Strike Forward Bow Stance Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Thrusting Knee Kick Extension Snapping Knife Edge Kick Front Twist Stance Outward Heel Palm Strike and Claw Upward Knee Kick Stomp Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Grafting Contouring Leveraging

ATTACK REAR Two Hand Cross Choke WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Chokes DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 2nd Brown #6 Orthodox 24 System Green #6 32 System Blue #11 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Crashing Wings Crushing Hammer Twirling Sacrifice Grip of Death Kneel of Compulsion


324

ESCAPE FROM DEATH

BASE TECHNIQUE •Depending upon the circumstances, the left hand can deliver a left outward upward diagonal elbow strike to the opponent’s face after the left back elbow strike to his solar plexus. Continue to circle your left arm counterclockwise and end with a left inward hammerfist strike to his right kidney as you simultaneously pin his right arm to your body. From this point, continue in the same manner described in the text.

1. Turn your head to the left and tuck your chin into your chest as you grab and pull the opponent’s right wrist downward with your right hand. Simultaneously step to 3:00 with your right foot and form a horse stance and deliver a left back elbow strike to his solar plexus. •Anchor your right arm to generate more power for the downward pull.

2. Circle your left leg around and behind the opponent’s right leg (“cat around”) and form a left reverse close kneel stance facing 7:30. As you settle into your stance, deliver a left inward hammerfist strike to the opponent’s left kidney simultaneously with a right inward hammerfist strike to his groin. •Use your left reverse close kneel stance to check the opponent’s right knee with your left knee to control his Width Zone. •A left outward back knuckle strike may be delivered to his right rib cage as your left hand passes behind the opponent in preparation for the hammerfist strike. Time this to occur with your left reverse close kneel stance. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated forming a left reverse close kneel stance facing 7:00.

3. Circle your left hand over the opponent’s right shoulder and use the fingers of your left hand to press the nerves under his nose to fulcrum his head backward and downward. •Use the opponent’s right shoulder as a pivot point for your fulcrum. •Depending upon circumstances, you may also grab the opponent’s hair hear his forehead or use your fingers into his eye sockets to fulcrum his head backward and downward.

4. Pivot counterclockwise and face 7:30 in a left forward bow stance as you deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to the opponent’s chin while your left hand slides down his right arm ending with a check at his right elbow. 5. Deliver a right thrusting knee kick to the outside of the opponent’s groin or right thigh.


325

ESCAPE FROM DEATH

6. Plant your right foot to Point of Origin and execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 1:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 2:00.


326

ESCAPE FROM DEATH

EXTENSION 6. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) slightly backward and deliver a left snapping knife edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee. •This action buckles the opponents’ leg and drops his head toward you.

7. Plant your left foot back to 3:00 and form a right front twist stance as you execute a left outward heel palm strike and claw to the opponent’s face to bring him toward you. 8. Pivot counterclockwise and deliver a right inward hammerfist strike to his head to turn him clockwise so his back will face you. Immediately deliver a right upward knee kick to the back of his head or neck. Use your hands to assist you in this action. •It is assumed that the opponent turns 180-degrees in reaction to the hammerfist strike. •After the knee kick, the opponent falls forward onto both of his knees. This gives you the target for the final strike.

9. Deliver a right stomp kick to his right ankle or foot. 10. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 1:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 2:00.


327

BRUSHING THE STORM NAME—The term storm is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a club (stick) attack. In this defense, you will utilize an inward parry, also known as a brush block, to ward off the attack.

ATTACK RIGHT FLANK Right Step Through Overhead Club WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Weapons (stick)

BASICS Base Inverted Neutral Bow Stance Inward Parry Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Close Kneel Stance Vertical Elbow Strike Neutral Bow Stance Underhand Heel Palm Strike Front Snapping Ball Kick Knife-Edge Kick Extension Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Front Crossover Stomp Slicing Knife-Edge Kick Rear Stomp Front Twist Stance Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 3:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 3rd Brown #14 Orthodox 24 System Green #7 32 System Blue #15 FORM LOCATION Form 5

RELATED TECHNIQUES Triggered Salute The Back Breaker Defensive Cross Kneel of Compulsion Escape from the Storm


328

BRUSHING THE STORM

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot, step toward 1:30 and form an inverted right neutral bow stance as you deliver a left inward parry to the outside of the opponent’s right arm simultaneously with a right thrusting heel palm strike to the opponent’s jaw. •Your right arm will end under and inside the opponent’s right arm from Point of Origin. •This strike will stop the opponent’s forward body momentum and snap his head back. This will force the opponent upward on his toe; thus, controlling his Height Zone. It will also arch his back exposing his sternum and solar plexus for attack. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00 with your right foot.

2. With your left foot, step toward 1:30 and form a left close kneel stance as you deliver a right vertical elbow strike to the opponent’s solar plexus. Continue to check the opponent’s right arm with your left hand. •Utilize a collapsing elbow as you deliver this strike downward elbow strike. This strike should take the wind out of the opponent. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00 to form a left close kneel stance.

3. Pivot clockwise to form a right neutral bow stance facing 7:30 as you simultaneously deliver a left heel palm strike to his right shoulder blade simultaneously with a right underhand heel palm strike to his groin. •The right heel palm strike to the groin will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist. The left heel palm strike to his shoulder blade will assist in forcing him to bend forward. •The 1987 IKKA Red Manual indicated remaining in the left close kneel stance while delivering the right underhand heel palm strike. This was a late change to the technique. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting clockwise to face 8:00 in a right neutral bow stance.


329

BRUSHING THE STORM

4. Without hesitation, continue to pivot clockwise and immediately slide your right foot back toward 1:30 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 7:30. As you move, slide your right hand to a point just below his knee cap and simultaneously pull with your right hand as you push forward with your left hand at his right hip. •This pull/push action will force the opponent to bend forward with his right leg in the air. The opponent’s head should be below the level of his leg to control his Height Zone. Keep his leg up to control his Height and pull on his leg to control his Depth. •Depending upon circumstances, your left hand may push on the opponent’s right shoulder blade. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot back toward 2:00 to form a left neutral bow stance facing 8:00.

5. While controlling the opponent’s right leg with your right hand, deliver a left front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s groin. •This strike will begin to buckle the opponent to the ground. •A left front snapping instep kick may also be used.

6. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) forward and deliver a right knife-edge kick to the back of the opponent’s left knee. •Plant your left foot into a modified left front rotating twist stance to gauge for distance and angle. •This kick will buckle his left knee to the ground.



330

BRUSHING THE STORM

EXTENSION 7. Plant your right foot toward 7:30 and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the opponent’s right kidney. Immediately drop into a right close kneel stance as you bend forward and grab his left ankle with your left hand. •The elbow strike should force the opponent forward onto his stomach. •Your right knee will check against the opponent’s right leg or hip.

8. With your left hand around the left side of his ankle, place your right hand in the bend of his left knee and pull upward to stretch him out. Without hesitation, slide your right hand down to the top of his left foot and grab near his toes. Immediately pivot clockwise to form a right forward bow stance and pull up with your right hand (on his ankle) and push down with your left (on his toes) to roll him onto his back. 9. Immediately execute a left front crossover stomp to his right knee. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) and immediately deliver a right slicing knife edge kick to his groin. •If the opponent’s legs are spread very wide, plant your left foot to the inside of his right knee. If his legs are not spread wide, then plant to the outside. •If you plant your left foot on the outside of his right leg, then deliver your right sliding knife edge kick up his leg to act as a check.

10. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) to the right side of his body and immediately pivot counterclockwise to deliver a left rear stomp to his stomach. 11. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) behind your right leg (toward 6:00) to form a right front twist stance. Pivot counterclockwise to deliver a right downward looping roundhouse kick to the opponent’s face. •Some practitioners plant their left foot near the opponent’s body and pivot counterclockwise to form a left front rotating twist stance in prepartation for the roundhouse kick. This method has the advantage assisting with Continuity of Motion.



331

MENACING TWIRL NAME—In this defense, you will utilize a twirling maneuver to break from the opponent’s grip. During this action, you will penetrate and attack the opponent’s centerline.

ATTACK REAR Left Hand Belt Grab WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles

BASICS Base Rear Twist Stance Forward Bow Stance Outward Downward Block Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Thrusting Knee Kick Inward Upward Diagonal Knee Kick Stomp Kick Extension Thrusting Knife Edge Kick Upward Snapping Forearm Strike Downward Hammerfist Strike Inward Hooking Punch Reverse Bow Stance CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Limited Retaliation Angle of Cancellation Angle of Disturbance

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside Left POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 2nd Brown #1 Orthodox 24 System Green #8 32 System Blue #16 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Twirling Wings Detour from Doom Glancing Wing Circling Windmills


332

MENACING TWIRL

BASE TECHNIQUE •Another below:

version

is

described

Step 1 Slide your right foot toward 6:30 and form a right reverse bow stance as you deliver a right rear hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin. Your left hand is positioned near your right pectoral muscle in preparation for the next move. Step 2 Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance facing 6:00 as you deliver a right outward downward block to clear the opponent’s left arm. Simultaneously deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to the opponent’s chin. Step 3 Deliver a left knee kick to the opponent’s groin as your right hand cross checks across your opponent’s chest. Step 4 Deliver a right knee kick to the inside of the opponent’s right thigh. Using the knife edge of your right foot, scrape down the opponent’s leg and end with a right downward stomp to the opponent’s right foot as you simultaneously deliver a right inward downward diagonal elbow strike ot the left side of the opponent’s face. Time the elbow to occur simultaneously with the right stomp.

1. Slide your right foot back toward 7:30 and form a right rear twist stance. Immediately pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance facing 6:00 as you deliver a right outward downward block to the inside of the opponent’s left arm while simultaneously executing a left thrusting heel palm strike to his jaw. •The left thrusting heel palm strike employs the principle of Limited Retaliation which prevents the opponent from delivering an effective right hand attack. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping back toward 5:00. Simultaneously with the right rear twist stance, it indicated delivering a right outward downward block as your left hand positionally checks near your solar plexus.

2. Immediately follow with a left thrusting knee kick to the opponent’s groin. Your right hand checks high across your opponent’s chest as your left hand checks low on your opponent’s right arm. •The action of checking across your opponent’s body counter balances your knee kick.

3. Plant your left leg (gauging leg) and deliver a right inward upward diagonal knee kick to the inner thigh of your opponent’s right leg (toward 10:30). During this action your right arm slide down (sliding check) across your opponent’s solar plexus and your left hand cross checks to the midpoint of your opponent’s chest. 4. From Point of Contact, deliver a right stomp kick to the opponent’s right instep. •Many practitioners add a right upward snapping forearm strike to the opponent’s chin or a right thrusting heel palm strike to his jaw simultaneoulsy with the foot stomp.



333

MENACING TWIRL

EXTENSION 5. After your right stomp, keep your right foot in position as your left foot adjusts slightly toward 1:00 (gauging leg). Immediately deliver a right thrusting knife edge kick to the opponent’s left knee. Without planting down, follow with a right roundhouse kick to the inside of his right knee. 6. Plant your right foot down near his right foot forming a right neutral bow stance as you execute a right upward snapping forearm strike under his chin and without a loss of motion convert this motion into a right downward hammerfist strike to his right collar bone. 7. Continue the motion of your right arm and loop it back into a right inward hooking punch to the left jaw of the opponent as you gain force by pivoting into a right reverse bow stance facing 1:00. 8. Execute a right front crossover and double coverout toward 1:00.


334

LEAP FROM DANGER NAME—The term danger is used in self defense techniques to represent situations in which you are forced to defend yourself from a fallen position. In this defense you will evade the opponent’s attack by leaping off the line of attack. BASICS Base Forward Roll Neutral Bow Stance Roundhouse Kick Spinning Back Heel Kick

ATTACK REAR Two Hand Push WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Pushes DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Either to Either

Extension Inward Crescent Kick Reverse Hook Kick

ATTACK DIRECTION 6:00

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Purposeful Compliance Angle of Deviation

CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 2nd Brown #2 Orthodox 24 System Green #9 32 System Blue #28

RELATED TECHNIQUES Aggressive Twins Encounter with Danger Escape from the Storm Circling Windmills Unfolding the Dark

FORM LOCATION None


335

LEAP FROM DANGER

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. React to the opponent’s push by executing a forward roll on your right shoulder toward 12:00. Finish the roll by leaping upward and turning to face your opponent in a left neutral bow stance facing 6:00. 2. As the opponent proceeds to attack with a right punch, leap onto your left foot toward 4:30 and deliver a right roundhouse kick to his solar plexus. •While leaping, your left hand guards low as your right arm positions itself high like an extended outward block. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated leaping toward 4:00.

3. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) toward 7:30 and pivot counterclockwise to deliver a left spinning back heel kick to the opponent’s right rib cage (toward 7:30). •During the execution of this kick, check over your left shoulder with your right hand as your left hand checks low. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated kicking toward 8:00.



336

LEAP FROM DANGER

EXTENSION 4. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) down toward your opponent and deliver a right inward crescent kick to his face. 5. Plant your right foot down and drag your left foot (gauging leg) and deliver a right reverse hook kick to the back of his right knee to buckle his leg. 6. Immediately after the hook kick, bounce your right foot off the ground and into a right roundhouse kick to any available target. 7. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 1:30.


337

LEAP FROM DANGER

ADDITIONAL NOTES • • • •

This defense is related to ENCOUNTER WITH DANGER (see ENCOUNTER WITH DANGER notes). A forward shoulder roll is used to employ Purposeful Compliance and take the angle of least resistance. Side-stepping for the roundhouse kick takes you off the Line of Attack. The main power source in this defense is Torque.

NOTES


338

CIRCLES OF PROTECTION NAME—The term circle is used in self-defense techniques to represent movements, usually defensive movements, that follow curved or circular orbits. In this defense, you will utilize two overlapping circles in a defensive (protective) manner.

ATTACK FRONT Right step through overhead punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches

BASICS Base Forward Bow Stance Upward Parry Neutral Bow Stance Upward Ripping Claw Underhand Heel Palm Claw Wide Kneel Stance Forward Push-Drag Maneuver Outward Back Knuckle Strike Extension Close Kneel Stance Inward Downward Diagonal Raking Hammerfist Strike Neutral Bow Stance Upward Heel Palm Strike Modified Extended Outward Block Front Crossover Thrusting Sweep Kick Thrusting Knife Edge Kick Stiff Arm Lifting Punch Spinning Stiff Leg Back Kick Spinning Vertical Heel Hook

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Beneath POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 2nd Brown #3 Orthodox 24 System Green #10 32 System Blue #13 FORM LOCATION Form 4

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Angle of Cancellation Opposing Forces RELATED TECHNIQUES Raining Claw Calming the Storm Raining Lance Prance of the Tiger


339

CIRCLES OF PROTECTION

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step toward 11:00 and form a left forward bow stance as you simultaneously defend with a right upward parry under and outside the opponent’s right arm. Your left hand is cocked across your waist. •In this defensive action, you meet the opponent’s force and then ride it. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the parry as a “right upward bocking parry”. •Use your left knee to check the opponent’s right knee.

2. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance as you deliver a left upward ripping claw to the opponent’s face from inside and under his right arm. Your right open hand is high to the right side of your face and momentarily checking under and slightly outside of your opponent’s right arm. •This action should cause your opponent’s head to snap back. •Though your hands may move simultaneously, your left claw occurs 1/4 beat behind your right upward parry. Your right and left hands move near simultaneously in a manner similar to a cross hand upward block.

3. Continue circling your left hand counterclockwise to force the opponent’s right arm down to the right side of his body. Simultaneously circle your right arm clockwise and execute a right underhand heel palm claw to his groin as you drop into a left wide kneel stance. •Your left hand forces the opponent’s right arm down and slightly behind his right leg. This action should cause your opponent to bend forward at the waist controlling his height. •At the moment your right hand executes the underhand heel palm claw, your left hand should be on top of your right forearm, coiling to explode into the next move. •You may drop into a left wide kneel stance or a left forward bow stance depending upon circumstances.

4. Immediately execute a forward push-drag maneuver as you deliver a left outward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s face. During this action, your right hand grabs and pulls the opponent’s testicles. •Make sure that your left leg is positioned properly as a check to protect your groin. •This action should cause your opponent’s head to snap back.


340




341


EXTENSION 5. Slide your left foot toward 10:00 and form a left close kneel stance as your left hand slides down his right arm to grab his wrist. Simultaneously deliver a right inward downward diagonal raking hammerfist strike to his right floating ribs. 6. While still maintaining the grab to his wrist, step back with your left foot toward 6:00 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as your right hand delivers a right upward heel palm strike to his elbow. •This action should hyperextend or break his elbow. 7.

Switch your right hand under his arm and up into a modified extended outward block to force his arm to the right as you simultaneously execute a left crossover thrusting sweep kick to the side of his knee.

right over front right

8. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) to your left and immediately deliver a right thrusting knife edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee. •Your right hand shifts from the parry/check to a preparatory position down by your right waist. •Some practitioners add a left thrusting heel palm strike (fingers to the left) as the left foot plants forward forming a left front twist stance. The left hand then checks the opponent’s right arm down as the right knife edge kick is executed.

9. Plant your right foot down and execute a right stiff arm lifting punch to the opponent’s face or jaw. Allow the torque of this action to turn you counterclockwise to deliver one of two kicks—a left spinning stiff leg back kick or a left spinning vertical heel hook. •The right arm is palm down and extends past his left shoulder. •As you spin counterclockwise, your left hand which is acting as a check may be used to assist you in hitting the opponent’s face forcing him away.



342

CIRCLE OF DOOM NAME—The term doom is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a kick off the rear leg. In this technique, you will use a circular defense to avoid the impact of the kick. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Reverse Bow Stance Inward Downward (palm down) Block Extended Outward Block Rear Stiff-Leg Kick Back Hooking Heel Kick Extension Inward Heel Palm Strike and Grab Front Rotating Twist Stance (in-place) Inward Upward Diagonal Two-Knuckle Punch Inward Hooking Punch Front Crossover Front Twist Stance Outward Back Knuckle Strike Thrusting Heel Palm Strike CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Framing Baiting Catching

ATTACK FRONT Right Thrusting Ball Kick WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Kicks DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 3rd Brown #11 Orthodox 24 System Green #11 32 System Blue #24 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Deflecting Hammer Intellectual Departure Buckling Branch Rotating Destruction Unwinding Pendulum


343

CIRCLE OF DOOM

BASE TECHNIQUE •This defense begins on the inside of the opponent’s right leg and passes it to the outside.

1. From in a right neutral bow stance, pivot clockwise and form a right reverse bow stance toward 12:00 as you deliver a right inward downward (palm down) block inward and upward against the opponent’s right leg just below the back of his right calf muscle. Your left hand remains in as a positional check across your right forearm. Without hesitation, circle your right arm clockwise and execute a right extended outward block to force his right leg in a looping clockwise arc. •Begin this defense in a right neutral bow stance with your right arm hanging naturally to your side and your left hand checking at solar plexus level.

2. With the opponent’s right leg still in the air and his back facing you, deliver a right rear stiff-leg kick up and under the opponent’s groin. •Use the back of your right heel to kick. Make sure that you make contact with your target before he plants his right foot. •If necessary, drag your left foot toward your right foot to gauge for distance. •This kick will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist.

3. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) and immediately deliver a left back hooking heel kick to the opponent’s head. •This will cause the opponent’s head to snap back.



344

CIRCLE OF DOOM

EXTENSION 4. Plant your left foot toward 6:00 and form a right reverse bow stance facing 12:00. Immediately pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you execute a right inward heel palm strike and grab. Turn the opponent toward you as you pivot clockwise to form a right front rotating twist stance (in-place) and deliver a left inward upward diagonal two-knuckle punch to the opponent’s ribs. •Your right inward heel palm and grab turns the opponent toward you (clockwise) and exposes his centerline. •Some practitioners deliver a left inward upward diagonal middle knuckle fist punch.

5. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward hooking punch to this face. •This punch comes in and stops near your chest in preparation for the next move.

6. With your left hand checking, execute a left front crossover to form a left front twist stance facing 12:00 as you continue the action of your right hand to deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to any available target. 7. Pivot clockwise to form a left neutral bow stance as you deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to the opponent’s chin. 8. Execute a left front crossover toward 7:00.



345

BROKEN GIFT NAME—The term gift is used in self defense techniques to symbolically represent an aggressive handshake attack. In this technique you will utilize joint manipulations to hyperextend or break the opponent’s right arm. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Upward Flapping Elbow Strike Outward Back Knuckle Strike Inward Elbow Strike Extension Inward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strike Outward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strike Upward Vertical Elbow Strike Downward Hammerfist Strike Inward Wrist Lock Front Snapping Ball Kick Upward Lifting Back Knuckle Strike Thrusting Knife Edge Kick Rear Twist Stance Rear Scooping Heel Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Contact Manipulation Locking/Breaking Angle of Disturbance Opposing Forces Third Hand

ATTACK FRONT Handshake WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside Right POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 2nd Brown #5 Orthodox 24 System Green #12 32 System Blue #25 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Spiraling Twig Gift of Destiny Thrusting Lance Defensive Cross Reversing Circles Gift of Destiny Spiraling Twig


346

BROKEN GIFT

BASE TECHNIQUE •This defense can be used as a Back Up Technique for GIFT OF DESTRUCTION of the opponent’s checks your Width Zone. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping along a 45 degree angle on the two initial moves. The first step is toward 1:00 with your left foot as you deliver the upward flapping elbow strike. The second step is toward 7:00 as you deliver the right outward back knuckle strike. By stepping on the 45 degree angles, this places the entire sequence of the technique on the 45 degree angle lines or the “X”.

1. Counter grab the opponent’s right hand with your left hand and step toward 12:00 with your left foot to form a left neutral bow stance. Simultaneously, twist the opponent’s right hand counterclockwise to place his elbow in a downward position. Deliver a left upward flapping elbow strike to his right elbow joint. •Simultaneously with the left upward flapping elbow strike, pull downward with your right hand. This action will control the opponent’s Dimensional Zones.

2. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 and form a right neutral bow stance and twist the opponent’s wrist clockwise and past your left hip. Immediately deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right temple. Your left hand continues controlling the opponent’s right arm. •Pull the opponent along a downward 45 degree angle to create an Angle of Disturbance. •Your right hand contours along the opponent’s right arm to deliver its outward back knuckle strike.

3. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 10:30 as you deliver a right inward elbow strike to the left side of the opponent’s jaw. •Your left hand continues to control the opponent’s Dimensional Zones by pulling his arm along the downward 45 degree angle. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual suggested using a right inward downward diagonal elbow strike if circumstances dictate. •Your right arm contours the opponent’s head to deliver the inward elbow strike. This is a collapsing elbow strike that utilizes the principle of Contouring. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated moving up the circle toward 4:00 as you deliver a right inward elbow strike.



347

BROKEN GIFT

EXTENSION 3. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 10:30 as you deliver a right inward downward diagonal elbow strike to the left side of the opponent’s jaw. Follow with a right outward downward diagonal elbow strike to the right jaw of the opponent. Immediately follow without any loss of motion with a right upward vertical elbow strike to his chin. •Your elbows strike in a horizontal figure eight motion while employing the principle of contouring

4. With your left hand, twist the opponent’s wrist clockwise so that his elbow will face upward. Immediately deliver a right downward hammerfist strike to his elbow joint. •Your right hammerfist strikes the opponent’s arm at a 90-degree angle to create a proper Angle of Incidence.

5. Grab the opponent’s right wrist with your right hand as you slide your right foot toward 4:30 to form a left neutral bow stance. Whip his arm clockwise into an inward wrist lock and deliver a right front snapping ball kick to his solar plexus. •This sequence is similar to SPIRALING TWIG.

6. Plant your right foot down and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right upward lifting back knuckle strike to the opponent’s face. 7. Immediately adjust with your left leg (gauging leg) and deliver a right thrusting knife edge kick to the opponent’s left inner knee. 8. Plant your right foot toward 6:00 to form a left rear twist stance. Immediately pivot counterclockwise and deliver a left rear scooping heel kick to the opponent’s chin. 9. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 5:00.


348

HEAVENLY ASCENT NAME—The name of this defense is a poetic way to describe the upward lifting action of your arms to escape from your opponent’s grip.

ATTACK FRONT Two Hand Choke WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Chokes

BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Twin Upward Forearm Strikes Fighting Horse Stance Upward Elbow Strike Neutral Bow Stance Downward Vertical Back Knuckle Strike Forward Bow Stance Inward Overhead Heel Palm Strike and Claw Half Fist Strike Extension Front Snapping Ball Kick Stiff Arm Lifting Back Knuckle Strike Downward Vertical Back Knuckle Strike Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike Rear Crossover Upward Claw Reverse Bow Stance Rear Heel Palm Strike and Claw

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 2nd Brown #12 Orthodox 24 System Green #13 32 System Blue #14 FORM LOCATION None

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Torque Wedging Angle of Disturbance Continuity of Motion RELATED TECHNIQUES Destructive Twins Blinding Sacrifice Falling Falcon Defensive Cross Thrusting Wedge Thrusting Lance


349

HEAVENLY ASCENT

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot, step forward and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00. Simultaneously deliver twin upward forearm strikes to the inside of the opponent’s forearms to break the choke. •Step to the inside of the opponent’s right knee to buckle and create an Angle of Disturbance. •Your forearms act as a wedge by clasping your hands together. This action forces the opponent’s arm to straighten and drives them apart. When the opponent’s arms are straight, he looses his ability to effectively choke. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping forward toward 11:00.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right fighting horse stance facing 12:00. While still clasping your hands together, deliver a right upward elbow strike to the opponent’s chin. •At this point your “wedge” is positioned over your left shoulder. •Some practitioners deliver a right inward elbow strike to the opponent’s jaw.

3. Pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you release your clasp and deliver a right downward vertical back knuckle strike to the bridge of the opponent’s nose. •Some practitioners insert a right downward vertical elbow strike to the opponent’s sternum and in the same continuous motion execute the right downward vertical back knuckle strike to the bridge of his nose.

4. Continue to pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as you deliver a left inward overhead heel palm strike and claw to the bridge of the opponent’s nose and face. Your right hand is cocked below your right pectoral in a half fist position. 5. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right half fist strike to the opponent’s throat. •The left hand may slide down the opponent’s right arm and end with a grab to his wrist. The opponent’s arm is pull diagonally down past your right hip to work in opposition with your right half fist strike to increase its effectiveness.


350

HEAVENLY ASCENT



351

HEAVENLY ASCENT

EXTENSION 6. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as both hands contour the opponent’s arms and end with grabs to each of his wrists. Pull the opponent diagonally downward to create an Angle of Disturbance. 7. Deliver a left front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s groin immediately followed by a right front snapping ball kick to his solar plexus or sternum. •These kicks are executed in a chicken kick manner.

8. Plant your right foot toward 12:00 and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right stiff arm lifting back knuckle strike to this opponent’s chin. Immediately follow with a downward vertical back knuckle along the same path to the bridge of his nose. 9. Deliver a right inward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to the left side of the opponent’s jaw immediately followed by a right outward downward diagonal back knuckle strike to this right side of his jaw. •These strikes follow a horizontal figure eight path of motion. •Some practitioners reverse the order of these strikes to a right outward downward diagonal back knuckle strike followed by a right inward downward diagonal hammerfist strike. The intention is to feed the opponent’s face (target) into the left upward claw.

10. As the right outward downward diagonal back knuckle strike follows through, simultaneously slide your left foot behind your right foot forming a left rear crossover as you deliver a left upward claw to his face. Immediately slide your right foot toward 1:30 and form a right reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of his left knee as your right arm orbits counterclockwise and delivers a right rear heel palm strike and claw to his groin. •The heel palm strike and claw follows the contour of the opponent’s body.

11. Grab and rip the opponent’s testicles and as you execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 7:00.


352

CAPTURING THE STORM NAME—The term storm is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a club (stick) attack. In this defense, you will intercept and capture the attack in a smooth continuous Flow of Action.

ATTACK FRONT Right Step Through Overhead Club Attack WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Weapons (stick)

BASICS Base Horse Stance Upward Cross-Hand Block Forward Bow Stance Neutral Bow Stance Downward Club Strike Extension Forward Club Strike Low Inward Club Strike Low Outward Club Strike Front Crossover Sweep Kick Inward Overhead Looping Club Strike Front Twist Stance Outward Downward Heel Palm Strike Outward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strike Reverse Step Through Maneuver Stiff-Leg Sweep Inward Downward Diagonal Club Strike Front Crossover Front Rotating Twist Stance Outward Downward Diagonal Club Strike

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Below POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 2nd Brown #7 Orthodox 24 System Green #14 32 System Blue #20 FORM LOCATION Form 6

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES RELATED TECHNIQUES Swinging Pendulum Obstructing the Storm Raining Lance Defensive Cross Reversing Circles


353

CAPTURING THE STORM

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step toward 11:00 to form a horse stance facing 1:30. Simultaneously deliver an upward cross-hand block (right over left) against the opponent’s right wrist. •This block should make contact with the opponent’s right wrist at a level above your head and off your right shoulder. This is designed to catch his right arm while gettign off the Line of Attack. •Your intention is not to stop the force of his attack, but to “mold” yourself to it and redirect it so you can take advantage of Borrowed Force. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described angling the cross-hand block toward 1:00.

2. Immediately grab the opponent’s right wrist both hands. •Your right turns away from you to grab the opponent’s right hand and club. Your left hand turns toward you to grab his right wrist.

3. While still holding onto the opponent’s right wrist, guide the opponent’s right arm downward in a clockwise motion to deliver a club strike to his right knee as you pivot counterclockwise to form a left forward bow stance. Continue to circle his arm clockwise as you step toward 10:30 with your right foot to form a right neutral bow stance. •As you step toward 10:30 with your right foot, guide the opponent’s right arm and club up and over your head to your left shoulder (above the level of your head). •As you strike his knee with the club, your arms will resemble holding a golf club and swinging downward. Both thumbs will be on top. •Allow the motion of striking through his right knee to carry you forward into a step through. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00 with your right foot.

4. Continue to grab the opponent’s right wrist with your left hand as your right hand grabs the free end of the weapon (palm down and thumb toward you). •At the conclusion of your forward step, strip the weapon out of his grip along a forward direction. Some practioners keep the opponent’s arm over the right shoulder during this action.


354

CAPTURING THE STORM

5. Immediately slide your left foot counterclockwise toward 10:30 to form a right neutral bow stance facing 4:30. Without breaking the flow of your action, pull the opponent’s twist the opponent’s right arm and pull it toward your left hip as you loop your right arm counterclockwise to deliver a right downward club strike to the back of the opponent’s right elbow. •Use this action to force the weapon from his grasp by fulcruming against the opponent’s thumb. This is accomplished by twisting your end of the club (in your right hand and above the end held by the opponent) and using the end that the opponent is holding as a fulcrum against his thumb. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot back toward 10:00.




355

CAPTURING THE STORM

EXTENSION 6. Contour up the opponent’s right arm to deliver a forward right club strike to the back of the opponent’s head. Continue this clockwise circle to deliver a low right inward club strike to his right kneecap. •Follow through with the strike to the opponent’s right knee.

7. Reverse the direction of the club to begin a counterclockwise circle as you deliver a low right outward club strike to the back of the opponent’s right knee. Immediately follow with a left front crossover sweep kick to the back of his right leg as you simultaneously deliver a right inward overhead looping club strike to the bridge of the opponent’s nose. Plant your left foot forward to form a left front twist stance as you simultaneously deliver a left outward downward heel palm strike to his groin. •When you strike the back of the opponent’s right knee with the club, he will react in pain by lifting his leg. This will assist in sweeping his leg with your left foot. •The right inward overhead looping club strike contours up the opponent’s body.

8. Pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance facing 10:30 to deliver a right outward downward diagonal elbow strike to the opponent’s right kidney. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicate pivoting clocking to face 11:00 in a right neutral bow stance.

9. Immediately execute a right reverse step through to deliver a right stiff-leg sweep toward 4:30 to buckle the back of the opponent’s right leg as your right arm begins a counterclockwise orbit. Step toward 7:00 with your left foot (gauging leg) and deliver a right inward downward diagonal club strike to his head. •Your club will follow the direction of your right stiff-leg sweep kick. •This adjustment step with your left foot is a small step to align you for proper Angle of Delivery. •Follow through with the inward downward diagonal club strike ending alongside your left hip.


356

CAPTURING THE STORM

10. Execute a right front crossover toward 10:30 to form a right front rotating twist stance as you deliver a right outward downward diagonal club strike to the opponent’s head or shoulder. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated executing the front crossover toward 10:00.

11. Step out with your left foot and cover toward 7:30.


357

CONQUERING SHIELD NAME—The term shield is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a block. In this defense, you will use a block of your own to hyper-extend or break his defensive arm.

ATTACK FRONT Left Lapel Grab (stiff arm) WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles

BASICS Base Inward Vertical Forearm Strike Thrusting Ball Kick Neutral Bow Stance Downward Elbow Strike Downward Elbow Strike Downward Heel Palm Claw Extension Vertical Punch Stiff Arm Lifting Punch Outward Horizontal Heel Palm Claw Knee Kick Rear Twist Stance Heel Palm Strike Reverse Bow Stance Front Rotating Twist Stance Vertical Outward Knuckle Rake Inward Downward Diagonal Knuckle Rake Front Step Through Shovel Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Diversified Angle of Attack Floating Settling

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside Left POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Green #14 Orthodox 24 System Green #15 32 System Blue #21 FORM LOCATION Short Form 3

RELATED TECHNIQUES Delayed Sword Lone Kimono Repeated Devastation Wings of Silk Protecting Fans


358

CONQUERING SHIELD

BASE TECHNIQUE •In Lone Kimono, we are able to step back to protect against his right arm. In this defense, we are unable to step back so we force the opponent to step back by kicking to his right inner knee.

1. Pin the opponent’s left hand to your chest with your left hand as you execute a right inward vertical forearm strike to the outside of his left elbow. Simultaneously deliver a right thrusting ball kick to his right inner knee. •This kick should buckle the opponent’s right knee thereby controlling this Dimensional Zones. •Have your right arm travel upward from the vertical elbow strike over his left arm in preparatio for the next move.

2. Plant your right foot toward 12:00 and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right downward elbow strike to the opponent’s left forearm. •This action will force the opponent’s head down, forward, and toward you. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting toward 11:00.

3. Follow with a right upward elbow strike under the opponent’s chin as your left hand positionally checks. •This strike will snap the opponent’s head backward.

4. Finish with a right downward heel palm claw striking first to the bridge of the opponent’s nose and then to his eyes and face. •This action should drive the opponent toward the ground. •Follow through with the heel palm claw to clear his left arm.



359

CONQUERING SHIELD

EXTENSION 5. Drop your right hand to check the opponent’s left arm as you deliver a left vertical punch to his sternum. Immediately follow with a right stiff arm lifting punch under his jaw toward 11:00. •Some practitioners pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as they deliver the left vertical punch and pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as they deliver the stiff arm lifting punch.

6. Convert your right hand into a right outward horizontal heel palm claw to turn the opponent’s face to the left. Immediately follow with a left knee kick to his groin. 7. Plant to your left foot toward 1:30 and form a left neutral bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s left knee as you deliver a left stiff arm lifting punch under his jaw. 8. Slide your right foot toward 10:30 to form a right rear twist stance as you deliver a right heel palm strike to his face. •The left hand may be used to check or it may also be used to deliver a left outward horizontal heel palm strike to his solar pelxus.

9. Immediately slide your left foot back toward 11:00 and form a left reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s right leg. Immediately adjust your left foot toward 3:00 to form a left front rotating twist stance as you deliver a left vertical outward knuckle rake across the bridge of his nose. •Your left foot may sweep the inside of his left left as you form your left front rotating twist stance if circumstances allow. •The knuckle rake resembles the action of a vertical outward block.

10. Step toward 6:00 with your left foot and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right inward downward diagonal knuckle rake across the bridge of the opponent’s nose or cheek bone. 11. Deliver a left front step through shovel kick striking the opponent’s knee, ribs, or face. 12. From Point of Origin, execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 5:00.


360

TAMING THE MACE NAME—The term mace is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a closed fist. In this defense you will intercept, neutralize, and counter attack with a two-handed trap.

ATTACK FRONT Right step through punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches

BASICS Base Forward Bow Stance Inward Parry Inward Handsword Strike Outward Back Knuckle Strike Neutral Bow Stance Knee Kick Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Extension Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Five-Finger Ripping Claw Downward Hammerfist Strike Inward Heel Palm Claw Upward Knee Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Elastic Recoil Angular Defense Trapping

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 2nd Brown #15 Orthodox 24 System Green #16 32 System Blue #17 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Darting Mace Gathering Clouds Brushing the Storm Circle of Doom


361

TAMING THE MACE

BASE TECHNIQUE •Some instructors teach this technique as a defense against a right step through overhead punch.

1. With your left foot, step toward 11:00 and form a left forward bow stance as you simultaneously defend with a left inward parry on the outside of the opponent’s right arm. As you parry, deliver a right inward handsword strike to the inside of his right biceps. •Some practitioners step forward with the left foot and form a left close kneel stance to close off the low Line of Entry.

2. Have your right hand check the opponent’s right hand at his wrist as you deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to his right temple. •This action should drive the opponent backward.

3. Grab the opponent’s right shoulder with your right hand. Anchor your elbows and pull the opponent down to control his Height Zones as you simultaneously pull him downward and toward you (hugging him close to your body) to control his Depth Zones. •Pull the opponent toward you for leverage. At the last moment, move out of the way and force him into the wall. •Your left hand can also apply a single direct outward wrist lock with your right hand at his shoulder to force him into the wall.

4. With both of your hands grabbing your opponent, step toward 4:30 with your left foot to form a right neutral bow stance facing 10:30. Pivot counterclockwise and bend your knees as you gradually descend to force the opponent against the wall. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward 5:00 to form a right front twist stance facing 11:00.

5. As the opponent slams against the wall, deliver a right knee kick to the opponent’s groin as you simultaneously deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to his throat. •In this step, you are using the wall to create a sandwiching effect. •The opponent should fall to the ground. •Some practitioners deliver the right inward elbow strike then the right knee kick as two separate actions.


362

TAMING THE MACE

6. Plant your right foot back toward 12:00 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 6:00. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Depature toward 12:00. •Some practitioners conclude this defense by executing a left front crossover sweep to his legs (causing him to fall) and finishing with a right rear spinning heel kick to any available target. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 12:00.


363

TAMING THE MACE

EXTENSION 6. Plant your right foot back toward 1:00 and form a left neutral bow stance as you execute a left thrusting heel palm strike to his sternum. Slide your left hand up to his throat to pin him against the wall. •The grab to the throat should pin him against the wall (controlling his Depth) and simultaneously apply pressure upward (controlling his height). •Some practitioners deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike (fingers in) to the opponent’s sternum or solar plexus to pin him against the wall and omit the grab to his throat. 7.

Execute an in-place stance change by bringing your left foot toward your right foot and immediately stepping forward with your right foot and form a right forward bow stance to deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to his chin. Have your right hand slip up and past his face then rip down with a right five-finger ripping claw. Your right hand then continues down and loops counterclockwise to deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to his left rib cage as you pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance. Your left hand acts as a check throughout. •Some practitioners deliver the right inward elbow strike to the opponent’s jaw simultaneously with a left inward hooking heel palm strike to create a sandwiching effect.

8. Pivot clockwise to form a right forward bow stance as you deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to the right side of the opponent’s face simultaneously with a left vertical punch to his solar plexus. 9. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right downward hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin as you simultaneously execute a left inward heel palm claw to the right side of his face. 10. Bring your left hand over to the left side of the opponent’s face as you shift your left foot toward 10:00 while simultaneously executing a right outward back knuckle strike to his right temple. 11. Grab the back of his head with both hands as you drag your left foot (gauging leg) to your right foot and execute a right upward knee kick to the opponent’s face.


364

TAMING THE MACE



365

TWIRLING SACRIFICE NAME—The term sacrifice is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a move or action that is a potential risk to yourself during its execution. In the original version of this defense you execute a twirling foot maneuver designed to force the opponent into an obstruction. BASICS Base Horse Stance Transitional Close Cat Stance Extension Neutral Bow Stance Front Snapping Ball Kick Thrusting Knife Edge Kick Leg Figure Four Lock Close Kneel Stance Downward Knee Kick Reverse Push-Drag Foot Maneuver CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Purposeful Compliance Leveraging Angle of Disturbance Angle of Cancellation

ATTACK REAR Full Nelson WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 2nd Brown #11 Orthodox 24 System Green #17 32 System Blue #30 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Scraping Hoof Repeated Devastation Crashing Wings Crossed Twig Leap of Death


366

TWIRLING SACRIFICE

BASE TECHNIQUE •Some practitioners adhere to the following version: Step 1 With your opponent fully applying a full nelson and bending you forward, stiffen your body and force your neck against his hands. This is to cause the opponent to focus his attention in pressing you forward. Take advantage of this forward pressing action by stepping to 3:0 and forming a horse stance. Step 2 Slide your left foot to your right foot in a transitional left close cat stance. Immediately step around and behind the opponent’s right leg and drive your left leg behind his right leg to cause a buckle. Simultaneously deliver a left outward horizontal elbow strike to the opponent’s face. Step 3 Once the opponent has fallen to the ground (his head will be pointing toward 4:30) deliver a right spinning back heel stomp kick to his right rib cage. Step 4 Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 12:00.

1. With your opponent fully applying a full nelson and bending you forward, stiffen your body and force your neck against his hands. This is to cause the opponent to focus his attention in pressing you forward. Take advantage of this forward pressing action by stepping to 3:00 and forming a horse stance. •Use your buttocks to check and control the opponent’s right knee.

2. Slide your left foot to your right foot in a transitional left close cat stance. Immediately slide your left foot behind your opponent’s right leg toward 7:30 as you bend forward and grab the back of his knees with both of your hands. •When you grab the opponent’s knees, collaps his knees together when you grab. This will center his weight and make it easier to pick him up. If his legs are apart, his weight will be distributed outward making it awkward to hold him. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 7:00 with your left foot.

3. Lift your opponent’s legs off the ground. •Often, the opponent will continue to hold onto you thus preventing him from falling. •Make sure that when you lift him, you utilize the strength in your legs to lift and not your back.

4. Twirl counterclockwise 360-degrees by first having your left foot step toward 4:30 followed by your right foot toward 6:00 and then with your left foot again toward 7:30. Use this action to force the opponent’s head against a wall, pole, etc. •If the opponent is too large, just drop him onto the ground with the possibility of having his head strike the ground, curb, etc.



367

TWIRLING SACRIFICE

EXTENSION 5. After spinning the opponent and having his head strike a object, allow him to fall onto his back while still maintaining control of his legs. Have your right hand grab his right ankle and your left hand grab his left ankle. Step back toward 12:00 with your left foot to form a right neutral bow stance facing 6:00 as you flip your opponent onto his face. •When you flip the opponent, use the obstacle as a brace to help keep him supported on his face thereby allowing you to kick the recommended targets.

6. Maintain control of his legs as your left leg (gauging leg) drags toward your right foot and immediately deliver a right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s solar plexus. Slide your right foot down the front of his body and use a right thrusting knife edge kick to strike his throat or his jaw. 7. Place his right leg over his left to cross his right ankle behind his left knee as you fold his left leg to create a leg figure four lock and allow him to fall onto his stomach. •At this point he will be face down with his head pointing toward 4:30.

8. With your left foot, step toward 4:30 and form a left close kneel stance to deliver a right downward knee kick to the opponent’s left leg to cause a dislocation. •As you form your left close kneel stance, use your left knee to strike his right ankle while simultaneously striking his left leg with your right knee.

9. Have both of your hands grab his right leg as you stand up and execute a reverse push-drag foot maneuver. Forcibly straighten his right leg and allow it to fall to the ground. •The angle in which you pull on the opponent’s right leg will create torgue thereby further increasing the injury to his right knee. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated grabbing the opponent’s left leg and forcibly straightening it as you execute the reverse pushdrag foot maneuver. This will clear the legs but not injure them.



368

CROSS OF DEATH NAME—The term death is used in self-defense techniques whenever there is the strong possibility of a fatality occurring either in the attack or the defensive action.

ATTACK FRONT Two Hand Cross Choke WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Chokes

BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Glancing Inward Forearm Strike Vertical Punch Forward Bow Stance Uppercut Punch Outward Hooking Parry Chopping Punch Vertical Back Knuckle Thrust Extension Roundhouse Kick Outward Hooking Heel Kick Front Snapping Ball Kick Rear Crossover Ball Kick Stomp Downward Heel Palm Strike Rotating Five-Finger Claw CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Diversified Angle of Attack Ricocheting Diversified Angle of Retraction

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 2nd Brown #17 Orthodox 24 System Green #18 32 System Blue #19 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Raking Mace Tripping Arrow Conquering Shield Glancing Wing Darting Mace


369

CROSS OF DEATH

BASE TECHNIQUE •Some practitioners teach this defense against a right over left cross choke.

1. As the opponent chokes you with his left hand over his right, pin the opponent’s hands to your chest with your left hand as your right foot steps forward and forms a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 to buckle the inside of his right knee. Simultaneously deliver a right glancing inward vertical forearm strike against the opponent’s left elbow and ending with a right vertical punch to his face. •Make sure greater pressure is applied against his left hand with your left pinning check. •Your left forearm is wedge between the opponent’s arms and prevents the choke from being applied. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00.

2. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as you deliver a left uppercut punch to the opponent’s stomach while your right hand checks horizontally above his arms. 3. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 10:30 as you execute a left outward hooking parry to the outside of the opponent’s left arm followed by a right chopping punch to his left kidney. •Some versions state that you slide your left foot back to 4:30 and form a right front twist stance as you execute the outward hooking parry prior to pivoting counterclockwise into a right neutral bow stance and delivering the right chopping punch. •Some practitioners deliver a right inward hammerfist strike to the opponent’s left kidney instead of the chopping punch. •As your right hand orbits for the chopping punch/hammerfist strike, you may deliver a right outward heel palm strike and claw through the opponent’s face. Some practitioners add a left inward heel palm strike and claw and end with a left grab (check) to his left shoulder. The left hand can assist in turning the opponent clockwise to expose his left kidney. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward 4:00.

4. Adjust the orbit of your right arm and deliver a right vertical back knuckle thrust to the opponent’s left temple. •The back knuckle can be delivered as a rolling back knuckle strike. It should travel on the inside of your left arm.


370

CROSS OF DEATH



371

CROSS OF DEATH

EXTENSION 5. Deliver a right roundhouse kick to the back of the opponent’s left knee. Without planting down, immediately deliver a right outward hooking heel kick to the inside of the same left knee. •Your right hand grabs the opponent’s left shoulder and controls his Width Zone. •The roundhouse kick buckles his knee forward and the hook kick is executed in the direction that his leg is bent. These actions will widen the opponent’s stace thus controlling his Width Zone.

6. Plant your right foot down and drag your left foot (gauging leg) to your right foot and execute a right front snapping ball kick to the inside of the opponent’s right knee. 6. Plant your right foot down (gauging leg) and execute a left rear crossover ball kick stomp to the opponent’s left instep as you simultaneously deliver a right downward heel palm strike to the opponent’s jaw. 7. With your left foot, step toward 7:30 and pivot clockwise to face 1:30 in a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right rotating five-finger claw (clockwise) through the opponent’s face. •Some practitioners execute a right reverse step through simultaneously with the right rotating five-finger claw to enhance its effectiveness. If performed in this manner. The Angle of Departure will be toward 4:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicatd stepping toward 7:00 with your left foot.



372

SECURING THE STORM NAME—The term storm is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a club (stick) attack. In this defense, you will utilize a snaking maneuver which will secure the opponent’s weapon (storm).

ATTACK RIGHT FLANK Right Roundhouse Club Attack WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Weapons (stick)

BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Extended Outward Block Vertical Punch Uppercut Forearm Strike Forward Bow Stance Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Extension Wide Kneel Stance Downward Club Thrust Forward Push-Drag Maneuver Front Crossover Outward Downward Diagonal Club Strike CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES RELATED TECHNIQUES Locked Wing Calming the Storm Tripping Arrow Broken Ram

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 2nd Brown #13 Orthodox 24 System Green #19 32 System Blue #26 FORM LOCATION None


373

SECURING THE STORM

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step forward and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left extended outward block to the inside of the opponent’s right wrist simultaneously with a right vertical punch to his face. •Step forward to the inside of the opponent’s right leg. •The punch to his face should cause his head to snap backwards.

2. Slide your right foot clockwise toward 10:30 to form a left neutral bow stance facing 4:30 as you deliver a left uppercut forearm strike over and under the opponent’s left arm to break the elbow. Your right hand checks near your left shoulder. •This strike will also cause the opponent’s torso to move forward. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot clockwise to 10:00.

3. Shift your left foot (gauging leg) back toward 11:00 while still pinning the opponent’s right arm and quickly circle your right foot clockwise to travel around and behind the opponent’s right leg. Immediately thrust your right leg toward 6:00 and form a left forward bow stance. Use your right leg to buckle his right leg as you simultaneously deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to his jaw. •The opposing forces of the buckle and heel palm strike work together in opposition to force the opponent to the ground. During this action, your left hand grabs and slides along the opponent’s right arm, ending at the wrist, as the opponent lands on the ground. •Some practitioners end this defense by delivering a right front stomp to the opponent’s right shoulder or jaw and execute a right front crossover sweep kick to his right arm as part of the cover out.

4. Adjust your right foot toward 7:30 and execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated adjusting your right foot toward 7:00 and an Angle of Departure toward 7:00.


374

SECURING THE STORM

EXTENSION 4. After having thrown the opponent onto his back and while still maintaining a grab with your left hand to his right wrist, reach over (clockwise) and around the club to grab the far end and leverage it out of his grip. 5. While holding the club in your right hand and still maintaining your left grab, drop slightly into a left wide kneel stance and deliver a right downward club thrust to his solar plexus. •Some practitioners drop to form a left close kneel stance.

6. Snake the club clockwise around the opponent’s right arm so that you place the downward end on the ground just above his right shoulder. Execute a forward pushdrag maneuver and use your right knee to check his arm while your right hand forces the club up against his jaw in order to break his neck or jaw. •

7. Adjust your left foot (gauging leg) toward the top of his head and slide your right foot clockwise toward 10:30. Simultaneously switch your hand on the club (keeping it across his throat) and jerk backwards on the club with both hands to again attempt to break his jaw or neck. 8. Maintain your grip on the club with your left hand and execute a left front crossover toward 7:30 as you loop the club clockwise over and down to deliver a left outward downward diagonal club strike to the opponent’s right temple. •Your left foot moves up the side of the circle.



375

INTERCEPTING THE RAM NAME—The term ram is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent an attempted tackle. In this technique, you will attempt to intercept his forward momentum. BASICS Base Upward Knee Kick Inward Overhead Hammerfist Strike Neutral Bow Stance Inward Overhead Elbow Strike Inward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strike Rear Scoop Kick Extension Back Thrust Kick Spinning Back Thrust Kick Inward Upward Diagonal Slicing Knife Edge Kick Thrusting Knife Edge Kick IMPORTANT CONCEPTS Stay on line of attack Beat Action—Meet It Sandwiching

ATTACK FRONT Tackle WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside Right POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 2nd Brown #8 Orthodox 24 System Green #20 32 System Blue #27 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Charging Ram Broken Ram Glancing Wing Unfolding the Dark Thundering Hammers


376

INTERCEPTING THE RAM

BASE TECHNIQUE •Some practitioners convert the upward knee kick to a thrusting knee kick and prefix a vertical thrusting forearm strike to the opponent’s face. A downward heel palm strike to a kidney immediately follows the forearm strike in order to create a sandwiching effect. The intent is the arrest his forward momentum with opposing lines of force.

1. Leap forward onto your left foot (toward 11:00) as you deliver a right upward knee kick to the opponent’s solar plexus as you simultaneously deliver a right inward overhead hammerfist strike to his right kidney. •Your leap is toward 11:00 and your knee kick should be directed toward 1:30. •The simultaneous action of the knee and hammerfist strike creates a sandwiching effect.

2. Plant your right foot toward 6:00 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 10:30 as you deliver a left inward overhead elbow strike to his upper spine. •The opponent’s momentum forces you to plant back. We simply ride this motion and take advantage of his action. •During this action, your right hand acts as a Sliding Check along the opponent’s back to keep his Height Zone in check.

3. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 to form a right neutral bow stance. With your left hand, guide the opponent past the left side of your body as you deliver a right inward downward diagonal elbow strike to the side of his left jaw. •Some practitioners utilize a downward thrust punch or even a chopping punch in place of the elbow. In such instances, the principle remains the same, you are simply adjusting for range and angle. •Your left arm acts as a Sliding Check en route to the left side of his head.

4. Finish with a right rear scoop kick to the opponent’s jaw. 5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30


377

INTERCEPTING THE RAM

EXTENSION 4. With your right leg still in the air after delivering the right rear scoop kick, immediately deliver a right back thrust kick to the opponent’s body. •We are sophisticating the motion of the thrusting back kick by taking advantage of its cocking motion. These two strikes should be executed in the same continuous motion and should not be viewed as two separate actions.

5. Plant your right foot toward 6:00 (gauging leg) and immediately pivot counterclockwise to execute a left spinning back thrust kick to any available opening. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated kick to the opponent’s face with the left spinning back thrust kick.

6. Plant your left foot toward 12:00 (gauging leg) and pivot counterclockwise to form a left neutral bow stance. Immediately deliver a right inward upward diagonal slicing knife edge kick to the opponent’s face. In the same continuous action, deliver a right thrusting knife edge kick to the opponent’s right knee. •Again, we are sophisticating the motion of a basic. In this instance we are taking advantage of the cocking motion of the knife edge kick. These two strikes should be executed in the same continuous motion and should not be viewed as two separate actions.



378

KNEEL OF COMPULSION NAME—This defense utilizes a series of strikes and leverage points to force (compel) the opponent to kneel onto the ground. BASICS Base Inverted Neutral Bow Stance Inward Parry Outward Parry Neutral Bow Stance Step Through Knife-Edge Kick Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Outward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike Extension Cross Snaking Hammerlock Forward Step Through Maneuver Forward Push-Drag Maneuver Close Kneel Stance Outward Downward Looping Crescent Heel Kick Rear Crossover Downward Knee Drop Scraping Heel Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Double Factor Change-Up Point Sandwiching

ATTACK RIGHT FLANK Right step through punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to right ATTACK DIRECTION 3:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 2nd Brown #18 Orthodox 24 System Green #21 32 System Blue #23 FORM LOCATION None

RELATED TECHNIQUES Gift in Return The Back Breaker Destructive Fans


379

KNEEL OF COMPULSION

BASE TECHNIQUE •This defense is sometimes referred to as the “back-up technique” for THE BACK BREAKER. If you are unable to pull the opponent backward or if you lose control of the opponent’s shoulders, you can immediately flow into KNEEL OF COMPULSION.

1. While standing naturally and facing 12:00, step toward 1:30 and form an inverted right neutral bow stance as you defend with your right foot as you defend with a left inward parry followed by a right outward parry to the outside of the opponent’s right arm. •These two defensive motions are sometimes referred to as a “double parry” or “double-factor parry”. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual directs you to step toward 2:00 and form a “right inverted neutral bow stance”.

2. With your left foot, step toward 1:30 as your right hand grabs the opponent’s right shoulder. Pivot clockwise and grab the back of his left shoulder with your left hand. •Your right arm acts as a rolling check in the process of the grab. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00 with your left foot.

3. Without hesitation, step back toward 1:30 with your right foot and form a left neutral bow stance facing 7:30 as both of your arm pull the opponent’s shoulders back, disturbing his balance. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping back with the right foot toward 10:00. •Some practitioners slide the right foot back and form a left forward bow stance.

4. Deliver a right step through knife-edge kick to the back of the opponent’s left knee. •This action will cause the opponent to kneel on his left knee.

5. Plant toward 7:30 and form a right neutral bow stance between the opponent’s legs and execute a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the right side of his head. Simultaneously deliver a left inward horizontal heel palm strike to the left side of his head to create a sandwiching effect. •This action should cause the opponent to fall to the ground. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot forward toward 8:00.


380

KNEEL OF COMPULSION

EXTENSION •Some practitioners following variation:

use

the

Step 6 With your right arm, circle under the opponent’s left arm and pull it behind his back in a hammerlock. Pull his arm backward as you simultaneously deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to his shoulder blade to cause a dislocation. Step 7 With your left foot (gauging leg), step over his left leg. Re-grip (from palm-down to palm-up) the opponent’s left wrist with your right hand. Step 8 Immediately step forward and form a left neutral bow stance (or close kneel stance) as you force the opponent to the ground by pulling up with your right hand and delivering a left thrusting heel palm strike (fingers in) to the back of his head. Step 9 Adjust your left foot (gauging leg) toward your right foot and deliver a right outward downward looping crescent heel kick to the left side of his head or clavicle. Step 9 Execute a left rear crossover over the opponent’s body planting your left foot near his right hip and deliver a left downward knee drop to his spine.

6. With your right arm, apply a cross snaking hammerlock to the opponent’s left arm as you adjust your right foot around to the outside of his left leg. •Your left hand will assist and check during this action. 7.

Follow with a left forward step through maneuver toward 7:00 to form a left neutral bow stance as you drive the opponent’s head down into the floor.

8. Release the opponent with your left hand and grab his wrist with your right hand as you execute a forward push drag maneuver and form a left close kneel stance to drop your right knee onto his left arm. •This action will cause a dislocation on his left shoulder.

9. Adjust your left foot (gauging leg) back to the left side of the opponent’s hip (near your right foot ) and execute a right outward downward looping crescent heel kick to the left side of his head. 10. Execute a left rear crossover over the opponent’s body planting your left foot near his right hip and deliver a left downward knee drop to his spine. 11. Rise upward and adjust your left foot (gauging leg) toward 8:00 (clockwise) and drop into a left close kneel stance to deliver a right downward knee drop onto his neck. 12. Stand up and execute a right scraping heel kick as you execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 9:00. •Your left foot may need to adjust and gauge for range and angle before you execute the right scraping heel kick.

Step 10 Rise upward and adjust your left foot (gauging leg) toward 8:00 (clockwise) and drop into a left close kneel stance to deliver a right downward knee drop onto his neck. Step 11 Stand up and adjust your left foot (gauging leg) and execute a right scraping heel kick as you execute a right front crossover and double cover out.


381

CLIPPING THE STORM NAME—The term storm is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a club (stick) attack. In this defense, you will strike the opponent in a manner designed to wrench, or clip, the weapon from his grip. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Horse Stance Outward Downward Diagonal Parry Inward Downward Handsword Strike Downward Handsword Strike 45-Degree Cat Stance Outward Horizontal Handsword Strike Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Extension Close Kneel Stance Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike Front Snap Kick Thrusting Heel Stomp Reverse Bow Stance Stomp Outward Downward Looping Crescent Kick Stomp Step Through Stomp

ATTACK FRONT Right Club Thrust WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Weapons (stick) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Brown #7 Orthodox 24 System Green #22 32 System Blue #31 FORM LOCATION None

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES RELATED TECHNIQUES Darting Mace Glancing Lance Circling the Storm Piercing Lance


382

CLIPPING THE STORM

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. While in a left neutral bow stance, step toward 11:00 and form a horse stance (facing 1:30) as you deliver a right outward downward diagonal parry to the outside of the club immediately followed by a left inward downward handsword strike to the outside of the opponent’s right forearm as you simultaneously cock your right handsword near your right ear. •The right outward downward diagonal parry immediately flows into the cocked position. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio Manual omitted the right outward downward parry.

2. Pivot counterclockwise to form a left neutral bow stance as you deliver a right downward handsword strike to the outside of the opponent’s right wrist. Your left hand cock (palm in) beside your right ear. •This strike will help force the opponent to drop his weapon if he has not already done so. •Some practitioners deliver this strike to the opponent’s right biceps.

3. With your right foot, step forward to the outside of the opponent’s right leg and form a right 45-degree cat stance as you deliver a left outward horizontal handsword strike to the opponent’s throat. Your right hand slides down to check on top of the opponent’s right arm. •If circumstances allow, hook and clear the opponent’s right arm outward as you step forward. Depending upon circumstances and your position, your right hand may check in a palm up position like a waiter carrying a tray.

4. Step forward to the back of the opponent’s right leg to form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike under the opponent’s chin. Your left hand checks the opponent’s upper arm. 5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 6:00.


383

CLIPPING THE STORM

EXTENSION 5. Drop onto your left knee and form a right close kneel stance (on the ground) as you deliver a right outward downward diagonal back knuckle strike to the back of the opponent’s right knee. Utilize this strike (with your left hand assisting) to force the opponent to fall backward over your right knee. 6. While the opponent is still falling, continue the counterclockwise orbit of your right arm to deliver a right downward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s groin. 7. Immediately stand up and execute a left front snap kick to the opponent’s right ribcage. 8. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) near his right hip and execute a right thrusting heel stomp to his solar plexus. Immediately pivot counterclockwise and slide your right foot along his chest to form a right reverse bow stance which ends in a right stomp to his throat or chin. •Your weight settles on your right foot as you strike.

9. Drag your right foot (gauging leg) into a left close kneel stance and then beside your left foot (which is near his right hip) to gauge for distance. Immediately deliver a left outward downward looping crescent kick stomp to the opponent’s groin. •You first form a close kneel stance to cover your low Line of Entry.

10. Execute a right step through stomp to his right ankle. Slip your right foot off his ankle to the ground and immediately execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 3:00. •Instead of the right step through stomp, some practitioners execute a left front crossover stomp to the opponent’s right ankle and continue the cover out footwork.


384

GLANCING WING NAME—The term wing is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent an elbow. In this defense, you will deliver an elbow strike in a glancing manner.

ATTACK FRONT Left uppercut punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches

BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Inside Downward Block Vertical Punch Chopping Uppercut Punch Inward Downward Diagonal Punch Forearm Elbow Strike Extension Outward Crescent Knee Kick Downward Stomp Thrusting Side Kick Reverse Scoop Kick Inward Downward Diagonal Looping Roundhouse Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Simultaneous Defense and Offense Leveraging RELATED TECHNIQUES Raining Claw Calming the Storm Cross of Death Prance of the Tiger

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to left ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 2nd Brown #20 Orthodox 24 System Green #23 32 System Blue #29 FORM LOCATION None


385

GLANCING WING

BASE TECHNIQUE •The opponent is delivering a left uppercut to set up for a right cross punch. •Some practioners following variation:

utilize

the

Step 1 While standing in a right neutral bow stance deliver a right inside downward block while simultaneoulsy delivering a vertical punch to the opponent’s face. Step 2 Deliver a right outward horizontal heel palm claw to the opponent’s face as your left arm hooks and clear his arm outward (to your left) to enable your right arm to deliver a right hammerfist strike to his left kidney. This strike will arch his back. Step 3 Move your left foot Up the Circle as your right hand delivers an inward two-finger slice to his left eye as his hooks his left arm down (like a waiter carrying a tray). Your left hand simultaneously delivers a left outward diagonal handsword strike to the back of his neck and hooks to pull him downward. Your right hand keeps his right arm checked downward. Step 4 Settle into your stance with a right inward downward diagonal elbow stirke to the left hinge of his jaw.

1. While standing in a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00, deliver a right inward block to the outside of the opponent’s left arm while simultaneously delivering a left vertical punch to his face. •This block is delivered along a downward 45-degree angle and is sometimes referred to as an inside downward block. The block controls his Height Zone. •This action should drive the opponent’s head back and control his Depth Zone.

2. Hook your left hand down (clockwise) on the outside of the opponent’s left arm as you deliver a right chopping uppercut punch to his left ribcage. •This action should bend the opponent forward at the waist.

3. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 10:30 as your left hand hooks the back of the opponent’s neck and causes him to bend forward. Your right hand checks his left arm against his body. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward 4:00.

4. Execute a right inward downward diagonal punch which converts into a forearm elbow strike to the left side of this opponent’s jaw. •Your left hand is in a positional check near your right ribcage and your right knee checks the back of his left knee. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described this strike as a “right thrusting diagonal forearm elbow punch”.



386

GLANCING WING

EXTENSION 5. After your right thrusting diagonal forearm elbow punch, pull your right elbow back (like a right outward upward diagonal elbow strike) so that your right wrist is bent up to allow your right back knuckle to hook the right side of the opponent’s face. •This strike contours his head and is sometimes called a “returning back knuckle strike”. •Use your left hand to create a sandwiching effect. 7.

Drag your left foot (gauging leg) to your right foot and execute a right outward crescent knee kick to the opponent’s rib cage.

8. Deliver a right downward stomp to the opponent’s left foot. Immediately bounce this stomp to deliver a right thrusting side kick to the inside of his right knee. •This action will buckle him and cause his head to drop down and bend forward. •As you stomp, scrape down his left shin with the knife edge of your right foot.

9. Drag your left foot to gauge for a right reverse scoop kick to the opponent’s head. Pull this kick inward and then bounce it back into a right inward downward diagonal looping roundhouse kick to the back of his left knee. •Some practitioners deliver a right reverse step through front scoop kick to his head and plant back to form a left netural bow stance. Then, they immediately deliver a right inward downward diagonal looping roundhouse kick to the back of the opponent’s left knee.



387

THE BACK BREAKER NAME—This technique receives its name from the various methods used to injure the opponent’s spine. BASICS Base Inverted Neutral Bow Stance Inward Parry Outward Parry Neutral Bow Stance Knee Kick Forward Bow Stance Inward Downward Diagonal Handsword Strike Twin Downward Back Knuckle Strikes Close Kneel Stance Twin Heel Palm Claws Reverse Close Kneel Stance Pivot Kick Back Heel Stomp Extension Reverse Inward Looping Heel Hook Kick Reverse Heel Stomp Front Shovel Kick Front Rotating Twist Stance Knee Drop Looping Downward Roundhouse Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Sandwiching

ATTACK RIGHT FLANK Right step through punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to right ATTACK DIRECTION 3:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 2nd Brown #9 Orthodox 24 System Green #24 32 System Blue #32 FORM LOCATION Long Form 5

RELATED TECHNIQUES Brushing the Storm Kneel of Compulsion Leap of Death Blinding Sacrifice


388

THE BACK BREAKER

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. While standing naturally facing 12:00, step toward 1:30 with your right foot and form a right inverted neutral bow stance as you defend with a left inward parry followed by a right outward parry to the outside of the opponent’s right arm. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual directed the practitioner to step toward 2:00. •When your right hand makes contact at his right elbow, your left hand will be near his right wrist. •This double parry motion can be used to create a fulcrum on the opponent’s right elbow by grabbing his right wrist with your left hand and applying upward pressure with your right arm.

2. With your left foot, step toward 1:30 as your right hand grabs the opponent’s right shoulder. Pivot clockwise and grab the back of his left shoulder with your left hand. •Your right arm acts as a rolling check in the process of grabbing. •Your right arm may insert a two-finger thrust to his right eye as enroute to grabbing. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual directed the practitioner to step toward 2:00 with the left foot.

3. Step back toward 1:30 with your right foot to form a left neutral bow stance facing 7:30 as both of your arms pull the opponent’s shoulders backward and toward you to disturb his balance. Immediately deliver a right knee kick to his lower spine (coccyx). •Pull the opponent toward you as you deliver the right knee kick. Rest your elbows against your ribcage as you kick to create a Bracing Angle. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual directed the practitioner to step backward toward 2:00 with the right foot. •Some practitioners slide the right foot back and form a left forward bow stance to properly align for the knee kick.

4. Plant your right foot back toward 1:30 and form a left forward bow stance and pull the opponent onto your left knee to cause an injury to his upper spine. •Some practitioners plant back into a neutral bow stance, but this does not give the proper Bracing Angle when you drive him into your left knee.


389

THE BACK BREAKER

5. Grab the opponent’s chin with your right hand as your left hand moves to the right side of his head. Immediately twist his head clockwise to break his neck. •Some practioners pivot into a left neutral bow stance during this action and pivot back into a left forward bow stance as the next strike is delivered.

6. Reverse the motion of your right hand and execute a right inward downward diagonal handsword strike to the bridge of the opponent’s nose. •Counter-balance this action by sliding your left hand to check the opponent’s right shoulder.

7. While still in place, deliver twin downward back knuckle strikes to the opponent’s shoulders. •Your right hand will travel counterclockwise to strike the right humerus; your left hand will travel clcokwise to strike his left humerus. Both arms strike from outside in. These strikes will momentarily injure his shoulders thereby making it difficult for the opponent to push off the ground and attempt to get up.

8. Step back with your left foot toward 1:30 and form a right close kneel stance as you execute twin heel palm claws to the opponent’s face. •Use this action to force his head to hit the ground and cause an injury.

9. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right reverse close kneel stance. Utilize this momentum to deliver a right pivot kick to the right side of the opponent’s jaw hinge. 10. Follow with a right back heel stomp to the nerve of the opponent’s right shoulder or clavicle. •This is accomlished without lifting your right foot from the ground. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual referred to this stomp as a “right reverse heel stomp”.

11. From your right reverse bow stance, execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 1:30 •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Depature toward 2:00.


390

THE BACK BREAKER

EXTENSION 11. After your right stomp, drag your right foot (gauging leg) near and slightly to the right of your left foot and execute a left reverse inward looping heel hook to the opponent’s face. Plant your left foot back into a left reverse heel stomp to his left collar bone. •The left leg is essentially deliver a hooking heel kick. •You are still facing 2:00 during these actions.

12. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left neutral bow stance and immediately deliver a low right front shovel kick to the opponent's left jaw. Follow through with this action and plant into a right front rotating twist stance to deliver a left knee drop onto the opponent’s ribs. •Your right foot plant to his right side. •You will be facing 10:00 at this point.

13. Using the opponent’s body as a springboard, bounce up into the air and pivot counterclockwise and land with your left foot where your right foot was as you deliver a right looping downward roundhouse kick to his groin. •This maneuver is an in-place back-to-front stance change. •You will be facing 2:00 at this point.

14. Leap upward again and pivot clockwise and land with your right foot where your left foot was as you deliver a left looping downward roundhouse kick to the opponent’s right knee cap or inner thigh. •You will be facing 12:00 at this point.

15. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 12:00 landing on your left foot to form a left onelegged stance with your left hand covering high and your right hand. •The final one-legged position is generally not adhered to in Modern Kenpo.


391

3rd DEGREE BROWN BELT


GLANCING SPEAR NAME—The term spear is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a spear hand or a four-finger thrust. In this technique, you will apply a four-finger thrust in a glancing manner.

ATTACK FRONT Right Direct Left Wrist Grab WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles

BASICS Base Transitional Neutral Bow Stance Reverse Bow Stance Neutral Bow Stance Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike Forward Bow Stance Four-Finger Horizontal Finger Thrust Extension Front Crossover Sweep Stiff Leg Sweep Inward Downward Diagonal Roundhouse Kick IMPORTANT CONCEPTS Frictional Push Bottom Takedown RELATED TECHNIQUES Clutching Feathers Lone Kimono Snapping Twig Attacking Mace

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside Right POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 3rd Brown #8 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #1 32 System Green #4 FORM LOCATION Long Form 3


392

GLANCING SPEAR

BASE TECHNIQUE •The following moves are sometimes pre-fixed before stepping back into a left transitional neutral bow stance in Step 1: Step A Rotate your left arm inward as you deliver a right upward back knuckle strike to the back of the opponent’s right hand. Step B As you counter grab with your right hand, use your left forearm to apply a finger lock against the opponent’s right fingers. Step C Deliver a left upward flapping elbow strike to hyperextend the opponent’s right elbow and control his Width Zone.

1. Slide your right foot toward 6:00 and form a left transitional neutral bow stance as your right hand reaches under your left and acts as a pinning check against his right hand. •Your right hand acts as a “grab of greater control”.

2. Immediately pivot clockwise and form a left reverse bow stance as you pull the opponent’s arm downward toward 6:00. •The pull on the opponent’s arm should be directed on a downward 45-degree angle toward 6:00 past your right hip. This will control his Dimensional Zones. •There is also the possibility that you can hyperextend his fingers during this action.

3. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left neutral bow stance as you deliver a left outward horizontal elbow strike to his right rib cage. •During this action your right hand pulls the opponent’s right arm to enhance the effect of the elbow and to continue to control the opponent.

4. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow stance as you deliver a right four-finger horizontal finger thrust to the opponent’s eyes. •Your right hand will travel forward on top of the opponent’s right arm as a Detaining Check in a downward dipping motion. During this action, use the heel of your hand to strike the opponent’s forearm in a glancing motion. This action utilizes the concept of Frictional Push to control the opponent’s arm and force his head downward to enable you to utilize Borrowed Reach/Force.



393

GLANCING SPEAR

EXTENSION •Although the 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studeio Manual did not include the following strikes with the two leg sweeps, many practitioners have adopted them to enhance the technique: Step 6a As you pivot clockwise out of your left front twist stance, execute a right stiff leg sweep to the back of the opponent’s right leg simultaneous with a right outward horizontal back knuckle strike to his right kidney. Step 6b As the opponent falls, deliver a right inward downward diagonal reverse handsword strike (ridge hand) to the opponent’s neck to enhance and guide his fall.

5. Immediately execute a left front crossover sweep to the back of the opponent’s right foot toward 5:00. •At the conclusion of this sweep, you will end in a right rear twist stance in relation to your opponent. •As you sweep, use your left hand to pull the opponent’s right shoulder backward and downward to faciliate the takedown. •The strike to the opponent’s eyes changes his concentration and balance to facilitate an easier takedown.

6. Immediately pivot clockwise and execute a right stiff leg sweep to the back of the opponent’s right leg. •At the conclusion on the sweep, you will be in a left wide front twist stance facing your downed opponent. •Drop your height as you sweep to create more leverage. This is the advantage of utilizing the wide kneel over other stances. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated that you will end in a left forward bow stance after your right stiff leg sweep.

7. Without losing momentum and torque, immediately deliver a right inward downward diagonal looping roundhouse kick to your opponent’s head. •Your kick will be directed toward 12:00.



394

THRUST INTO DARKNESS NAME—The term dark is used in self-defense techniques to represent at attack from the Obscure Zone. In this defense, you will stop the opponent’s attack with a thrusting knife edge as he attacks from your Obscure Zone.

ATTACK REAR Right Step Through Punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches

BASICS Technique Reverse Cat Stance Thrusting Back Heel Kick Neutral Bow Stance Front Snapping Ball Kick Front Crossover Snapping Knife-Edge Kick Transitory Forward Bow Stance Outward Back Knuckle Strike Vertical Punch Rear Crossover Thrusting Back Heel Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Peripheral Awareness Distance Matching Opposing Forces Surveying RELATED TECHNIQUES Intellectual Departure Flight to Freedom Destructive Kneel

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Black #2 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #2 32 System Green #6 FORM LOCATION None


395

THRUST INTO DARKNESS

TECHNIQUE 1. While standing naturally, quickly move off the Line of Attack and create distance by stepping toward 1:30 with your right foot and sliding your left foot toward your right foot to form a left reverse cat stance. •When you form your left reverse cat stance, look at the opponent over your left shoulder and check over your left shoulder with your right hand as your left hand checks low outside your left thigh. •Some practitioners do not step toward 1:30 and form a reverse cat stance; instead, they kick from Point of Origin. Circumstances will dictate your choice of actions. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00.

2. Execute a left thrusting back heel kick to the opponent’s stomach. •This kick stops the opponent’s forward momentum and forces him to bend forward at the waist. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated kicking toward 7:00.

3. Plant your left foot toward 7:30 and immediately pivot counterclockwise to form a left neutral bow stance. Immediately deliver a right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s chest or face. Plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow stance facing 7:30. •Your left foot will plant and form a left reverse close kneel stance or a left reverse cat stance depending upon circumstances. •Your hands adjust to an appropriate guarding position during this action. •The kick generates power from your rotational force (torque) as you turn toward the opponent. This kick should snap your opponent’s body diagonally upward and back. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your left foot toward 4:00 forming a wide left rear twist stance and immediately pivoting counterclockwise ending in a left neutral bow stance facing the opponent at 6:00. The right front snapping ball kick is directed toward 7:00 to injure the opponent’s jaw or sternum and planting toward 7:00 to form a right neutral bow stance.


396

THRUST INTO DARKNESS

4. As the opponent stumbles backward, execute a left front crossover and deliver a right snapping knife-edge kick to the outside of his right knee (his forward leg). •This kick should buckle the opponent onto his right knee, as well as turn his body counterclockwise (to his left). •An early version of this defense (pre-1975) directed the right snapping knife edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee. The intended effect is the same—turn the opponent’s body counterclockwise and force him onto his right knee. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated executing the left front crossover toward 7:00. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated delivering the right side kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee.

5. Plant your right foot forward between the opponent’s legs and form a right neutral bow stance facing 7:30. Without loss of momentum, pivot clockwise and form a transitory right forward bow stance as you execute a right outward back knuckle strike to his left temple simultaneously with a left vertical punch to his spine. •At the conclusion of this whipping rotational action, you should return to a right neutral bow stance and your opponent will drop to the ground. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting the right foot toward 7:00 in a right forward bow stance as you simultaneously deliver the right outward back knuckle strike and a left vertical thrust punch. If you plant while simultaneously striking, you may be able to use Body Momentum to enhance the effectiveness of the strikes, but you will lose the Rotational Force (torque).

6. Execute a right front crossover and single cover out toward 1:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated a single cover out toward 2:00.

7. Survey. 8. Noticing that your opponent may still pose a threat, execute a left rear crossover and deliver a right thrusting back heel kick (toward 7:30) to his back or any available target. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicatd that this kick should be directed toward 7:00.



397

CIRCLING FANS NAME—The term fan is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a block executed in a circular manner. In this defense you will utilize a double fanning block to deflect the opponent’s punches. BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Inward Downward Diagonal Parry 45-Degree Cat Stance Front Snapping Ball Kick Uppercut Thrust Punch Front Crossover Vertical Punch Sliding Horizontal Forearm Check Knee Kick Upward Lifting Forearm Strike Rear Crossover Back Thrusting Heel Kick RELATED TECHNIQUES Snaking Talon Protecting Fans Entwined Maces

ATTACK FRONT Left & Right Punch Combination WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Multiple Attacks (One-Man) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Brown #13 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #3 32 System Green #1 FORM LOCATION Form 4


398

CIRCLING FANS

TECHNIQUE 1. Step back with your left foot to form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right inward downward diagonal parry to the top and outside of the opponent’s left arm. •This parry is also known as a “smother”.

2. Slide your right foot back to form a right 45-degree cat stance as you execute a left inward downward diagonal parry to the top and outside of the opponent’s right arm. Your right fist is clenched (palm up at your right hip as a Point of Reference for the next move. •You slide your right foot back to further increase the distance between you and your opponent. •These parries should cancel the opponent’s Height and Width Zones. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated positioning your right hand at the center of your chest while keeping your left hand in a high guard position.

3. Without a loss of motion, execute a right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s groin. •This kick will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist.

4. Plant your right foot forward to form a right neutral bow stance and deliver a right uppercut thrust punch to the opponent’s forehead as your left hand simultaneously delivers a horizontal forearm check across his arms. •This strike should snap the opponent’s head back and drive his entire body backward. •Historically this is where the Base Technique ends and the Extension begins.


399

CIRCLING FANS

5. Execute a left front crossover to close the distance as you deliver a left vertical punch to the opponent’s sternum. Simultaneously contour down the opponent’s chest with a right sliding horizontal forearm check. •These actions should assist in maintaining your control of the fighting gap.

6. Immediately thread a right knee kick to the opponent’s groin. •As you kick, your right arm will still be checking and your left fist will still be in a punching position.

7. Plant your right foot down and form a right neutral bow stance toward 11:00 to buckle the inside of the opponent’s right knee as you deliver a right upward lifting forearm strike under the opponent’s chin. Simultaneously your left arm executes a horizontal forearm check at waist level. •As you plant your right leg, Diversify the Angle of your Attack by contouring your right knee down the inside fo the opponent’s right thigh to buckle his right knee outward. This actio nwill control his Width by turning his body clockwise and control his height by bringing his head down. •These actions will drive the opponent backward and cause him to fall to the ground.


and single cover out

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 5:00.

9. Survey. 10. As the opponent begins to renew his attack, execute a left rear crossover and immediately deliver a right back thrusting heel kick to any available opening. 11. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicatd an Angle of Departure toward 5:00.


400

ROTATING DESTRUCTION NAME—The term destruction is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent actions stemming from the left side. In this technique, you will evade a left spinning back kick as well as counter with a left kick of your own. BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Reverse Close Kneel Stance Inside Downward Block (palm down) Extended Outward Block Front Twist Stance Outward Downward Diagonal Block Roundhouse Kick Spinning Hooking Heel Kick Hopping Knife Edge Kick

ATTACK FRONT Right Front Thrust & Left Spinning Back Kick Combination WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Multiple Attacks (One-Man) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside/Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00

RELATED TECHNIQUES Shield and Sword Conquering Shield Circle of Doom

CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 2nd Brown #4 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #4 32 System Green #8 FORM LOCATION None


401

ROTATING DESTRUCTION

TECHNIQUE •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that this technique is a defense against a right front snap kick and a left spinning back kick combination. A subsequent revision changed this to a right front thrust kick.

1. While in a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 (with your right hand hanging low near your right leg as your left hand checks high), pivot counterclockwise to form a right reverse close kneel stance as you execute a right inside downward block (palm down) to the inside and under the opponent’s right leg. Continue the clockwise Flow of Action of your right arm and pivot clockwise to form a right neutral bow stance as your right hand converts into a right extended outward block. •The extended outward block should force the opponent to turn counterclockwise with his back toward you. His right foot will plant toward 4:30. •You may shuffle backward as you execute the right inside downward block if circumstances dictate.

2. As the opponent follows with a left spinning back kick, slide your right foot back to form a left front twist stance facing 12:00 as you execute a right outward downward diagonal block to the outside of the opponent’s left leg. Your left hand will check near your solar plexus. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manaul described this block as a “right chopping downward diagonal block.

3. Utilizing residual torque, pivot clockwise and deliver a left roundhouse kick to the opponent’s head. 4. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) and deliver a right spinning hooking heel kick to the opponent’s solar plexus or any other available target. •This should cause the opponent to fall to his knees.

5. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover and single cover out toward 7:30. 6. Survey. 7. Return with a right hopping knife-edge kick to any available opening on the opponent. 8. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 6:00.


402

FALCONS OF FORCE NAME—The term falcon is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a grab with a pulling action. In this technique, you are attacked by two men grabbing your shoulders, one of each side, pulling forward or backward on your shoulder in an attempt to force you to accompany them against your own free will. BASICS Fighting Horse Stance Outward Horizontal Handsword Strike Neutral Bow Stance Inward Block Front Snapping Ball Kick Rear Crossover Thrusting Ball Heel Kick Spinning 360-Degree Stiff Leg Sweep RELATED TECHNIQUES Sword and Hammer

ATTACK FLANK Left & Right Shoulder Grabs WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Multiple Attacks (Two-Men) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTIONS 3:00 & 9:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Brown #5 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #5 32 System Green #2 FORM LOCATION None


403

FALCONS OF FORCE

TECHNIQUE 1. Step toward Opponent #1 (located at 3:00) with your right foot and form a right fighting horse stance facing 3:00. As you step, spin his left hand to your right shoulder with your left hand and deliver a right outward horizontal handsword strike to his throat. •This strike will cause Opponent #1 to stumble back and temporarily delay him. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00 with your right foot. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual did not indicate pinning Opponent #1’s hand but placing your left hand “in guard position near your right shoulder.

2. Immediately step toward 11:30 with your right foot to form a right neutral bow stance as your right hand checks the right hand of the opponent to your left (Opponent #2). Without hesitation, pivot counterclockwise to form a left neutral bow stance facing 7:30 as you deliver a left outward horizontal handsword strike to his throat. •This strike should cause Opponent #2 to stumble back and temporarily delay him. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting counterclockwise toward 10:00 and deliver a right inward horizontal slicing eye rake (palm down) followed by a left otuward handsword to Opponent #2’s throat.

3. As Opponent #1 delivers a right step through punch from 4:30, slide your left foot back (counterclockwise) toward 10:30 to form a right neutral bow stance facing 4:30 as you deliver a right inward block to the inside of his right arm. Your left hand positionally checks at your solar plexus. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot counterclockwise toward 11:00. •If Opponent #1 has not renewed his attack, the right inward block may be used as a right raking inward strike with the intent to strike the opponent.


404

FALCONS OF FORCE

4. Immediately execute a right front snapping ball kick to Opponent #1’s groin. •This will cause Opponent #1 to bend forward at the waist.

5. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) forward and gauging the distance between both of your opponent’s. Execute a left rear crossover and deliver a right thrusting back heel kick to the solar plexus of Opponent #2. •This kick should stun the opponent as well as drive him away. It is generally angled toward 6:00.

6. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover toward 1:30 and a double cover out toward 12:00 to end in a left neutral bow stance facing 6:00. •Change your Angle of Departure by switching into a left neutral bow stance facing 6:00. This is accomplished by having your left rear foot move to the front (a shallow step toward 1:30) before your right forward foot moves to the rear toward 12:00. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated ending in a left neutral bow stance facing 5:00.

7. Survey. 8. With Opponent #1 off-balance but still within range, execute a right spinning 360-degree stiff-legged sweep to the back of his right leg ending in a left neutral bow stance facing 6:00. 9. Survey. 10. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30. •End your action midway between the opponents. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 11:00.


405

THE BEAR AND THE RAM NAME—The term bear is used in self-defense techniques to represent a bear hug attack. The term ram is used to represent a tackle or on-rush. In this defense, an opponent is holding you in a bear hug while a second opponent is rushing forward with a right step through punch (also called a “rams head fist”. BASICS Inward Block Front Thrusting Ball Kick Horse Stance Twin Inward Downward Elbow Strikes Close Cat Stance Reverse Bow Stance Neutral Bow Stance Outward Upward Diagonal Elbow Strike Forward Bow Stance Inward Downward Hammerfist Strike Rear Crossover Thrusting Back Heel Kick Front Snapping Ball Kick Front Crossover Knife Edge Kick

ATTACK FRONT Right Punch REAR Bear Hug, Arms Free WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Multiple Attacks (Two-Men) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right Right to Either ATTACK DIRECTIONS 12:00 & 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Brown #6 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #6 32 System Green #3 FORM LOCATION None


406

THE BEAR AND THE RAM

TECHNIQUE 1. Deliver a right inward block to the inside of Opponent #1’s right arm simultaneously as you drop your weight and deliver a right front thrusting ball kick to his groin. •This kick will force Opponent #1 to bend forward at the waist and drive him away; thereby, temporarily delaying him from taking further action. •By dropping your weight you employ a Gravitational Check on Opponent #2. •Your left hqnd may be used to positionally check or pin Opponent #2’s hands.

2. From Point of Contact, plant your right foot toward 3:00 and form a horse stance facing 12:00. As you drop your weight, deliver twin inward downward elbow strikes on top of Opponent #2’s forearms. •These strikes are intended to create pain and cause Opponent #2 to loosen his grip. •Cock your arms high before dropping your weight into the horse stance. This will allow you to have greater travel and more power for the elbow strikes.

3. Slide your left foot toward your right foot to form a left close cat stance as your left and right arms cock to the right side of your waist. •As you cock, your right hand will be palm up and your left palm will face you.

4. Without hesitation have your left foot to go around and behind Opponent #2’s right leg and form a left reverse bow stance facing 7:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicates forming a left reverse bow stance facing 7:00.

5. Pivot counterclockwise to form a left neutral bow stance facing 7:30 as you deliver a left outward upward diagonal elbow strike to Opponent #2’s face. •This strike will cause his head to move back and away from you. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual simply described the elbow strike as an “outward elbow strike”.


407

THE BEAR AND THE RAM

6. Continue to pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow stance facing 7:30 and deliver a right inward downward hammerfist strike to Opponent #2’s bladder. •Your left arm continues through his head and pins his right arm against your left side (between your left arm and your left hip). •The hammerfist strike should force the opponent to fall toward the ground.

7. Continuing the Flow of Action, execute a left rear crossover and deliver a right thrusting back heel kick to the sternum of Opponent #1. •Make sure that you allow for the proper angle change necessary to align your kick. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described executing a “rear left (twist stance) crossover” toward 11:00.

8. From Point of Contact, reverse the motion and deliver a right front snapping ball kick to the right rib cage of Opponent #2. •At this point, Opponent #2 is on the ground with his head pointing toward 4:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that this kick should be toward 5:00.

9. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover toward 1:30 and step out to form a right neutral bow stance facing 7:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated a single cover out toward 2:00.

10. Deliver a left front snapping ball kick to the head of Opponent #2. 11. From Point of Contact, execute a left front crossover and deliver a right knife edge kick to any available opening on Opponent #1. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated kicking toward 11:00.



408

RAINING LANCE NAME—The term lance is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent an knife attack. In this technique, the opponent is attacking you with an overhead, downward action resembling rain falling from above.

ATTACK FRONT Right Step Through Overhead Knife Attack WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Weapons (knife)

BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Outward Parry Fighting Horse Stance Push-Drag Maneuver Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Palm Up Tiger’s Mouth Strike Inward Crab Hand Hook and Pinch 45-Degree Cat Stance Outward Upward Diagonal Inner Wrist Strike Close Kneel Stance Hooking Wrist Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike Thrusting Heel Palm Strike RELATED TECHNIQUES Circles of Protection The Back Breaker Capturing the Storm Deceptive Panther

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Brown #14 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #7 32 System Green #5 FORM LOCATION Form 6


409

RAINING LANCE

TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a left neutral bow stance as you execute a right outward parry to the outside of the opponent’s right arm (at the wrist). •You may begin this defense standing naturally or while in a left neutral bow stance. •Your are stepping toward 10:30 to move you off the Line of Attack. Make sure to move completely out of your Ghost Image. •Be sure that your parry first meets your opponent’s right arm before guiding it.

2. While the opponent’s arm is still in motion, pivot clockwise to form a left fighting horse stance as your left hand assists your right hand in guiding and controlling the Path of Action of the Knife. While guiding the knife hand, pivot counterclockwise to form a left neutral bow stance as you jam the knife into the opponent’s right thigh. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described using a left inward parry to the outside of the opponent’s right wrist. The right hand then follows the motion of the opponent’s right arm and assists your left hand in redirecting the knife into the opponent’s right thigh.

3. Execute a forward push-drag maneuver as you deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the opponent’s sternum. Your left hand is pinning the opponent’s right hand to keep the knife in the opponent’s right thigh. •This elbow strike is desiged to turn the opponent’s shoulders to expose his centerline. •The forward push-drag maneuver may be deleted if circumstances dictate.

4. Have your left hand track up the opponent’s right arm, pressing against it, as you convert your left hand into a left palm up tiger’s mouth strike to choke the opponent’s throat. Your right hand switches laces, palm down, to continue pressing and checking the knife into the opponent’s thigh. •As you squeeze the opponent’s Adam’s Apple, he will begin to gasp for breath.


410

RAINING LANCE

5. Immediately switch both of your hands so that your left forearm is now pressing against the opponent’s right arm while simultaneously squeezing his testicles. Simultaneously circle your right hand counterclockwise to deliver a right inward crab hand hook and pinch to the opponent’s eyes. •The opponent should feel nauseous from the effects of the squeeze to his testicles and temporarily blinded by the crab hand pin to his eyes.

6. Step forward with your right foot to the outside of the opponent’s right leg to form a right 45-degree cat stance. Simultaneously your left hand contours up the opponent’s right arm to execute a left outward upward diagonal inner wrist strike to his throat. Your right hand switches places (along the inside of your left arm) to continue pressing the knife into his right thigh. •You may need to adjust your left foot to allow your right foot freedom to move to the front.

7. Without a loss of momentum, step forward with your right foot and drop to form a right close kneel stance (actually kneeling on the ground) as your left hand converts into a left hooking wrist (in the shape of the crane) to pull the opponent backwards. •Your left forearm utilizes his right shoulder as a fulcrum; This fulcrum ,coordinated with the momentum of your body, will force the opponent over your right knee. This should sprain or break the opponent’s back. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual adjusted the timing in Steps 6 & 7. In Step 6, the left foot steps (adjusted) toward 10:00 as the right hand checks the opponent’s right arm and the left hand delivers the outward upward diagonal inner wrist strike. In Step 7, the right foot then steps forward toward 11:00 and forms a right close kneel stance as the left hand converts into a crane hook to pull the opponent onto your right knee.

8. Deliver a right inward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to the opponent’s heart. Your left hand checks, pins, and controls the opponent’s body against your right leg and body. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated delivering the right inward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to the opponent’s throat.


411

RAINING LANCE

9. Deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to the right side of the opponent’s jaw (finger pointed upward) to injure and force the opponent off your right knee. Your right hand will dislodge the knife from the opponent’s right thigh and your left hand will convert into a positional check at your solar plexus. •The opponent will roll off your right knee and onto his stomach.

10. While still on your left knee, execute a right front crossover and gradually ascend before you cover out toward 7:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 6:00.

412

DESPERATE FALCONS NAME—The term falcon is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a grab with a pulling action. In this technique, both of your wrists are grabbed from the front. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Outward Upward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike Thrusting Vertical Punch Extension 45-Degree Transitional Cat Stance Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Reverse Bow Stance Outward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike Rear Crossover Maneuver Rear Hammerfist Strike Upward Knee Kick Upward Snapping Forearm Strike IMPORTANT CONCEPTS Angle of Cancellation Continuous Flow of Action Angle of Disturbance RELATED TECHNIQUES Thundering Hammers Thrust into Darkness Destructive Kneel Attacking Mace

ATTACK FRONT Two Hand Direct Wrist Grabs WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside Right POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 3rd Brown #15 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #8 32 System Green #11 FORM LOCATION Long Form 3


413

DESPERATE FALCONS

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. Step forward and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as both of your arms circle clockwise and loop over both of the opponent’s arms. •Your hands are essentially performing a left inward block followed by a right vertical outward block motion only in a much smaller circle. •Your arms should end in a downward 45-degree angle toward your right hip in order to create an Angle of Cancellation. •A minor strike may be prefixed as you rotate his arms. Simply force his left knuckles into the back of his right hand. This minor strike creates a diversion for the greater effect your are attempting to achieve. •Your right hand can be used to counter grab the opponent’s right wrist from above. As you do so, you may deliver a left upward flapping elbow strike to wrench his right elbow.

2. Immediately follow with a left outward upward diagonal back knuckle strike to the opponent’s face simultaneous with a right thrusting vertical punch to his solar plexus as you pivot into a left forward bow stance. •The action of both strikes is accomplished by needling an open ended triangle along your opponent’s rihgt arm as they travel to their targets. •A close kneel stance may be utilized to properly align your arms for the strike.



414

DESPERATE FALCONS

EXTENSION 3. Step forward with your right foot and form a right 45degree transitional cat stance as you deliver a right vertical punch to the opponent’s right temple as your left hand checks with a Pressing Check on the opponent’s right arm. •The cat stance is mentioned only as a moment in time. There should be no hesitation in this stance as it is the mid-way point of your forward step through maneuver. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated a diagonal or vertical back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right temple.

4. Continue stepping forward with your right foot and end in a right neutral bow stance on the inside of your opponent’s right leg. Simultaneously deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the opponent’s face. Your left hand should still be checking and controlling the opponent’s right arm. •By stepping to the inside of the opponent’s right leg, you will buckle the opponent’s right inner knee in the process.

5. Immediately pivot counterclockwise and form a right reverse bow stance as you deliver a right outward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to the opponent’s right kidney. •If the opponent is not turned properly, the hammerfist may strike the groin instead. •Some pracitioners insert a left heel palm check as you deliver the right outward downward diagonal hammerfist strike. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual directed the student to utilize a right reverse wide kneel stance.

6. Execute a left rear crossover toward 2:00 and immediately plant your right leg into a right reverse bow stance to buckle the opponent’s left leg as you deliver a right rear hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin. •As you cross your left foot behind your right, use your body and bump the opponent to upset his balance and to better facilitate your reverse bow buckle. •The hammerfist to the groin is not mentioned in the original IKKA Red Manual. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual directed the student to utilize a universal body check with the right reverse bow sweep.


415

DESPERATE FALCONS

7. Deliver a right upward knee kick to the inside of the opponent’s right thigh (toward 8:00) as you simultaneously deliver a right upward snapping forearm strike to the opponent’s chin. •The upward snapping forearm strike is not mentioned in the 1975 IKKA Red Manual or in the 1987 IKKA Studio Manual.

8. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 8:00. •The 1987 IKKA Studio manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 7:30.


416

LEAP OF DEATH NAME—The term death is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent an attack or defense which may have fatal consequences. This defense utilizes a two-legged leap as a primary counter-strike.

ATTACK FRONT Right Step Through Punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches

BASICS Technique Transitional Neutral Bow Stance Outward Parry Reverse Bow Stance Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike Forward Bow Stance Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike Diamond Stance Horses Stance Twin Heel Palm Thrusts Concave Stance Inward Handsword Strike Close Kneel Stance Downward Knee Drop Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Concrete Facial RELATED TECHNIQUES Repeating Mace Destructive Kneel

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Brown #9 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #9 32 System Green #25 FORM LOCATION Form 5


417

LEAP OF DEATH

TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot, step back to 6:00 and form a transitional left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you execute a right outward parry. Ride the force of the opponent’s punch by pivoting clockwise and forming a left reverse bow stance facing 12:00. Simultaneously grab the opponent’s right wrist with your right hand and execute a left inward horizontal heel palm strike under and to the outside of the opponent’s right elbow as you settle into your stance. •The exposive flow of your action should guide the opponent diagonally downward past your right hip and sprain or break his right elbow. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual desribed executing a “right extended outward chop” to the outside of the opponent’s right arm which turns into a “right hooking crane hand (grabbing or hooking the opponent’s right wrist)” as you simultaneosly execute the left heel palm strike. This action takes place while you are in the left neutral bow stance; then, you pivot clockwise and form a left reverse bow stance. •This block is also called a “vertical deflection block”. It begins in the same manner as an upward block but rotates and ends in a grab. •The left heel palm strike controls the opponent’s Dimensional Zones.

2. Immediately reverse the flow of your action and pivot counterclockwise to form a left forward bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left outward horizontal back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right lower ribcage. Your right hand maintains control of the opponent’s right wrist. •This action should cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that you can shift either into a left forward bow stance or a left neutral bow stance depending upon the range of your opponent.


418

LEAP OF DEATH

3. Reverse the flow of action by pivoting clockwise and forming a left reverse bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left inward heel palm strike to the back of the opponent’s right shoulder. Your right hand maintains control of his right wrist. •The explosive flow of your action should jerk the opponent diagonaly downward to the ground. •The opponent will land on his stomach with his head pointing toward 6:00. Make sure that you force the opponent downward and not forward (where he could roll out of it). When the opponent lands, his right hip should be near your right foot. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated striking the opponent’s right elbow again but in a diagonally downward direction. The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated striking the back of the right shoulder. •This stance may also be described as a right forward bow stance facing 6:00.

4. Leap into the air with both feet cocked under you and cock both of your hands to the side of your chest (palm up in a begging fashion). 5. Land in a diamond stance on your opponent so that the heels of both feet land on the opponent’s kidneys (right heel to right kidney; left heel to left kidney). •This action will cause the opponent’s head to snap upward.

6. Immediately slide both heel off the opponent’s kidneys and form a horse stance. Using 1/4 beat timing take advantage of the opponent’s reaction and execute twin heel palm thrusts to the back of the opponent’s mastoids (right heel palm to right mastoid; left heel palm to left mastoid). •This action should stun the opponent as well as drive his face into the ground (concrete facial).

7. As the opponent’s head bounces back up from hitting the ground, slip both of your hands along his face and under his chin.


419

LEAP OF DEATH

8. Pivot to form a concave stance as you pull upward and toward you with both hands using your knees to brace downward and against the opponent’s shoulder blades. •The intention of this action is to stretch the opponent’s neck and throat to their limits. •The concave stance controls the opponent’s Width Zone and acts as a fulcrum.

9. Without losing contact, twist his head and neck clockwise by pulling up against the opponent’s chin with your right hand and pushing down on the back of his head with your left hand. •This action should hyperextend or snap the opponent’s neck.

10. With your right hand now cocked by your right ear (palm outward) and your left hand pushing the opponent’s head down, immediately deliver a right inward handsword strike to the bridge of his nose. •This strike should break his nose. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual introduces pivoting counterclockwise into a left close kneel stance as you deliver the right inward handsword strike to the bridge of the opponent’s nose. Pivoting into a left close kneel stance is not advisable at this point because you will lose your control over the opponent’s Width Zone.

11. Pivot clockwise and form a right close kneel stance to deliver a left knee drop to the opponent’s upper spine as you simultaneously execute a left downward palm strike (fingers in) to the back of the opponent’s head to once again force his face into the ground. •This should cause the opponent’s head bounce upward. •Some practitioners insert a right inward two-finger hook to the opponent’s right eye simultaneously with the left downard palm strike and left knee drop.


420

LEAP OF DEATH

12. Using the opponent’s body as a springboard, bounce up, leap, and turn counterclockwise in mid-air. Using the synchronization of your Rotational Force and Gravitational Marriage, land with your left foot to the right side of the opponent’s body as you deliver a right downward looping roundhouse kick to his head. •Plant your left foot to the right side of the opponent’s body and bend your left knee deeply when executing yoru right roundhouse kick to utilize Gravitational Marriage. •This kick should render the opponent unconscious.



421

PROTECTING FANS NAME—The term fan is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a block or strike contained within the Circle of Motion. In this technique, you will utilize a defensive motion that resembles a large fan. BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Parry Forward Bow Stance Extended Outward Handsword Block Horizontal Finger Thrust Front Snapping Ball Kick Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Front Scoop Kick Two Finger Hook Thrusting Heel Palm Strike RELATED TECHNIQUES Gathering Clouds Destructive Twins Circling Windmills Fatal Deviation

ATTACK FRONT Left & Right Punch Combination WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Multiple Attacks (One-Man) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Brown #10 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #10 32 System Green #7 FORM LOCATION Form 4


422

PROTECTING FANS

TECHNIQUE •This defense may also be used for a right/left punch combination.

1. Step forward with your left foot toward 10:30 and form a left neutral bow stance as you deliver a left inward horizontal heel palm parry to the inside of the opponent’s left punch. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 10:00 with your left foot.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow stance toward 10:30 as you deliver a right extended outward handsword block to the outside of the opponent’s right arm as your left hand cocks to your hip. •This action will temporarily check the opponent’s Width Zone. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting counterclockwise toward 10:00 with a right extended outward chopping block” toward 2:00.

3. Pivot clockwise toward 1:30 and deliver a left horizontal finger thrust to the opponent’s eyes simultaneously with a right front snapping ball kick to his groin as your right hand grabs his right wrist and pulls it diagonally downward past your right hip. •Have your right hand track down his arm to grab his wrist. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting clockwise toward 2:00.

4. Plant forward and form a right neutral bow stance to the inside of the opponent’s leg as you deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the opponent’s sternum or head. Your left hand check and pins the opponent’s right arm. •Your choice of targets will depend upon circumstances.

5. Execute a right front scoop kick to the opponent’s groin followed by a right two-finger hook to his eyes. Simultaneously deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to his sternum. •Your scoop kick and two-finger hook utilize 1/4 beat timing. Your hook travels from right to left.

6. Plant your right foot toward 7:30 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 1:30. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 5:00.


423

DECEPTIVE PANTHER NAME—This defense receives its name from the origin of its principle movements. In the Hung Gar System of Kung Fu, a form entitled Panther Set is introduced at the intermediate level. The movements of this defense are found within this ancient form. BASICS Neutral Bow Stance 45-Degree Cat Stance Downward Block Inward Block Snapping Knife Edge Kick Transitional Neutral Bow Stance Downward Back Knuckle Strike Front Rotating Twist Stance Downward Hammerfist Strike Stiff Arm Lifting Back Knuckle Strike Reverse Cat Stance Back Kick

ATTACK FRONT Low Right Front Kick & High Right Roundhouse Kick Combination WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Multiple Attacks (One-Man) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 2nd Brown #10 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #11 32 System Green #15

RELATED TECHNIQUES Repeating Mace Swinging Pendulum Flashing Mace Circling Fans

FORM LOCATION None


424

DECEPTIVE PANTHER

TECHNIQUE 1. While in a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00, slide your left foot Up the Circle toward 4:30 and forward to form a right 45-degree cat stance facing 10:30. Simultaneously deliver a left downward block to the inside of the opponent’s right low kick and position a right inward block for his right high kick. •Your arms form a Universal Block position. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward 4:00 but did not indicate a right 45-degree cat stance.

2. Immediately deliver a right snapping knife-edge kick to the opponent’s left inner knee. •This kicks should buckle the opponent’s leg outward and cause him to bend forward. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described this kick as a right hopping side kick.

3. Plant forward and form a transitional right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right downward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right mastoid. Without a loss of motion, pivot clockwise and form a right front rotating twist stance as you deliver a left downward hammerfist strike to the right side of the opponent’s neck. 4. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right stiff-arm lifting back knuckle strike to the opponent’s face. Your left hand checks the opponent’s right shoulder. Continue your counterclockwise pivot and form a right reverse cat stance and deliver a right back kick to his groin. •Use the power of a fully Accelerated Move as you pivot counterclockwise out of the twist stance. Continue the Accelerated Move as you deliver the right back kick. This kick employs the grafting of thrusting and lifting methods of execution.

5. From Point of Contact execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Depature toward 5:00.


425

COURTING THE TIGER NAME—The footwork utilized in this defense has roots in the Tiger Form of the Hung Gar Gung (Kung) Fu System. Though this form is obsolete for modern practitioners, elements can still be utilized if adapted properly. BASICS Front Twist Stance Knife Edge Kick Upward Knee Strike Rear Twist Stance Outward Back Knuckle Strike Front Snapping Ball Kick Neutral Bow Stance Upward Lifting Stiff Arm Back Knuckle Strike Snapping Stiff Leg Kick

ATTACK FLANK Left & Right Arm & Shoulder Grabs WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Multiple Attacks (Two-Men) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTIONS 3:00 & 9:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Brown #12 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #12 32 System Green #9 FORM LOCATION None


426

COURTING THE TIGER

TECHNIQUE 1. Have your right foot cross behind your left foot toward 7:30 to form a left front twist stance as you simultaneously counter-grab Opponent #1 (attacking from 3:00) with your right hand grabbing his left wrist and pull him offbalance. Simultaneously anchor your left elbow down and into the right ribs of Opponent #2 (attacking from 9:00) to push him away. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping back toward 8:00 with your right foot and simultaneously attempting to deliver a right rear stomp to Opponent #2’s foot.

2. Immediately deliver a right knife-edge kick to the outside of Opponent #1’s left knee. •Opponent #1 will now have weight on his left leg (to control his Dimensional Zones) as a result of your pull. •This kick will buckle his left leg and possibly drop him to the ground.

3. Have your right foot crossover and in front of your left foot to form a right front twist stance. Without a loss of motion, deliver a left upward knee strike to the back of Opponent #2’s right thigh. •This strike is done to lift his right leg off the ground and place all of his weight onto his left leg.

4. From Point of Contact of your left knee strike, deliver a left knife-edge kick to the inside of Opponent #2’s left knee. •This kick will buckle his left leg and cause him to drop onto his knee. •Historically this is where the Base Technique ends and the Extension begins.

5. Have your left foot crossover and behind your right foot to form a left rear twist stance as you deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to Opponent #1’s head. Your left hand should positionally check for retaliation by Opponent #2. •This back knuckle strike should stun Opponent #1.


427

COURTING THE TIGER

6. From your twist stance, deliver a left front snapping ball kick to Opponent #2’s right lower ribcage immediately followed by a right front snapping ball kick to Opponent #2’s face or solar plexus. •These kicks should be executed in a “chicken kick” fashion.

7. Utilizing Gravitational Marriage as you plant your right foot down to form a right neutral bow stance facing 9:00, deliver a right upward lifting stiff-arm back knuckle strike to Opponent #2’s face. Your left hand will be checking low. •This back knuckle strike should daze the opponent and, in combination with the previous chicken kick, drive him away.

8. Immediately deliver a right snapping stiff-leg kick under the chin of Opponent #1. •This is a Grafted kick, which utilizes a thrusting/lifting method of execution. This kick should drive the opponent upward and backward.

9. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 6:00. •Position yourself so that you finish your cover out midway between your opponents.


428

GATHERING OF THE SNAKES NAME—The terms snake is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent an entwining or circling action. In this technique, you will use footwork to maneuver around your opponents. BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Inward Parry Outward Parry Outward Back Knuckle Strike Forward Bow Stance Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike Inward Handsword Strike Knife Edge Kick Front Twist Stance Roundhouse Kick Upward Lifting Back Knuckle Strike Transitional Neutral Bow Stance Spinning Back Heel Kick Front Thrusting Ball Kick

ATTACK FRONT Left Straight Punch REAR Right Straight Punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Multiple Attacks (Two-Men) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTIONS 12:00 & 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Brown #13 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #13 32 System Green #17

RELATED TECHNIQUES Circling Destruction

FORM LOCATION None


429

GATHERING OF THE SNAKES

TECHNIQUE 1. While in a right neutral bow stance, step toward 1:00 with your right foot as you execute a right inward parry followed by a left outward parry to the outside of Opponent #1’s (attacking from 12:00) left arm. Continue the counterclockwise motion of your right arm and deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to his left lower ribcage as you settle into your stance. •As you complete the Major/Minor Parry Combination, your left hand finishes palm up, like a waiter carrying a tray, hooking on tops of the opponent’s left arm at his elbow. •The strike to his ribcage will cause him to bend forward at the waist.

2. Shift your left foot counterclockwise toward 1:30 and form a right forward bow stance facing 7:30 as you execute a left inward horizontal heel palm strike to the opponent’s face. Counter Balance this action by cocking your right hand by your right ear in a handsword position. •The claw will cause the opponent’s head to snap back. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward 2:00.

3. Pivot counterclockwise to form a right neutral bow stance facing 7:30 and deliver a right inward handsword strike to the right side of his neck as you settle into your stance. •The interim use of the left inward claw should obscure the opponent’s vision as well as turn his head toward you. Your right handsword strike will stun the opponent.

4. Immediately grab both of the opponent’s shoulders (right hand to right shoulder; left hand to left shoulder) and pull him backward as you deliver a right knife-edge kick to the back of Opponent #1’s left knee. •By pulling back you control the opponent’s Dimensional Zones and counterbalance the force of the kick. •This kick will buckle his left knee and destroy his foundation.


430


5. Plant your right foot toward 6:00 and form a right neutral bow stance. As you plant, push Opponent #1 with both hands to force him toward 6:00 and into Opponent #2. •Opponent #1should fall to the ground and disturb the balance of Opponent #2 as well as act as a Moving Blockade.

6. With Opponent #2 occupied and bent forward, shift your right foot to the left and form a right front twist stance facing 6:00. Immediately deliver a left roundhouse kick to Opponent #2’s head. Your left hand cocks horizontally to your right hip. •This kick should drive the opponent back.

7. Plant your left foot forward and form a left neutral bow stance facing 6:00 as you deliver a left outward back knuckle strike to Opponent #2’s right ribcage. Have your right hand chambered at your right hip in preparation for the next two strikes which stem out of the same action. •This strike should force the opponent to bend forward at the waist.

8. Have your right foot crossover and in front of your left foot to form a right front twist stance. As you step, deliver a right upward lifting stiff-arm back knuckle strike to Opponent #1’s face. Simultaneously your left hand checks the right shoulder of Opponent #2. •This strike will snap Opponent #1’s head back. This strike should be done using residual action.

9. Immediately pivot counterclockwise into a transitional right neutral bow stance facing 6:00. As you pivot, deliver a right upward lifting stiff-arm back knuckle strike under Opponent #2’s chin. •This will snap his head backward. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated using a right looping stiff-arm back knuckle strike.

10. Using residual torque, pivot counterclockwise and accelerate into a left spinning back heel kick to Opponent #2’s solar plexus. •This will force him to bend forward at the waist.


431


11. From Point of Contact, deliver a left front thrusting ball kick to Opponent #1’s jaw. •This will drive him away.

12. From Point of Contact, execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 3:00. •Position yourself so that you finish your cover out midway between your opponents.

432

GLANCING LANCE NAME—The term lance is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent an knife attack. In this technique, you will utilize a parry to redirect, or glance, the weapon off the Line of Attack. BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Outward Handsword Block Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike Front Snapping Ball Kick Two-Finger Hook One-Legged Stance Outward Downward Parry Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike Knife Edge Kick Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Claw Inward Middle Knuckle Fist Strike Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike RELATED TECHNIQUES Lone Kimono Snapping Twig

ATTACK FRONT Right Knife Thrust WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Weapons (knife) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Brown #20 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #14 32 System Green #12 FORM LOCATION Form 6


433

GLANCING LANCE

TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot, step toward 7:30 and form a left neutral bow stance as you execute a right outward handsword block to the outside of the opponent’s right wrist and covert this into a grab. Simultaneously deliver a left inward horizontal heel palm strike to the outside of his right elbow as you settle into your stance. •As you slide Up the Circle toward 7:30, make sure that your entire body and limbs move from Point of Origin to get you off the Line of Attack. Accentuate your upper body torque to ensure getting out of the Line of Attack. •Immediately after the strike to his right wrist, grab his right wrist with your right hand to complete the capture of his right arm. This intent of his action is to: divert, seize, control, and disarm the opponent’s weapon. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described stepping toward 6:00 with your right foot.

GLANCING LANCE

2. Immediately deliver a right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s groin. •When kicking make sure to have both hands controlling the opponent’s right arm and knife hand. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described kicking toward 2:00.

3. Plant your right foot forward to form a right neutral bow stance to the inside of the opponent’s right leg to buckle and act as a check. Simultaneously deliver a right twofinger hook to the opponent’s eyes. Your left hand checks his arm at or above the elbow. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting toward 1:00.

4. Hop toward 9:00 and form a left one-legged stance. Simultaneously your right hand circles counterclockwise to deliver a right outward downward parry to the outside of his right elbow. As you parry, deliver a left inward horizontal heel palm strike to the outside of the opponent’s right shoulder. •These actions should control the opponent’s Width zone and position him more favorably for your next set of actions. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described hopping toward 10:00 to form a left one-legged stance. It further described circling the right arm in an overhead counterclockwise fashion to strike the outside of the opponent’s right wrist with a left inward heel palm strike to his right elbow.


434

GLANCING LANCE

5. Execute a right knife-edge kick to the outside of the opponent’s right knee. Keep your hands in the same guarding position. •This kick should buckle the opponent onto his right knee as well as further turn him to feed your next action. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that this kick should be directed toward 2:00.

6. Plant your right foot forward (between the opponent’s legs) and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward horizontal heel palm claw to the opponent’s face. Your left hand slides from his shoulder to check his right arm. 7. While your left hand is circling, anchor your right elbow and use your forearm as a sliding check down his back and arm. Continue to circle your left hand clockwise and execute a left inward middle knuckle fist strike to the opponent’s right mastoid (your left palm is facing you). •The middle knuckle fist strike makes contact a fraction of a second after your right elbwo begins sliding. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described delivering a right outward downward elbow strike to the opponent’s right kidney before the left inward middle knuckle fist strike makes contact.

8. Continue to circle your right arm and execute a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the opponent’s head. Your left hand checks the opponent’s shoulders. 9. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 9:00.


435

DOMINATING CIRCLES NAME—This technique receives its title from the circular actions utilized throughout the sequence of moves comprising the technique. BASICS

ATTACK FRONT Offset Right Hand Grab To Your Right Shoulder

Base Horse Stance Outward Overhead Elbow Strike Forward Bow Stance Thrusting Heel Palm Strike

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles

Extension Front Twist Stance Outward Horizontal Handsword Strike Neutral Bow Stance Reverse Push-Drag Maneuver Close Kneel Stance Downward Knee Strike

POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Diversified Angle of Attack Locking/Breaking Floating Settling (dropping) RELATED TECHNIQUES Delayed Sword Lone Kimono Wings of Silk Protecting Fans Falling Falcon Leap of Death

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside Right

ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 3rd Brown #1 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #15 32 System Green #23 FORM LOCATION Long Form 3


436

DOMINATING CIRCLES

BASE TECHNIQUE •A variation of the opening sequence derived from Circling the Horizon follows: Step 1 With your left foot, step toward 11:00 and form a left neutral bow stance as you defend with a left inward parry. Step 2 Step behind the opponent’s right leg with your right leg (Cat Around) as you deliver a right outward overthead elbow strike on top of the opponent’s right arm. As part of the same action, deliver a right outward overhead heel palm strike to the bridge of the opponent’s nose and claw his face. Step 3 Slide your right foot back and form a left forward bow stance as you deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike.

1. Circle your right foot clockwise and plant into a horse stance. Simultaneously deliver a right outward overhead elbow strike on top of your opponent’s right arm. Your left hand is controlling his right shoulder. •Your right foot plants behind the opponent’s right leg and buckles it. •Your right arm travels over, around, and down on top of his right arm.

2. Immediately slide your right foot back to form a left forward bow stance facing 12:00 to further buckle the opponent’s right leg. Simultaneously deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to the right side of the opponent’s jaw. Your left hand continues checking his right arm. •This sophisticated leg buckle first travels downward before sliding backward. It has roots in a traditional Chinese salutation. •Your right heel palm strike should be directed toward 10:30. •Historically, this is where the base technique ends and the extension begins.

[This variation continues on the following page under the EXTENSION section]


437

DOMINATING CIRCLES

EXTENSION VARIATION CONTINUED Step 4 With your right foot, step toward 1:30 and form a right forward bow stance as your left hand tracks along your right arm and delivers a left outward horizontal h a n d s wo r d s t r i ke to t h e opponent’s throat as your right hand grabs and controls his wrist. Step 5 The opponent’s right arm is twisted behind his back and head is turned. Step 6 Execute a right reverse step through toward 4:30 and form a left neutral bow stance as you wrench the opponent’s right arm. Step 7 Finish with a right downward knee kick to the back of his head.

3. Slide your right foot toward 10:30 and form a right front twist stance. Simultaneously have your left hand track along your right arm and deliver a left outward horizontal handsword strike to his throat. Your right hand slides down his right arm (Contouring) and ends with a grab to his wrist. •The wrist grab controls the opponent and prepares you for actions performed later. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 12:00 and forming a right neutral bow stance as you deliver the left outward handsword strike.

4. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a left neutral bow stance. Have your left hand form the shape of the crane and begin bending him downward and turning him counterclockwise with his face ending alongside your left thigh. Simultaneously, you right arm assists with this maneuver and applies a hammerlock against his right arm. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00 with your left foot.

5. Slide your right foot toward 10:30 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 4:30 as you execute a reverse pushdrag maneuver toward 9:00. Utilize the backward momentum of your shuffle to assist your right arm as you pull upward on his arm to dislocated his shoulder. •Your left arm assists with the dislocation.

6. Drop your body and form a left close kneel stance and use your right knee to strike the opponent’s head and sandwich to the ground (downward knee strike). •Your left leg may have to adjust and gauge for the downward knee strike.

7. From point of contact, rise upward and execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 9:00. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated a right front crossover and double cover out. An Angle of Departure was not specified.


438

DESTRUCTIVE FANS NAME—The term destruction or destructive is used in selfdefense techniques to symbolically represent an action from the left side. The term fans refers to movements stemming from the circle of motion, in this particular defense, a block and a strike will stem from the same circle. BASICS Technique Modified Fighting Horse Stance Outward Parry Inward Parry Inward Horizontal Hammerfist Strike Front Crossover Sweep Neutral Bow Stance Outward Back Knuckle Strike Forward Bow Stance Rear Stiff-Leg Sweep Downward Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Forward Push-Drag Maneuver Close Kneel Stance Downward Thrust Punch

ATTACK LEFT FLANK Right Step Through Punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 9:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Brown #15 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #16 32 System Green #20 FORM LOCATION Form 5


439

DESTRUCTIVE FANS

TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step toward 8:00 and form a left modified fighting horse stance as you deliver a right outward parry followed by a left inward parry to the outside of the opponent’s right arm. As you settle into your stance, continue the clockwise circle of your right hand and deliver a right inward horizontal hammerfist strike (palm up) to the opponent’s solar plexus. Your left hand remains at his right elbow to act as a bracing angle check. •Your right hand will parry near his wrist; your left hand will parry near his elbow. •This action will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist. •Some practitioners (and an early pre-1975 version) begin this defense with a left inward minor parry. •Some practitioners utilize a right vertical outward block. •Depending upon circumstances, you may pivot counterclockwise into a left forward bow stance as you deliver the right inward horizontal hammerfist strike.

2. Execute a left front crossover sweep toward 1:30 to sweep the opponent’s right leg. Your left hand completes its capture of your opponent’s right arm by grabbing his wrist and pulling on his arm in coordination with your sweep. •After the left front crossover sweep, you will end in a right rear twist stance. •Some practitioners pinch the opponent’s right pectoral muscle with the right hand to assist with the sweep and in controlling the opponent’s Dimensional Zones. •Some practitioners reverse the motion of the arms to add a right inward heel palm claw to the opponent’s face as they sweep with the left foot and pull downward with the left hand on the opponent’s right shoulder.


440

DESTRUCTIVE FANS

3. From your right rear twist stance, pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right kidney. Without a loss of motion, convert your rotational force to a linear force by sliding your right foot back to 1:30 and forming a left forward bow stance facing 7:30. Use the back of your right leg to execute a right rear stiffleg sweep to buckle the back of his right leg (calf to calf). Simultaneously with the sweep, execute a left downward diagonal thrusting heel palm strike to the opponent’s right jaw. Your left hand is still checking the opponent’s right arm. • The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot back to 3:00.

4. Execute a forward push-drag maneuver and drop into a left close kneel stance as you deliver a right downward thrust punch to the opponent’s head. •If the opponent begins to sit up, you drop into a left close kneel stance as you advance to deliver a right punch to his face. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated a right uppercut to the opponent’s head as he falls to the ground. •This is where the Base Techniqe (and the Form 5 Version) ends.

5. With your opponent sitting on the ground, execute a right front thrusting ball of foot kick to this chin or any other available opening. •Depending upon circumstances, the heel of your foot may be used.

6. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 2:30 . •Because of the difference in angles for the right stiff-leg sweep, the 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated and Angle of Departure toward 6:00.


441

UNFURLING CRANE NAME—The term crane is used in self-defense techniques to represent a one-legged stance, also known as a crane stance in classical Chinese martial art systems. In this defense, you will utilize a crane stance while employing arm strike which are said to resemble wings unfurling. BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Vertical Outward Block Forward Push-Drag Foot Maneuver Inward Block Downward Hammerfist Strike Inward Overhead Heel Palm Claw Rolling Back Knuckle Strike 45-Degree Cat Stance Upward Vertical Obscure Elbow Strike Upward Vertical Heel Palm Claw Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Front Scoop Kick Knife Edge Kick Inward Handsword Strike

ATTACK FRONT Left & Right Punch Combination WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Multiple Attacks (One-Man) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Brown #16 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #17 32 System Green #14 FORM LOCATION Form 4


442

UNFURLING CRANE

TECHNIQUE •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described this technique as a defense against a “front left and right punch combination with the opponent’s right leg forward”.

1. Step back with your left foot to form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right vertical outward block to the inside of the opponent’s left punch. Your left hand positionally checks low. •Some practitioners precede the right vertical outward block with a left inward block utilizing the Double Factor.

2. Execute a forward push-drag foot maneuver as you deliver a right inward block immediately followed by a left vertical outward block to the inside of the opponent’s right punch. Continue the motion of your right hand and convert it into a right downward hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin. •Your hands defend by utilizing the Double Factor. •The right hammerfist strike should be synchronized with settling into your stance after you shuffle forward as your left arm guards inside the opponent’s right arm. •This strike will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist.

3. Immediately follow with a left inward overhead heel palm claw to the bridge of the opponent’s nose. Reverse the path of your right hammerfist and deliver a right rolling back knuckle strike to the opponent’s face. •Your right back knuckle strike is aided by the Object Obscurity of your left claw. •These strikes should daze the opponent. •Historically this is where the Base Technique ends and the Extension begins.

4. Slide your left foot (gauging leg) toward your right foot to form a right 45-degree cat stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right downward hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin again. •This strike should cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist. •The cat stance is optional as your left leg gauges for distance. In the 1975 IKKA Red Manual a cat stance was not indicated.


443

UNFURLING CRANE

5. Deliver a right upward vertical obscure elbow strike to the opponent’s chin immediately followed by a right upward vertical heel palm claw to his face. Within the same flow of motion, deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to the opponent’s solar plexus and a right front scoop kick to his groin. •At this conclusion of this sequence, your right arm should be in a preparatory cock position above your head at the moment you form the one-legged stance. This is the “Unfurling Crane” sequence.

6. Deliver a right knife-edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s right knee. Simultaneously deliver a right inward handsword strike to the left side of the opponent’s neck. •The handsword strike should make contact 1/4 beat behind the knife-edge kick. •These strikes should cancel the opponent’s retaliatory abilities and cause him to fall to the ground.



444

GRASPING EAGLES NAME—The terms falcons, eagles and talons are used in selfdefense techniques to symbolically represent a grabbing attack. BASICS Natural Position Front Snapping Ball Kick Inward Vertical Forearm Strike Back Thrusting Hammerfist Strike Neutral Bow Stance Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Back Underhand Heel Palm Strike Front Thrusting Ball Kick Back Thrusting Heel Kick

ATTACK FRONT Right Grab to Your Left Lapel REAR Right Arm Grab WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Multiple Attacks (Two-Men) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside/Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTIONS 12:00 & 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Brown #18 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #18 32 System Green #16 FORM LOCATION None


445

GRASPING EAGLES

TECHNIQUE 1. From a natural position, deliver a right front snapping ball kick to Opponent #1’s (attacking from 12:00) groin simultaneous with a left inward vertical forearm strike to the outside of his right elbow. Simultaneously deliver a right back thrusting hammerfist strike to Opponent #2’s (attacking from 6:00) groin. •Both opponent’s will bend forward at the waist as well as snap their heads back.

2. Plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to Opponent #1’s chin. Simultaneously deliver a left back underhand heel palm strike to Opponent #2’s chin. •If feasible, use your right knee to buckle the inside of Opponent #1’s right knee. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting forward toward 11:00 to buckle the inside of Opponent #1’s right knee, if feasible.

3. Deliver a left front thrusting ball kick to Opponent #1’s groin. •This kick should force the opponet to bend forward at the wiast as well as drive him away.

4. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) back and deliver a right back thrusting heel kick to Opponent #2’s stomach. •This kick will stun the opponent as well as drive him away.

5. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 9:00. •Position yourself so that you finish your cover out midway between your opponents.


446

PARTING OF THE SNAKES NAME—The term snake is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent movements that encircle or wrap around something. In this defense, a second opponent circles behind you in an attempt to attack you. You will utilize movements to separate or part the opponents. BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Wide Kneel Stance Upward Claw Underhand Reverse Handsword Strike Knee Strike Back Thrusting Heel Kick Thrusting Vertical Punch Rear Twist Stance Outward Back Knuckle Strike Front Snapping Ball Kick Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Back Snapping Heel Kick

ATTACK FRONT Right Straight Punch REAR Attempt WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Multiple Attacks (Two-Men) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Below POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTIONS 12:00 & 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Brown #19 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #19 32 System Green #22 FORM LOCATION None


447

PARTING OF THE SNAKES

TECHNIQUE 1. While in a left neutral bow stance, step slightly forward with your left foot as you duck under the punch of Opponent #1 (attacking from 12:00) as you drop into a left wide kneel stance. Simultaneously execute a left upward claw to his face simultaneously with a right underhand reverse handsword strike to his groin. •These strikes should stun your opponent.

2. Follow with a right knee strike to Opponent #1’s groin. Your left hand will actively check Opponent #1’s chest as your right hand cocks (fist clenched, palm up) at your right hip. •Your opponent will bend forward at the waist.

3. From Point of Contact with your right knee, deliver a right back thrusting heel kick to Opponent #2’s solar plexus as he charges forward. Simultaneously deliver a right thrusting vertical punch to Opponent #1’s face. •This is the “Parting of the Snakes”.

4. From Point of Contact, plant your right foot toward 6:00 and immediately cross your left foot behind your right foot to form a left rear twist stance as you deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to Opponent #2’s face. Your left hand will be checking in the Neutral Zone. 5. From your twist stance, deliver a left front snapping ball kick to Opponent #1’s solar plexus followed by a right front snapping ball kick to his chin. •These kicks should be executed in a “chicken kick” fashion.

6. As you plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00, deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to Opponent #1’s chin. •The combined effects of the chicken kick and the heel palm strike will drive Opponent #1 away.


448

PARTING OF THE SNAKES

7. Immediately follow with a right back snapping heel kick followed by a left back snapping heel kick to any available target on Opponent #2. •These kicks are executed in a “chicken kick” fashion and should drive the opponent away.



449

THRUSTING LANCE NAME—The term lance is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent an knife attack. In this technique, you will defend against a thrusting knife attack. BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Inward Downward Handsword Strike Forward Push-Drag Maneuver Underhand Heel Palm Strike and Grab Front Snapping Ball Kick Underhand Stiff Arm Lifting Back Knuckle Strike Downward Vertical Back Knuckle Strike Inward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Rake Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike Vertical Thrusting Elbow Strike Rear Crossover Maneuver Reverse Bow Buckle Downward Hammerfist Strike

ATTACK FRONT Right Step Through Knife Thrust WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Weapons (knife) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Black #6 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #20 32 System Green #18 FORM LOCATION Form 6


450

THRUSTING LANCE

TECHNIQUE 1. From a right neutral bow stance, slide your left foot toward 4:30 and deliver a right inward downward handsword strike to the inside of the opponent’s right arm. Immediately grab the opponent’s right wrist with your right hand. Your left arm hangs naturally by your left side. •Your left foot moves Up the Circle to get you off the Line of Attack. As you Shorten the Circle your right hand strikes the opponent’s right radial nerve to cause the opponent to drop the knife. •Your right hand grabs the opponent’s right wrist to minimize the Angle of Versatility of his knife. The grab acts as a back-up and prepares for subsequent Counter Manipulation. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward 4:00.

2. Execute a forward push-drag maneuver as you deliver a left underhand heel palm strike and grab the opponent’s groin. Your right hand is still controlling his right wrist. •If the opponent did not drop the knife on the first move, this second maneuver controls his weapon and adds to the surety of disarming him.

3. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you lock and twist his arm clockwise. •As you step back, Control Manipulate his right arm in a manner similar to SPIRALING TWIG. Be sure to use small circles and to keep the knife blade (if the opponent is still in possession of the knife) pointing away from you and toward the opponent. •The opponent should bend forward at the waist, and the inward wrist lock should break his right wrist.

4. Execute a left front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s left ribcage immediately followed by a right front snapping ball kick to his sternum. •These kicks are delivered in a “chicken kick” fashion and should studn the opponent.


451

THRUSTING LANCE

5. Plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right underhand stiffarm lifting back knuckle strike underneath the opponent’s chin. Your right hand passes through and above the opponent’s head. Your left hand checks the opponent’s right shoulder. •This strike should snap the opponent’s head upward.

6. Reverse the Path of Travel of your right hand by circling your hand clockwise and deliver a right downward vertical back knuckle strike to the bridge of the opponent’s nose. Your left hand is checking the opponent’s right shoulder. •This strike should drive the opponent’s head downward.

7. Circle your right arm counterclockwise to deliver a right inward downward diagonal back knuckle rake to the left side of the opponent’s face or jaw hinge. Without disrupting the flow of motion, circle your right hand clockwise and deliver a right outward downward diagonal back knuckle strike to the right side of his face or jaw hinge. •Your right hand is striking in a downard figure-8 pattern. •Historically, this is where the Base Technique ends and the Extension begins.

8. With your left foot, step forward toward 12:00 to form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you hook your right hand (in the shape of the crane) over and under the opponent’s right shoulder, hooking his arm outward and away from you. Simultaneously, execute a left vertical thrusting elbow strike underneath his right armpit. 9. Execute a right rear crossover toward 10:30 and immediately slide your left foot back to form a left reverse bow buckle to the inside of the opponent’s right leg. Simultaneously deliver a left downward hammerfist strike to his right ribcage with a right downward hammerfist strike to his mastoid. •Depending upon circumstances, you may use a drag-step maneuver instead of the rear crossover. •These strikes are an example use of the Universal Block. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot back toward 10:00.


452

THRUSTING LANCE


453

BLINDING SACRIFICE NAME—The term sacrifice is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a defensive action that can result in some type of injury to yourself. In this technique, you are forced to defend yourself while moving toward your opponent’s attack without the aid of a pin. BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Twin Wedge Block Twin Rolling Upward Outward Claws Twin Outward Handsword Strikes Forward Push-Drag Maneuver Twin Front Underhand Heel Palm Strikes & Claws Reverse Push-Drag Maneuver Twin Inward Hooking Back Knuckle Strikes 45-Degree Cat Stance Twin Vertical Outward Blocks Outward Horizontal Two-Finger Eye Slices Twin Thumb Thrusts Twin Inverted Back Knuckle Strikes Upward Knee Kick Downward Heel Stomp CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Mirrored Motion Grappling Reactionary Planning

ATTACK FRONT Two Hand Lapel Grab WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles DEFENSIVE LOCATION Above Below POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Either ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 3rd Brown #6 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #21 32 System Green #28 FORM LOCATION Long Form 3

RELATED TECHNIQUES Obscure Claws Thrusting Wedge Heavenly Ascent


454

BLINDING SACRIFICE

TECHNIQUE •The method described herein is ofte n ter m ed the “Form V e r s i o n ” ;h o we v e r , a n o t h e r version exists and is described as follows: Steps 1-4 [SAME] Step 5 Execute a forward push-drag maneuver and end in a right forward bow stance as you deliver twin outward horizontal two-finger eye slices followed by twin thumb thrusts to his eyes. Step 6 Have both hands strike downward to his shoulders and slide vertically downward along the opponent’s arms to act as sliding checks. Step 7 Immediately circle both arms inward and upward and deliver twin inverted back knuckle strikes to the opponent’s temples. Step 8 Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right vertical forearm strike to the left side of his head. Use your left hand as a backstop on the right side of his head to create a sandwiching effect. Step 9 Grab the back of the opponent’s head with both hands and pull him downward in to a right upward knee kick to his face. Use your left leg as a gauging leg. Step 10 After your right knee kick, from point of contact, deliver a right downward heel stomp to the opponent’s right instep. Both hands are used to keep the opponent bent and control his height zone.

1. Step toward 12:00 with your right foot and form a right neutral bow stance as you thrust both of your arms forward and deliver twin wedge blocks. Continue the motion of your arms and convert them into twin rolling upward outward claws to your opponent’s eyes 2. Continue the flow of your hands and convert them into twin outward handsword strikes to the inside of the opponent’s forearms to clear them. 3. Immediately execute a forward push-drag maneuver and deliver twin front underhand heel palm strikes and claws to the opponent’s groin. •Be sure to keep your body close to the opponent.

4. Execute a reverse push-drag maneuver as you deliver twin inward hooking back knuckle strikes to both of the opponent’s kidneys. End in a right 45-degree cat stance with both hands executing twin vertical outward blocks to act as checks. 5. Execute a forward push-drag maneuver and end in a right neutral bow stance as you deliver twin outward horizontal two-finger eye slices followed by twin thumb thrusts to his eyes. •Some practitioners advocate shuffling forward into a right forward bow stance and remaining in this position for the duration of the technique. This still follows the rule found in Long Form 2 that when both hands are executed simultaneously, you may be either in a forward or a neutral bow stance.

6. Have both hands strike downward to his shoulders and slide vertically downward along the opponent’s arms to act as sliding checks. •As the opponent reaches up to protect his eyes, we take advantage of this natural action and force his arms downward to create another opening and to control his Dimensional Zones.



455

BLINDING SACRIFICE


7. Immediately circle both arms inward and upward to deliver twin inverted back knuckle strikes to the opponent’s temples. 8. Using your hands as pivot points, drop both elbows downward to create a sandwiching effect on either side of the opponent’s jaw. 9. Grab the back of the opponent’s head with both hands and pull him downward in to a right upward knee kick to his face. Your left leg acts as a gauging leg. •Turn the opponent’s head sideways prior to delivering the knee kick to give you a more vulnerable target.

10. After your right knee kick, from point of contact, deliver a right downward heel stomp to the opponent’s right instep. Both hands are used to keep the opponent bent and control his height zone. 11. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30.


456

SNAKES OF WISDOM NAME—The term snake is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent actions that encircle or entwine. In this technique, you will encircle your opponent’s arms and force their heads (the seat of wisdom) together. BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Uppercut Forearm Strike Outward Back Knuckle Strike Knee Strike Twin Push-Down Blocks Wide Kneel Stance Front Snapping Ball Kick Roundhouse Kick

ATTACK FLANK Left & Right Shoulder Grabs WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Multiple Attacks (Two-Men) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside Above POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTIONS 3:00 & 9:00

RELATED TECHNIQUES Obscure Claws

CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Black #10 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #22 32 System Green #31 FORM LOCATION None


457

SNAKES OF WISDOM

TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 to form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you circle your right arm clockwise to claw the face of the opponent on your right (Opponent #1) and circle your left arm counterclockwise to claw the face of the opponent on your left (Opponent #2). •These actions will drive the opponents’ heads backward.

2. Complete your circles to deliver a right uppercut forearm strike to Opponent #1’s left elbow and a left uppercut forearm strike to Opponent #2’s right elbow. •This will cause the opponents to move toward 12:00.

3. Execute a right outward back knuckle strike to Opponent #1’s left ribcage and a left outward back knuckle strike to Opponent #2’s right ribcage. •This will cause the opponents to bend forward at the waist.

4. Counter up the backs of both opponents as you circle both arms around to the top of the head of each opponent and force their heads to collide together. Simultaneously deliver a left knee strike to their faces. •Direct the momentum generated by the previous moves so that you smash their heads together (Directed Collision). •This will daze your opponents.

5. Plant your left foot toward 6:00 to form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as both hands execute twin push-down blocks on your opponent’s shoulders (right push-down on the left shoulder of Opponent #1; left push-down on the right shoulder of Opponent #2). •These push-downs control the opponent’s Height Zones.


458

SNAKES OF WISDOM

6. Have both of your hands contour the front of the opponents’ bodies, traveling down the inner thigh of their leg closest to you. As your hands form hooks while traveling down to the ankle of each opponent (right hand to the left ankle of Opponent #1 and left hand to the right ankle of Opponent #2), drop into a right wide kneel stance and grab their ankles. As you drop into your stance jerk their legs out from under them (pulling toward you). •Your hands appear in a “Reverse HOOKING WINGS” position.

7. While still maintaining both ankle grabs (at least attempting to maintain the grabs), deliver a right front snapping ball kick to Opponent #2’s groin. •This will cause Opponent #2 to fall to the ground.

8. Plant your right foot forward to form a right neutral bow stance. As you plant, immediately execute a left roundhouse kick to Opponent #1’s sternum. •Your right foot may also act as a gauging leg for distance and angle if necessary. •The kick will cause Opponent #1 to fall to the ground.



459

ENTWINED LANCE NAME—The term lance is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent an knife attack. In this technique, you will utilize snaking (entwining) actions to disarm your opponent.

ATTACK FRONT Right Step Through Knife Thrust WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Weapons (knife)

BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Front Rotating Twist Stance Fighting Horse Stance Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Front Crossover Sweep Kick Two-Finger Poke Knife Edge Kick Outward Back Knuckle Strike Upward Flapping Elbow Strike Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Black #13 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #23 32 System Green #29 FORM LOCATION Form 6


460

ENTWINED LANCE

TECHNIQUE 1. While in a left neutral bow stance shift your left foot toward 3:00 as you pivot counterclockwise to form a left front rotating twist stance facing 12:00. Simultaneously hook the inside of the opponent’s right wrist with your left hand (like a waiter carrying a tray). Your right hand cocks at your right hip. •Your left foot moves off the Line of Attack as it moves Up the Circle. •Your right hand cocks at your right hip as a Point of Reference for your next strike.

2. Without a loss of momentum, step forward with your right foot toward 10:30 and form a right fighting horse stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s right knee. Simultaneously deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to the right side of the opponent’s jaw (your fingers are pointing toward 9:00). During these actions, your left hand grabs the opponent’s right wrist. •Your heel palm strike should daze the opponent as the leg buckle weakens his foundation. •The opponent should drop the knife. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00.

3. Execute a right front crossover sweep kick to the opponent’s right leg. Simultaneously your right hand executes a sliding check down the opponent’s right arm to control his right wrist and your left hand delivers a left two-finger poke to his eyes. •At the moment you make contact with your left two-finger poke, you will be in a left one-legged stance. •The poke should temporarily blind the opponent as well as function as a secondary move to disarm the opponent.

4. Immediately deliver a right knife-edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee.


461

ENTWINED LANCE

5. Plant your right foot forward to form a right neutral bow stance as your left hand grabs the opponent’s right wrist. Simultaneously execute a right outward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right lower ribcage. •This strike should stun the opponent and force him to bend forward at the waist. •Historically this is where the Base Technique ends and the Extension begins.

6. Immediately deliver a right upward flapping elbow strike under the opponent’s chin. •This strike will snap the opponent’s head back.

7. Deliver a right outward downward diagonal back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right maxillary hinge. Immediately step back with your right foot toward 4:30 to form a left neutral bow stance facing 10:30. As you step back, deliver a left inward downward diagonal hammerfist strike across his head and face or to the back of his neck. •These two strikes employ a timing that is not normally used. The residual torque of your back knuckle strike accentuates the hammerfist strike which occurs during the rotation of stepping back.

8. Execute a left front crossover toward 4:30.



462

FALLING FALCON NAME—The term falcon is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a grabbing attack. In this technique, you will utilize methods to force your opponent to fall to the ground. BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Upward Vertical Forearm Strike Reverse Bow Stance Underhand Heel Palm Strike Thrusting Knife-Edge Kick Forward Bow Stance Thrusting Shin Kick Back Scooping Heel Kick Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick Front Crossover Sweep Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Rotational Force Solidify Your Base Third Hand RELATED TECHNIQUES Thrusting Salute Delayed Sword Triggered Salute Leap of Death

ATTACK FRONT Right Hand Lapel Grab WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Grabs and Tackles DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside Right POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 2nd Brown #14 Orthodox 24 System 3rd Brown #24 32 System Not Found FORM LOCATION Form 5


463

FALLING FALCON

BASE TECHNIQUE 1. With your left hand, pin the opponent’s right hand to your chest and step with your right foot toward 11:00 to the outside of your opponent’s right leg and form a right neutral bow stance. Simultaneously deliver a right upward vertical forearm strike to the opponent’s right shoulder. •The combination of the left pin, the right push, and the counterclockwise pivot will force the opponent to the ground. •Your right leg acts as a stiff-leg trip. •Your right elbow drives the opponent’s right shoulder upward and backward. •Some practitioners deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to the opponent’s chin and then drop the elbow downward on the opponent’s right shoulder.

2. Immediately convert this forward momentum into rotational momentum by pivoting counterclockwise and forming a right reverse bow stance. •This will cause the opponent to fall to the ground with his head pointing toward 6:00. •The opponent falls in the opposite direction as in Leap of Death and in the reversed position.

3. As the opponent falls toward 6:00, continue to control his right wrist with your left hand. Simultaneously circle your right hand on the inside of his right arm. When the opponent falls to the ground, immediately pivot clockwise and form a left reverse bow stance. Simultaneous with this pivot, re-grab the opponent’s wrist with your right hand and twist it clockwise and deliver a left underhand heel palm strike to his right elbow. 4. Have both of your hands grab the opponent’s right wrist and pull upward as you cock your left leg and deliver a left thrusting knife-edge kick to the right side of his neck. •The simultaneous pull and kick may possibly cause a shoulder dislocation.


464

FALLING FALCON

5. Plant your left foot toward 5:00 as your left hand circles on the inside of the opponent’s right arm and re-grabs. Immediately pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow stance. Use this action to twist the opponent’s arm counterclockwise to apply a fulcrum on his right elbow and shoulder. 6. While still maintaining the grab, deliver a right thrusting shin kick to the opponent’s right elbow. 7. From Point of Contact, immediately deliver a right back scooping heel kick to the opponent’s right rib cage or right kidney. 8. With your right foot cocked in the air, deliver a right downward looping roundhouse kick to the opponent’s solar plexus. 9. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover sweep kick to the opponent’s right arm and double cover out toward 4:30. •You may sweep his arm as you coverout if circumstances dictate. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 5:00.


465

2nd DEGREE BROWN BELT


FATAL CROSS NAME—In this defense, you will utilize a cross hand choke that may result in the fatal end of your opponent. BASICS Base Neutral Bow Stance Twin Snapping Uppercut Middle Knuckle Fist Punches Twin Snapping Outward Back Knuckle Strikes Twin Outward Two-Finger Scissor Pokes Knee Kick (step through) Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Thrusting Knife Edge Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Frictional Pull

ATTACK FRONT Two Hand Push Low WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Pushes DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Brown #1 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #1 32 System Not Found FORM LOCATION Short Form 3


466

FATAL CROSS

TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot, step toward 12:00 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as both hands hook (in the shape of cranes) to the inside of your opponent’s wrists, jerking his arm down, outside and past your hips. •This action will allow the opponent’s momentum to continue toward you, while redirecting his weapons outside your Outer Rim. •It is generally accepted that a forward head butt may be delivered as you step forward. This is a “hidden move” found in Short Form 3. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated stepping backward with your left foot. Performed in this manner a you will be unable to delier the head butt strike and breaks a category of motion.

2. Reverse the motion of both of your hands and convert them into twin snapping uppercut middle knuckle fist punches to the opponent’s floating ribs. •The opponent may react to the hooking motion by bringing his arms inward and upward. You may use this motion and ride in to deliver your twin snapping uppercut middle knuckle fist punches.

3. As your hands recoil, cross them (right over left) and position your fists vertically. Immediately deliver twin snapping outward back knuckle strikes in a scissoring manner to the opponent’s temples (right hand to right temple; left hand to left temple). 4. Recoil your hands and follow with twin outward twofinger scissor pokes to the opponent’s eyes. •The opponent will react to the strikes to his temples by bringing his hands up. Use the recoiling motion to clear his arms down and give you a path for the scissor pokes. •Though the base technique and the extension are not separated in the curriculum, historically this is the point where the base technique ends.

5. With your hands still crossed, drop them onto the opponent’s shoulders to act as Gravitational Checks. •This Gravitational Check will control his Height and Width Zones. It can also be used to clear his arms downward.

6. Deliver a left step through knee kick to the opponent’s groin. Immediately follow with a right step through knee kick to his solar plexus or groin.


467

FATAL CROSS

7. Plant your right foot forward and have your left hand turn the opponent clockwise as you deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to assist in turning the opponent. •Many pracitioners plant back with the right foot to eliminate an “and” and to faciliate turning the opponent.

8. With your opponent’s back now toward you, grab the opponent’s right shoulder with your right hand (your left hand is still grabbing his left shoulder) and step back with your right foot toward 4:30 and form a left neutral bow stance as you jerk and pull the opponent off balance. •If you plant backward, straighten your right arm and use your right forearm to begin the turn. Complete the spin by turning your right hand outward (thumb pointing down) and grab his chin. Anchor your right elbow and wrench his neck as you simultaneously push with your left hand. Immediately grab the opponent’s shoulders with both hands and pull him backward into the next strike. •There are essentially two methods involving the right arm. First, you can use the right arm to turn the opponent 180-degrees and then wrench his neck as it returns to grab the shoulder. Second, you can continue the clockwise motion of your right arm and grab his shoulder.

9. As the opponent begins to fall, deliver a right knee kick to his lower spine. 10. Plant your right foot back to Point of Origin and deliver a left knee kick to the opponent’s right kidney. 11. From Point of Contact, execute a left thrusting knife edge kick to the back of the opponent’s right knee. 12. From Point of Contact, execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Depature toward 6:00.


468

TWIRLING HAMMERS NAME—The term hammer is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent blocks or strikes involving a hammerfist. In this defense, you will utilize hammerfists in looping or twirling motions.

ATTACK FRONT Left Step Through Punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches

BASICS Technique Neutral Bow Stance Front Rotating Twist Stance Extended Outward Block Inward Overhead Looping Back Knuckle Strike Pressing Check Forward Bow Stance Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Upward Hooking Wrist Check Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike Thrusting Sweep Kick Thrusting Vertical Punch Heel Palm Strike Inward Five-Finger Circular Claw Two-Finger Poke

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Black #15 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #2 32 System Not Found FORM LOCATION Form 4


469

TWIRLING HAMMERS

TECHNIQUE Two variations of this technique’s “extension” are described as follows: VARIATION 1—Pre-1975 Steps 1-4 SAME Step 5 After your right hammerfist strike, the opponent reacts by reaching across the front of his stomach with his right hand. Grab his right wrist with your right hand (from the front) and step back toward 4:30 to form a left neutral bow stance facing 10:30. As you step, jerk the opponent’s right arm to cause him to pivot counterclockwise and face you with his right side forward. Step 6 Deliver a left thrusting sweep kick to the back of his right leg. Plant forward and form a left front twist stance as you deliver a left heel palm strike to the back of his head simultaneously with a right punch to his face (this creates a sandwiching effect). Step 7 Step back with your right foot and form a left neutral bow stance as you deliver a left claw to the opponent’s face.

1. While standing in a left neutral bow stance shift your left foot slightly toward 3:00 as you pivot counterclockwise and form a left front rotating twist stance facing 12:00 as you defend with a left extended outward block to the outside of the opponent’s left arm. Your right arm is positionally checking near your solar plexus. •Your left foot moves Up the Circle as it adjusts toward 3:00.

2. Without a loss of momentum, step forward with your right foot and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you execute a right inward overhead looping back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right mastoid. Your left hand remains in a locked-out block position as a further defensive measure. •Your right hand strikes from Point of Origin and is intended to stun the opponent. •Some practitioners check the opponent’s left arm with a left palmup hooking parry (like a waiter carrying a tray). •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 1:00 with the right foot.

3. Continue the circular looping action of your right hand and convert it into a right pressing check at the opponent’s left elbow as you simultaneously pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance and deliver a left inward horizontal elbow strike to this left lower ribcage. • This action should stun the opponent.

Step 8 Step back with your left foot and form a right neutral bow stance as your right hand tracks along your left arm and ends with a right two-finger thrust to the opponent’s eye.

4. Without any loss of motion, convert your left inward elbow strike into a left upward hooking wrist check (hooking over his left arm at his elbow like a waiter carrying a tray). Simultaneously pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you loop your right arm clockwise to deliver a right inward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to his right kidney.


•The reaction to the kidney strike should cause the opponent’s upper torso to turn clockwise, thus exposing more of his back toward you. Your opponent will still be standing, but dazed. •Traditioanly this is where the Base Technique ended and the Extension began.


470

TWIRLING HAMMERS

VARIATION 1—Ca-1975 Steps 1-4 SAME Step 5 The opponent reacts by arching his back thus exposing his right arm. Your right hand reaches behind his back and contours down his arm to grab his right wrist (palm out). Twist and pull his right arm backward and you deliver a left palm strike to his right shoulder to cause a dislocation as you step back with the right foot to form a left neutral bow stance. Step 6 The opponent does not turn or spin but remains in position. Immediately deliver a right thrusting sweep kick to the back of his right leg. Plant your right foot forward to form a right front twist stance as you deliver a left heel palm strike to his face simultaneously with a right punch to the back of his head (this creates a sandwiching effect). Step 7 Step back with your right foot and form a left neutral bow stance as you claw the opponent’s face with your left hand (palm out; thumb down) to turn the opponent toward you. Your right hand checks his shoulder and assists in turning the opponent. Step 8 Step back with your left foot and form a right neutral bow stance as your right hand contours and tracks below your left arm to end with a right two-finger thrust to his eye.

5. With your right hand, reach behind the opponent’s back and grab his right wrist (palm in). 6. With your right foot, immediately step back to 4:30 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 10:30 as you yank the opponent off balance. •This action should further turn the opponent clockwise as well as bring him toward you. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping back with the right foot and forming a left forward bow stance.

7. Execute a right thrusting sweep kick to the shin of the opponent’s right leg (which is now his lead leg) simultaneously with a right thrusting vertical punch to his face with a left heel palm strike to the back of his head. •This action will create a sandwiching effect on the opponent’s head and face.

8. Plant your right foot to Point of Origin and form a left neutral bow stance facing 10:30 as you deliver a left inward five-finger circular claw across the opponent’s face. Your right hand positionally checks near your solar plexus. •Your left heel palm claw uses the opponent’s head as a pivot point (Windshield Wiper Principle). •This action should temporarily blind the opponent.

9. Slide your left foot back toward 6:00 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 and deliver a right twofinger poke to the opponent’s eye as you settle into your stance. Your left hand positionally checks near your solar plexus. •Poke to the eye which is available under the circumstances. •The poke will cause intense pain and will compel the opponent to drop to the ground.




471

DEFENSIVE CROSS NAME—The term cross is used in self-defense techniques to represent a “crossed-arm position”. In this defense, you will utilize a downward cross hand block to defend yourself against a kick.

ATTACK FRONT Right Step Through Kick WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Kicks

BASICS Technique Forward Bow Stance Downward Cross Hand Block Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike Inward Downward Diagonal Heel Palm Strike Front Snapping Ball Kick Upward Lifting Stiff-Arm Back Knuckle Strike 45-Degree Cat Stance Front Snapping Ball Kick Outward Crescent Kick Roundhouse Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Open Ended Triangle RELATED TECHNIQUES Circle of Doom

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 2nd Brown #16 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #3 32 System Not Found FORM LOCATION Form 4


472

DEFENSIVE CROSS

TECHNIQUE •Some practitioners begin this defense by stepping back with the left foot and immediately stepping back with the right foot. This additional backward step allows you to further increase the distance and utilize your hand in a parrying motion.

1. While standing naturally with your hands up, step back with your right foot to form a left forward bow stance facing 12:00 as you execute a solidly braced right over left downward cross block on top of the opponent’s right ankle. •While standing naturally, raise your hands about chest level as if to say, “Hey, I don’t want any trouble.” •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual describes this block as a “cross wrist block”. It further describes the action, “right hand over left, with hands open and dropping them straight down”.

2. Have your left hand covert into the shape of the crane (fingers and palm out) to hook the inside and under the opponents’ right leg (your right hand remains on top of the opponent’s right leg to act as a check). Without hesitation, guide the opponent’s right leg diagonally downward past your left hip. •The intial defensive motions should accomplish the following: (1) intercept the force, (2) redirect the force, (3) disturb the opponent’s balance, and (3) pull his leg past your hip. •Pulling his leg past your left hip will create an Angle of Disturbance and an Angle of Cancellation.

3. With the opponent’s balance disturbed and his body moving toward you, continue the clockwise orbit of your arms and deliver a right outward downward diagonal back knuckle strike to the right side of the opponent’s face. Your left hand follows with a left inward downward diagonal heel palm strike to the opponent’s right mastoid. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual described the right hand strike as a “right outward overhead back knuckle strike” and the left hand strike as a “left inward overhead heel palm strike”. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the strikes as a “right outward hanging back knuckle strike” and a “left inward heel palm strike”. The back knuckle strike was directed to strike the opponent’s face or right cheek bone.


473

DEFENSIVE CROSS

4. Immediately convert your left heel palm strike into a grab to the back of his head or neck. While maintaining this grab, deliver a right front snapping ball kick to his groin. Your right hand remains positioned past your right hip. •This kick should cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist and cause intense pain.

5. Plant your right foot to Point of Origin and deliver a right upward lifting stiff-arm back knuckle strike to the opponent’s face. •Your left hand acts as a backstop to create a sandwiching effect with your right hand. •This action should stun the opponent and cause him to begin to fall to the ground. •Traditionally this is where the Base Technique ends and the Extension begins.

6. Slide your left foot back to form a left 45-degree cat stance and deliver a left front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s midsection or groin. •This kick should take the wind out of the opponent.

7. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) and deliver a right outward crescent kick to the right side of the opponent’s head. •This kick should make contact on the down-side of its circular motion. It will cause the opponent to be driven down and toward your right. •Your hands should be strategically positioned to act as constant checks. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual stated that the left foot should plant to Point of Origin in a left 45-degree cat stance. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the crescent kick as a “reverse crecent kick, from inside out”.


474

DEFENSIVE CROSS

8. Momentarily plant your right foot and immediately bounce it to deliver a right roundhouse kick to the left side of the opponent’s face. •The outward cresent kick sets the opponent’s head in position for the roundhouse kick •Your right roundhouse kick returns along a comparable orbit to the outward crescent kick. •At the moment of contact with the kick your opponent should be on the ground. When executing the roundhouse kick be sure to use complete hip rotation for added reach and increased body momentum to increase the power of your action. This should neutralize the opponent from further action. •The 1987 Studio Manual incorrectly described the target for the roundhouse kick. It stated to kick to the “right side of the opponent’s face”. The correct target is the left side of the opponent’s face. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the roundhouse kick as “right roundhouse kick to the left side of his face (on this kick be sure you lay out straight with your right hip over)”. •If the opponent falls to the ground, cover the roundhouse kick to a downward looping roundhouse kick.



475

DANCE OF DARKNESS NAME—The term darkness is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent actions stemming from the Obscure Zone or movements that cause temporary or permanent blindness. In this defense, you will utilize dancelike foot maneuvers that will position you into the opponent’s Obscure Zone (darkness). BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Front Twist Stance Outward Downward Parry Inward Parry Outward Parry Transitory Neutral Bow Stance Close Kneel Stance Outward Back Knuckle Strike Vertical Punch Vertical Back Knuckle Strike Front Crossover Sweep Inward Two-Finger Hook Outward Two-Finger Thrust Outward Leg Sweep Forward Bow Stance Retarded Ball Kick Thrusting Knife Edge Kick

ATTACK FRONT Right Front Thrust & Right Straight Punch Combination WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Multiple Attacks (One-Man) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Brown #4 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #4 32 System Not Found FORM LOCATION Form 4


476

DANCE OF DARKNESS

TECHNIQUE 1. While in a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00, slide your right foot back to form a left front twist stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right outward downward parry to the outside of the opponent’s right leg. Your left hand positionally checks at your solar plexus. •Your right outward downward parry will follow a path from 11:00 to 5:00. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot back toward 5:00.

2. As the opponent punches with his right hand, step forward with your right foot toward 11:00 to form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you execute a left inward parry followed by a right outward parry. •Your right foot will step to the outside of the opponent’s right leg. Depending upon the angle of the opponent, you may have to form an inverted right netural bow stance facign 12:00. •Your left iwnard parry will be on the opponent’s wrist or forearm when your right otuward parry makes contact at or above the opponent’s elbow.

3. Step forward with your left foot toward 10:30 and form a transitory left neutral bow stance as both hands cock at your left hip in cup and saucer” position. Immediately pivot clockwise to form a right close kneel stance facing 4:30 as you deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right kidney with a left vertical punch to his right ribs. •As your left foot step forward (as well as behind the opponent), you may insert a right inward claw across the opponent’s face or a right two-finger hook to his eyes. •Your strikes may also be delivered to the opponent’s left kidney and spine depending upon his position and angle. As you deliver these simultaneous strikes, your right hand will be below your left hand to action as a check if necessary. •These strikes should stun the opponent and cause him to bend backwards..


477

DANCE OF DARKNESS

4. Immediately grab the opponent’s right shoulder with your left hand. Pull downward on his shoulder as you deliver a right vertical back knuckle strike to his right temple. •The downward pull on the opponent’s shoulder controls his Height Zone.

5. Execute a left front crossover sweep (toward 4:30) to the back of the opponent’s right leg. As you sweep, your right hand begins a small counterclockwise orbit to loop and execute a right inward two-finger hook to the opponent’s left eye. Your left hand will be checking his right shoulder at this point. Your left hand immediately circle around and under your right arm to track along the outside of your right arm to deliver a left outward two-finger thrust to the opponent’s left eye. Your right hand will positionally check. •Your left two-finger thrust utilizes the Principle of Object Obscurity. •Time your left two-finger thrust to occur the moment your left foot plants from executing the front crossover sweep.

6. Pivot clockwise and execute a right outward leg sweep (toward 4:30) to the back of the opponent’s right leg and settle into a left forward bow stance facing 10:30. •Borrow the momentum of your rotation effectiveness of your right outward leb sweep.

to

enhance

the

•Your right leg will first strike his leg while bent and then straigten to accentuate the force. This is an illustration of the “bow and arrow” stance. • Some practitioners deliver a right outward back knuckle strike as you pivot clockwise. Some deliver a right thrusitng heel palm strike as they settle into the left forward bow stance to assist in forcing the opponent to the ground. •This will cause the opponent to fall to the ground with his head toward 10:30. •Historically this is where the Base Technique ends and the Extension begins.


478

DANCE OF DARKNESS

7. Execute a right retarded ball kick to the opponent’s jaw. •This kick will further daze the opponent as well as employ the principle of Fitting. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described this as a step-through right retarded ball kick.

8. Recoil your right leg (gauging leg) and plant it to the right side of the opponent’s body (below his armpit). Continue to turn clockwise and deliver a left thrusting knife-edge kick to the opponent’s face. •Some practitioners plant to the right side of the opponent’s body and pivot counterclockwise to deliver the left thrusitng knife-edge kick. Circumstances will dicate your actions.


479

MARRIAGE OF THE RAMS NAME—The term ram is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent an attack that rushes forward, such as a tackle or push. In this technique you will utilize a marriage of forces to cause the opponent’s heads to crash together. BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Twin Underhand Back Knuckle Strikes Knee Kick Front Snapping Ball Kick Front Rotating Twist Stance Roundhouse Kick

ATTACK FLANK Left & Right Shoulder Grabs WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Multiple Attacks (Two-Men) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside Below POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTIONS 3:00 & 9:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Black #3 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #5 32 System Green #21 FORM LOCATION None


480

MARRIAGE OF THE RAMS

TECHNIQUE •In this defense, the opponents are grabbing your shoulders and are standing close to you.

1. With your right foot, step back and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you execute twin underhand back knuckle strikes to the groins of each opponent. Follow through with the back knuckle strikes after they make contact. •Your right hand will strike Opponent #1 who is standing at 3:00 and your left hand will strike Opponent #2 who is standing at 9:00. •The opponents will bend forward at the waist. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated having both hands open as you strike.

2. As both of your arms continue their circular paths, guide them to the underside of the opponents’ arm pits as you step forward with your right foot to form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00. Upon contact, immediately have your arms hook over and on top of your opponent’s shoulders as you proceed to pinch their arms with both of yours. As you settle into your right neutral bow stance, untie both of your arms (right over left) and force your opponent’s heads to collide. •Time the course of your circular Paths of Travel (toward 12:00) so that the arm pits are contacted at the same moment your right foot plants forward into a right neutral bow stance. •This will control the opponents’ Height Zones and daze them.

3. Immediately deliver a left knee kick directly to the center point of your opponent’s clashing heads. •This will injure their faces as well as forces them apart.

4. Plant your left foot to Point of Origin to form a right neutral bow stance while applying downward pressure with both of your arms to continue controlling the opponent’s Height Zones.


481

MARRIAGE OF THE RAMS

5. Have both hand contour the opponents’ bodies as they track down their inner thighs (have your hands form the shape of an outward crane to further assist in hooking the opponent’s legs). Complete the travel of your hands toward your opponent’s ankles and immediately grab and jerk both of the opponents’ ankles upward and slightly outward to pull their leg out from under them. Simultaneously step back with your right foot to form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00. •Synchronize the upward pull as your right foot steps back. •This will disrupt the opponents’ balance and force their feet above their heads, thus placing them on their hands.

6. While maintaining both ankle grabs (at least attempting to maintain the grabs), deliver a right front snapping ball kick to Opponent #2’s groin. •This will stun Opponent #2.

7. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) into a right front rotating twist stance and pivot clockwise to deliver a left roundhouse kick to Opponent #1’s chest. •Take advantage of the two types of momentum created through rotation and Gravitational Marriage. Applying both methods of obtaining momentum will add to the force of your roundhouse kick. •This will stun Opponent #1.

8. From Point of Contact, release the ankles of both opponents and force the opponents to the ground as you execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 6:00. •This release is often referred to as a Control Release. •Position yourself so that you finish your cover out midway between your opponents.


482

THE RAM AND THE EAGLE NAME—In this defense, the term ram is used to symbolically represent a “rams head fist” or punch. The term eagle is used to represent attack that grab and pull. In this technique, an opponent is pulling you backward as another is punching you from the front. BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Inward Block Over-The-Shoulder Back Knuckle Strike Transitional Neutral Bow Stance Inward Diagonal Back Knuckle Rake Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike Inward Heel Palm Detaining Check Thrusting Inward Block Front Snapping Ball Kick Outward Handsword Strike Forward Bow Stance Five-Finger Thrust (palm down) Uppercut Punch Cocking Check Inward Handsword Strike Downward Heel Palm Transitory Front Rotating Twist Stance Roundhouse Kick Front Crossover Thrusting Back Heel Kick

ATTACK FRONT Right Punch REAR Left Grab to Your Right Shoulder WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Multiple Attacks (Two-Men) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside and Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right Right to Either ATTACK DIRECTIONS 12:00 & 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Black #4 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #6 32 System Green #10 FORM LOCATION None


483

THE RAM AND THE EAGLE

TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left inward block to the outside of Opponent #1’s right arm. Simultaneously, buckle the inside of Opponent #2’s left leg with your right leg as you deliver a right over-theshoulder back knuckle strike to the bridge of his nose. •This initial move is executed in a similar manner as in FLASHING MACE except that it is now being employed to take advantage fo the Gaseous State of Motion. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the strike to Opponent #2 as “right reverse raking knuckle strike”.

2. Immediately step forward with your right foot toward 10:30 and form a transitional right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward diagonal back knuckle rake to Opponent #1’s right cheek bone or temple. As you strike, your left hand acts as a positional check. •This should drive Opponent #1’s head back as well as increase the distance between you and Opponent #2. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00 with your right foot into a “right inverted neutral bow stance”.

3. Without hesitation, pivot 180-degrees counterclockwise and deliver a left outward horizontal back knuckle strike to Opponent #1’s right lower ribcage as you settle into your left neutral bow stance. In the same motion, have your right hand execute an inward heel palm detaining check to his right upper arm. •This should cause Opponent #1 to bend forward at the waist and make Opponent #2 clearly visible.

4. As Opponent #2 re-enters the combat arena and attempts a right punch toward your head, covert your right hand into a right thrusting inward block to the inside of his right arm. •Have your left hand to hook over his right arm to act as a check in a manner similar to that found in FLASHING MACE.

5. Follow with a right front snapping ball kick to Opponent #2’s groin (toward 4:30). •The next series of moves stem from the Ideal Phase of FIVE SWORDS. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described Opponent #2 as attacking from 5:00.


484


6. Plant your right foot forward and deliver a right outward handsword strike to the right side of Opponent #2’s neck as your left hand checks high. •This will nullify his Dimensional Zones.

7. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance facing 4:30 as you deliver a left five-finger thrust (palm down) to Opponent #2’s eyes while your right hand cocks to your right hip (fist clenched and palm up) •The poke will snap his head back and away from you.

8. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right uppercut punch to Opponent #2’s stomach. Your left hand becomes a cocking check horizontal palm down near your right biceps. •By forcing his head back and away from you, you cause his midsection to jut forward. You take advantage of this anticipated response. •This action will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist.

9. Slide your left foot counterclockwise toward 9:00 and form a right forward bow stance facing 3:30 as you deliver a left outward handsword strike to the left side of Opponent #2’s neck. •Your right hand acts as a positional check against any potential danger from the opponent’s left arm.

10. Without hesitation, pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward handsword strike to the back of Opponent #2’s neck. •Prior to delivering your right handsword strike, your left hand acts as an interim hook around the left side of the opponent’s neck to pull him downward if necessary. At the time of the handsword strike, your left hand should be checking low. •Opponent #2 should now be bent forward at the waist, as you create an Angle of Desired Positioning for Opponent #1.


485


11. From Point of Contact, have your right hand to contour Opponent #2’s neck and head to become a right downward heel palm to the top of his head as you step forward with your left foot to form a transitory left front rotating twist stance. •This heel palm occurs as you step forward with your left foot. •During this action your left hand is positionally checking in the Neutral Zone. •These actions should keep Opponent #2’s head below his waist to act as a check by cancelling his Height Zones, as well as create an Angle of Desired Positioning for Opponent #1.

12. Pivot counterclockwise and deliver a right roundhouse kick to the torso of Opponent #1. •By pivoting counterclockwise you convert your forward momentum into rotational momentum. •This kick should stun the opponent and cause him to fall to the ground.

13. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover toward Opponent #2 and deliver a left thrusting back heel kick to any available opening. •This should incapacitate Opponent #2 and drive him away. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described this kick as “left chicken hop kick”.



486

ESCAPE FROM THE STORM NAME—The term storm is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a club (stick) attack. In this defense you will utilize evasive maneuvers to escape the path of the stick.

ATTACK RIGHT FLANK Right Overhead Club Attack WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Weapons (stick)

BASICS Technique Inverted Neutral Bow Stance Inward Parry Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Close Kneel Stance Vertical Elbow Strike Underhand Heel Palm Strike Forward Bow Stance Front Crossover Low Front Twist Stance Inward Heel Palm Strike Underhand (palm up) Crane Hand Strike Reverse Close Kneel Stance Upward Snapping Heel Hook Kick Back (palm up) Crane Hand Strike Upward Lifting Heel Hook Kick RELATED TECHNIQUES Brushing the Storm

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 3:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Black #5 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #7 32 System Not Found FORM LOCATION Form 6


487

ESCAPE FROM THE STORM

TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot, step toward 1:30 and form a inverted right neutral bow stance facing 3:00 as you deliver a left inward parry to the outside of the opponent’s right arm while simultaneously delivering a right thrusting heel palm strike to his jaw. •Deliver your right heel palm strike from Point of Origin under and inside of the opponent’s right arm. •This strike should control the opponent’s Depth Zone by stopping his forward body momentum and control his Height Zone by snapping his head backward and upward. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00 with your right foot.

2. With your left foot, step toward 1:30 and form a left close kneel stance as you deliver a right vertical elbow strike to the opponent’s solar plexus. Your left hand checks the opponent’s right arm. •Utilize a collapsing elbow as you deliver this strike downward. This strike should take the wind out of the opponent. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00.

3. While in close kneel stance, execute a right underhand heel palm strike to the opponent’s groin. Your left hand checks the opponent’s right arm. •This strike will cause the opponent to bend forward at his waist.

4. Adjust your left foot (gauging leg) toward 1:30 and as you slide your right hand down his leg to grab his ankle, drop your left hand to the back of his knee. Simultaneously slide your right foot back (clockwise) toward 1:30 and form a left forward bow stance facing 7:30 as you yank and pull his right leg out straight and beside your right hip. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot back toward 2:00 to form a left forward bow stance facing 8:00.


488


5. While controlling the opponent’s right hip and leg with your hands, execute a right front crossover toward 7:30 and from a low right front twist stance. As you settle into your twist stance, drop the opponent’s right knee cross your right knee. •It is important to create the correct angle with your right leg to ensure an Angle of Incidence upon contact. This maneuver should break the opponent’s right knee. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 8:00 with your right foot to form a right front twist stance. •An early (pre-1975) version of this defense placed the left knee on the ground to create better support when breaking the opponent’s knee.

6. Execute a left inward heel palm strike to the inside of your opponent’s right thigh. •This strike is delivered like a slap to clear his leg off of your right knee.

7. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right close kneel stance facing 7:30 as you deliver a right underhand (palm up) crane hand strike to the opponent’s groin. Your left hand checks across his hips. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described this strike as a “right forward inverted crane strike”.

8. Continue to pivot counterclockwise and form a right reverse close kneel stance facing 7:30 and deliver a right snapping upward heel hook kick to the opponent’s solar plexus. Plant your foot to Point of Origin to form a right reverse close kneel stance facing 7:30 as your right hand circles counterclockwise to deliver a right back (palm up) crane hand strike to the opponent’s groin. Your left hand positionally checks near your right hip. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual omitted the right snapping upward heel hook kick.

9. Execute a left front crossover toward 7:30 to form a low left front twist stance and deliver a left underhand (palm up) crane strike to the opponent’s groin. Your right hand checks across his hips. •As you execute the left front crossover, push the opponent forward onto his hands and knees.


489


10. Pivot clockwise and deliver a left upward lifting heel hook kick to the opponent’s groin. Your hands are positionally checking in the Neutral Zone. •This kick may also be delivered to the opponent’s solar plexus or head depending upon his position.



490

CIRCLING WINDMILLS NAME—The term windmills is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent blocks and strikes stemming from fanning motions. In this defense you will utilize block and strikes interchangeably in fanning motions. BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Upward/Extended Outward Block Heel Palm Strike Inward Hammerfist Strike Upward Parry Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike Outward Horizontal Finger Slice Inward Horizontal Finger Slice Front Rotating Twist Stance Inward Raking Back Knuckle Strike Front Crossover Sweep Kick Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Inward Five-Finger Circular Claw Reverse Bow Stance Vertical Heel Hook Kick Front Crossover Underhand Stiff-Arm Back Knuckle Strike Spinning Back Heel Kick

ATTACK FRONT Front Two Hand Push followed by a Right Punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Multiple Attacks (One-Man) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Brown #8 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #8 32 System Not Found FORM LOCATION None


491

CIRCLING WINDMILLS

TECHNIQUE 1. While standing naturally and as the opponent pushes you from the front, raise your hands to chest level as if to say, “Hey, take it easy, I don’t want any trouble”. As the opponent steps forward with his right foot and delivers a right punch, step toward 11:00 with your left foot to form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a combination right upward/right extended outward block to the outside of the opponent’s right arm. Simultaneously deliver a left heel palm strike (fingers pointing inward) to the opponent’s solar plexus. •Make sure that the right upward/right extended outward block is executed slightly upward, on the outside, as well as under the opponent’s right arm. •When striking with your left heel palm, execute this maneuver as if you would be dually employing a left forearm wedge under the opponent’s right arm. •This should stun the opponent as well as further control his Depth and forward Body Momentum. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described this block as a “right exetended outward overhead block”.

2. Circle your left hand counterclockwise to claw upward, slightly outward, and to the opponent’s face. Keep your left arm in an upward block position to check the opponent’s right arm as you simultaneously circle your right arm clockwise to execute a right inward hammerfist strike to the opponent’s left floating ribcage. 3. Circle your right arm clockwise in a windmill fashion to travel up and under the opponent’s right and converts into a right upward parry to expose the right side of his body. Simultaneously, circle your left arm counterclockwise to deliver a left inward hammerfist strike to his right floating ribcage. •Historically this is where the Base Technique ends and the Extension begins.


492

CIRCLING WINDMILLS

4. Step forward with your right foot and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 to buckle the inside of the opponent’s right knee with your right knee. During this action have your left hand reverse its circle (clockwise) and check the opponent’s right arm diagonally downward to his body while simultaneously delivering a right inward downward diagonal hammerfist strike across the bridge of the opponent’s nose. 5. Execute a right outward horizontal finger slice (palm down) to the opponent’s eyes. Immediately follow with a right inward horizontal finger slice (palm up) across his eyes and then with another right outward horizontal finger slice (palm down) across his eyes. •When slicing with your right hand, continue to have your left hand press and check the opponent’s right arm against his body.

6. Pivot clockwise to form a right front rotating twist stance facing 12:00 as you execute a left inward raking back knuckle strike to the bridge of the opponent’s nose. Your right hand now checks the opponent’s right arm to his body. 7. Pivot counterclockwise to form a right neutral bow stance as you execute a left outward horizontal finger slice (palm down) to the opponent’s eyes. Continue to check the opponent’s right arm with your right hand. 8. Execute a right front crossover sweep kick (toward 7:30) to the inside of the opponent’s right foot as you execute a left inward horizontal finger slice (palm up) to the opponent’s eyes. At the moment you settle into your twist stance (which is also the moment your opponent replants his own right foot) execute a left outward horizontal finger slice to this eyes. Your right hand continues to check. •The sweep should spread the opponent’s legs, lower his Height Zone and turn his body counterclockwise.

9. With your left foot, step toward 7:30 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00. Simultaneously grab the opponent’s right wrist with your left hand as you deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to his chin. •The fingers of your right hand are pointing toward 3:00. •This action should drive the opponent’s head back. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicate stepping toward 7:00.


493

CIRCLING WINDMILLS

10. Using the opponent’s chin as a Pivot Point (Windshield Wiper Effect), execute a counterclockwise right inward five-finger circular claw to his eyes while simultaneously pivoting counterclockwise to form a right reverse bow stance. 11. With your left hand maintaining a grab to the opponent’s right wrist, have your right hand (in the shape of the crane) hook to the right of, and the back of, the opponent’s neck. Anchor your elbow and pull the opponent’s head downward into a right vertical heel hook kick to his face. •Your right arm acts as a brace to sandwich the kick during this action.

12. Plant your right foot to Point of Origin to stabilize your base and immediately execute a right front crossover toward 7:30 as you execute a right underhand stiff-arm back knuckle strike to the opponent’s face. Your left hand positionally checks over your right shoulder. 13. Execute a left spinning back heel kick to any available target on the opponent. 14. From Point of Contact execute a left front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 6:00.

494

DESTRUCTIVE KNEEL NAME—The term destruction is use in self-defense techniques to represent an action stemming from the left side of the opponent or yourself. In this defense, you will utilize your left knee from a kneeling stance to buckle the opponent. BASICS Technique Transitional Neutral Bow Stance Outward Parry Reverse Close Kneel Stance Inward Downward Diagonal Heel Palm Strike Close Kneel Stance Outward Back Knuckle Strike Inward Heel Palm Strike Vertical Punch Knee Kick Neutral Bow Stance Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick

ATTACK FRONT Right Step Through Punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Black #1 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #9 32 System Not Found FORM LOCATION Form 4


495

DESTRUCTIVE KNEEL

TECHNIQUE •This technique is also taught as a defense against a step through right overhead punch.

1. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a transitional left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you execute a right outward parry to the outside of the opponent’s right punch. Ride the force of the opponent’s punch by pivoting clockwise and forming a left reverse close kneel stance to buckle the back of his right knee with your left knee. Simultaneously grab the opponent’s right wrist with your right hand and twist his arm clockwise to properly align his right elbow for a left inward downward diagonal heel palm strike to the back of his right elbow. •Your right hand begins as an upward block but is converted into a right grab to the wrist. It is also known as a “deflection block”. •Allow your left heel palm strike to pass under and through his right arm. •This action should cause the opponent to buckle down onto his right knee, and sprain or break his right elbow. It will also form an openended triangle.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left close kneel stance facing 12:00 as you execute a left outward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right lower ribcage. Simultaneously deliver a right inward heel palm claw across his face. •Both of these strikes should pass thorugh their targets creating an Angle of Desired Positioning for the next two strikes. •Your right knee should drop onto his right ankle to sprain or dislocate it. •Anchor your right elbow on his right shoulder and use his shoulder as a fulcrum to pull his head back. Your arm is fulcruming his head back as it cocks to your left hip for the next series of strikes.


496

DESTRUCTIVE KNEEL

3. Pivot clockwise and form a right close kneel stance facing 4:30 as you deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s lower spine. Simultaneously deliver a left vertical punch to his upper spine (left hand over right). Your left knee should act as a positional check. •If the opponent’s right leg has buckled to the ground, your left knee may be used to break or dislocated the opponent’s right ankle. •This action should stun the opponent. •Your right hand is below your left to act as a positional check against his right arm or a possible kick. •Traditionally this is where the Base Technique ends and the Extension begins.

4. With your left hand, hook around to the right and in front of his neck in the shape of the crane. Without hesitation, anchor your left elbow (using his right shoulder and back as a fulcrum) to force him back and toward you. Simultaneously deliver a left knee kick to his spine. Your right hand checks his right shoulder or arm. •Utilize Borrowed Force as you deliver the knee kick. • Make sure that you create an Angle of Incidence to increase the effect of the knee strike. •This action should disorient the opponent.

5. From Point of Contact, plant your left foot toward 9:00 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 3:00 as you deliver a right inward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to the left side of the opponent’s jaw. Your left hand checks his right shoulder. •The opponent will fall onto his back with his head pointing between 9:00 and 10:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that the opponent will fall between 11:00 and 12:00. •Some practitioners plant the left foot toward 9:00 and form a right front twist stance facing 3:00 and then pivot counterclockwise to deliver the right hammerfist strike followed by the right roundhouse kick in one continuous action.


497

DESTRUCTIVE KNEEL

6. Without a loss of motion, execute a right downward looping roundhouse kick to the opponent’s sternum. 7. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 7:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 9:00.


498

BOWING TO BUDDHA NAME—This technique receives its title from the kneeling posture that is assumed when one pays homage to a deity. BASICS Technique Inward Block Extended Outward Block Inward Forearm Parry Forward Step-Drag Maneuver Upward Elbow Strike Upward Heel Palm Strike Downward Back Knuckle Strike Neutral Bow Stance Inward Elbow Strike Transitory Neutral Bow Stance Reverse Bow Stance Inside Downward Parry Reverse Back-To-Front Switch Back Thrusting Heel Kick

ATTACK FRONT Right Roundhouse Kick (while kneeling on the ground) WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Kicks DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 2nd Brown #19 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #10 32 System Not Found FORM LOCATION Form 4


499

BOWING TO BUDDHA

TECHNIQUE •Some practitioners begin this defense on the left knee.

1. As the opponent delivers a right roundhouse kick, step forward with your right foot toward 12:00 and shift your left foot from resting on your instep to resting on the ball of your left foot. Simultaneously deliver a right inward block with a left extended outward block to the inside of the opponent’s right leg. Immediately deliver a right inward forearm parry. •Begin by kneeling on the ground as well as resting on the insteps of your feet. •Your left arm acts as a check while your right arm acts as the primary defensive arm. •The inward forearm parry should force the opponent’s right leg to your left exposing his centerline.

2. Execute a forward step-drag maneuver and deliver a right upward elbow strike to the opponent’s groin. Immediately follow with a left upward heel palm strike to his groin and grab. •The step-drag is executed by stepping with your right foot and dragging your left leg while still on your left knee. •Your right elbow should complete its Path of Travel as a positional right upward block with your right fist clenched palm facing in.

3. With your left hand still clenching his testicles, pull your left hand toward you as you deliver a right downward back knuckle strike to sandwich his testicles. •Your right fist will torque clockwise. •This strike should nauseate your opponent. •Some practioners utilize a right hammerfist strike to the groin. •Traditionally, this is where the Base Technique ends and the Extension begins.


500

BOWING TO BUDDHA

4. Slide your left foot forward beside your right foot as your left hand checks the opponent’s midsection while your right hand is contouring down the outside of the opponent’s left leg ending at his left ankle. Slide your right foot back to form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as your left hand converts into a left inward elbow strike to his solar plexus as you simultaneously jerk and pull his left leg with your right hand. •During the switch, your left foot (back foot) moves to the front and then your right foot (front foot) moves to the rear. •This series of movements is similar to the movements of the left side of DANCE OF DEATH. •As you deliver the left inward elbow strike, your right hand counter manipulates the opponent’s left leg to cause a strikedown. •This action will stun the opponent and force him onto his back with his head positioned toward 12:00. •Some practitioners track vertically up the opponent’s body to deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to his chin. From this position, push with your left hand and pull with your right hand to force the opponent to the ground.

5. Slide your left hand to the heel of the opponent’s left foot as your right hand grabs the top of his left toes. Slide your left foot back toward 6:00 to form a transitory left neutral bow stance facing 12:00. Immediately pivot counterclockwise to form a right reverse bow stance facing 11:00 as you twist the opponent’s left ankle counterclockwise. •Your left hand slides over and on top of the opponent’s left leg to grab the outer portion of his left heel. Your right hand slides over the tops of his left toes. •When you step back with your left foot toward 6:00, take advantage of your Body Momentum and explosively pivot counterclockwise. Through the proper use of your Body Momentum coupled with the fulcruming action on his left ankle, the opponent will flip onto his stomach. It is also possible that his left ankle will be fractured during this maneuver. •Keep this opponent’s right ankle against your right hip. This will secure the hold as well as assist in the ankel lock.


501

BOWING TO BUDDHA

6. Slide your left foot (gauging leg) toward your right foot and immediately drive your right leg back toward 10:30 to form a right reverse bow stance. As your right leg straightens against the underside of the opponent’s left leg, use both of your hands to push his left foot downward to force, lock, overextend, and fracture his left knee. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual stated that the left foot should move toward 10:00 in a modified left front crossover. This action requires bending your right knee resembling a twist stance combination with a transitional close kneel stance. This should aid you in checking the activity of his right leg. The left front crossover also acts as a gauge to determine the proper distance for sliding your right foot back toward 10:30 and forming a right reverse bow stance. •If the opponent’s right leg is an obstruction, execute a right front crossover toward 9:00 over the opponent’s right leg. Then, step over the opponent’s leg with a left rear crossover (gauging leg) toward 10:30. Once you are in this position, slide your right leg back toward 10:30 to form a right reverse bow stance. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot back toward 11:00 to form your right reverse bow stance.

7. Execute a right inside downward parry (in the shape of the crane) to the inside of the opponent’s left leg. •This action will force the opponent’s left leg away from you (out and to the right). •Your left hand checks low along side of, but slightly away from, your left thigh when parrying your opponent’s left leg.

8. Execute a reverse back-to-front switch and immediately pivot counterclockwise 180-degrees to deliver a left back thrusting heel kick to the opponent’s groin. •To execute the switch, move your right foot toward 6:00 and your left foot toward 12:00. When performing this switch, make sure that the maneuver properly gauges for distance to deliver the back thrusting heel kick. •Your hands should shift and check to the left side of your body with both hands checking in a Neutral Zone position. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual stated that a left back stomp kick may be used instead of the back thrusting heel kick. •The 1987 Studio Manual described the switch as moving the “left to rear and the right to front”.



502

REVERSING CIRCLES NAME—This techniques receives its name from the manner in which your circular defensive motions are reversed. BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Universal Block Forward Bow Stance Upward Block Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Rear Twist Stance Downward Forearm Strike Knife Edge Kick Outward Back Knuckle Strike Transitional Neutral Bow Stance Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick

ATTACK FRONT Left Roundhouse Kick & Left Punch Combination WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Multiple Attacks (One-Man) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside/Below POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Brown #11 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #11 32 System Not Found FORM LOCATION Form 4


503

REVERSING CIRCLES

TECHNIQUE 1. While in a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00, execute a left over right universal block to the inside of the opponent’s left leg. •This block is a combination of a right downward block and a left inward block.

2. Pivot clockwise to form a right forward bow stance facing 12:00 and deliver a right upward block under, as well as inside of, his left arm. Simultaneously deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to his left floating rib cage.. •The fingers of your left hand will point toward 3:00. •This strike should control the opponent’s Momentum and knock the wind out of him.

Depth

and

Body

3. Pivot counterclockwise to form a right neutral bow stance as you convert your left hand into a left upward block under the opponent’s left arm and end with a left grab to his left wrist. Simultaneously convert your right hand into a right thrusting heel palm strike to his right floating ribs. •The fingers of your right hand will point toward 9:00. •This will force the opponent to bend forward at the waist. •Historically this is where the Base Technique ends and the Extension begins.

4. Slide your right foot toward 7:30 to form a left rear twist stance as you jerk the opponent’s arm diagonally downward past your left hip. Simultaneously deliver a right downward forearm strike as you settle into your stance. •Take advantage of your body momentum when executing the right front crossover and as you jerk his arm with your left hand to fully disturb the opponent’s balance. •The counter action of your hands should break the opponent’s left elbow. This is similar to the arm bar used in CROSSING TALON. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot toward 8:00.


504

REVERSING CIRCLES

5. While controlling the opponent’s left arm, deliver a right knife-edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s right thigh. Simultaneously deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s left temple. 6. Plant your right foot to Point of Origin as your right hand contours down and to the inside of the opponent’s left arm and immediately grab his left hand. Switch your left hand in a wrist lock position. •Your right hand should be positioned so that your thrumb is on the back of the opponent’s left hand with your fingers on the inside of his palm. Your left hand is re-positioned so that your left thumb in on the back of his hand with your left fingers in his palm. This is a preparatory position for a wrist lock.

7. Step toward 7:30 with your left foot to form a transitional right neutral bow stance facing 1:30. Immediately slide your right foot back toward 7:30 to form a left neutral bow stance facing 1:30. As your right foot rotates clockwise, twist the opponent’s wrist clockwise while using your right hip as a supporting brace. •This should sprain, dislocate, break, or fracture your opponent’s left wrist as well as force him onto his back with his head positioned toward 4:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicate stepping toward 8:00 with your left foot and sliding yorur ight foot back toward the same angle. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that the opponent will be on his back with his head pointing between 5 and 6 o’clock.

8. Without a loss of momentum, deliver a left downward looping roundhouse kick to the opponent’s solar plexus. 9. Clear the opponent’s left arm with your left foot as you execute a left front crossover and a double cover out toward 7:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 7:00.


505

REPRIMANDING THE BEARS NAME—The term bear is used in self-defense techniques to represent a bear hug attack. In this defense, two opponents attack, one holding you in a bear hug while another attempts a punch. BASICS Wide Horse Stance Front Thrusting Ball Kick Back Hammerfist Strike Reverse Bow Stance Downward Heel Palm Strike and Grab Over-The-Shoulder Back Knuckle Strike Upward Knee Kick Front Crossover Knife Edge Kick Transitional Neutral Bow Stance Rear Crossover Outward Back Knuckle Strike Rear Twist Stance Thrusting Ball Kick Back Thrusting Heel Kick

ATTACK FRONT Right Punch REAR Bear Hug, Arms Pinned WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Multiple Attacks (Two-Men) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left Left to Either ATTACK DIRECTIONS 12:00 & 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Black #11 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #12 32 System Green #27 FORM LOCATION None


506

REPRIMANDING THE BEARS

TECHNIQUE •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the opponent appying a bear hug with the arms free.

1. With your left foot, step toward 9:00 and form a wide horse stance facing 12:00 as your left hand pins the hands of Opponent #2 (who is holding you in a bear hug from behind). Immediately deliver a right front thrusting ball kick to Opponent #1’s groin as you simultaneously deliver a right back hammerfist strike to Opponent #2’s groin. •By stepping toward 9:00, you move your body off the Line of Attack. •The kick should bend Opponent #1 at the waist and drive him backward.

2. From Point of Contact, plant your right foot toward 7:30 on the inside of Opponent #2’s left leg. As you plant, form a right reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of his left leg. Simultaneously deliver a right downward heel palm strike and grab to his groin. •As you cock your right hand to deliver the downward heel palm strike, you may use this motion to deliver a right back over the should finger whip to Opponent #2’s eyes. •These actions will cause Opponent #2 to bend forward at the waist and release his grip. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described planting your right foot toward 7:00.

3. Execute a right over-the-shoulder back knuckle strike to the face of Opponent #2. •Your left hand continues to check his hands. •The opponent’s head should snap backwards.

4. Immediately circle your right arm counterclockwise so that it travels up, around, and to the right side of Opponent #2’s neck. Simultaneously circle your left hand clockwise (over your right shoulder) so it travels up, around, and to the left side of his neck. When both hands meet on the back of Opponent #2’s neck, grab, pull, and force his head downward as you deliver a right upward knee kick to his face. •The two opposing forces will add to your borrowed force.


507

REPRIMANDING THE BEARS

5. From Point of Contact, plant your right foot forward toward 12:00 and form a right front crossover and immediately deliver a left knife edge kick to the sternum of Opponent #1. •This kick will bend Opponent #1 at the waist and drive him backward.

6. From Point of Contact, plant your left foot toward 12:00 and form a transitional left neutral bow stance. Immediately execute a right rear crossover as you deliver a left outward back knuckle strike to Opponent #1’s head as you settle into your right rear twist stance facing 12:00. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described sliding your right foot toward 11:00 to form the right rear twist stance.

7. From your right rear twist stance, execute a right thrusting ball kick to the sternum of Opponent #2 (toward 6:00). •This kick should drive Opponent #2 backward.

8. From Point of Contact, execute a right rear crossover followed by a left back thrusting heel kick to Opponent #1’s stomach. •This kick should drive Opponent #1 away.



508

CIRCLING THE STORM NAME—The term storm is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a club (stick) attack. In this defense, you will utilize evasive maneuvers to circle behind your opponent. BASICS Technique Neutral Bow Stance Inward Block Inverted Transitional Neutral Bow Stance Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike One –Legged Stance Inward Heel Palm Claw Knife-Edge Kick Outward Downward Heel Palm Claw and Grab Inward Heel Palm Claw Front Crossover Sweep Kick Front Twist Stance Underhand Heel Palm Claw Knee Kick Outward Claw Upward Lifting Forearm Strike Inward Downward Diagonal Inverted Roundhouse Punch Knife-Edge Kick

ATTACK FRONT Right Club Thrust WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Weapons (stick) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Black #12 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #13 32 System Not Found FORM LOCATION Form 6

RELATED TECHNIQUES Flashing Wings Flashing Mace


509

CIRCLING THE STORM

TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left inward block to the outside of the opponent’s right arm. Your right arm cocks (palm up in a fist) at your right hip. •This action moves you off the Line of Attack and deflects the thrust. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00 with your left foot. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual did not describe the use of a right outward chooping parry. •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual added a right outward chopping parry to the outside of the club prior to delivering the left inward block to the outside of the opponetn’s right arm.

2. Convert your left block to a positional check as your right foot steps toward 11:00 and form an inverted transitional right neutral bow stance as you simultaneously execute a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the opponent’s right lower ribcage. Follow through with this strike and continue to pivot clockwise (180-degree in-place) to form a left neutral bow stance facing 6:00 as you deliver a left outward horizontal elbow strike to his solar plexus while your right hand checks against the opponent’s right arm. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the right elbow strike as a “right raking elbow strike”.

3. With your left foot, hop back toward 12:00 and form a left one-legged stance as you simultaneously execute a right inward heel palm claw to the opponent’s face. Your left hand will check low. •The claw will force the opponent’s head upward and backward. Some practitioners use a right two-finger hook to the opponent’s right eye. •This maneuver is also known as a “hop switch”. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated hopping back toward 11:00.

4. Immediately execute a right knife-edge kick to the back of the opponent’s left knee. •This action will buckle the opponent’s left knee as well as act as a cross-check. •Some practitioners deliver the knife-edge kick to the back of the opponent’s right knee to turn him counterclockwise.


510

CIRCLING THE STORM

5. Plant your right foot forward to form a right neutral bow stance facing 6:00 as you continue the counterclockwise flow of your right hand to deliver a right outward downward heel palm claw and grab to the back and underside of the opponent’s groin. Your left hand positionally checks across the opponent’s back with your finger pointing to your right. •The claw and grab causes the opponent to bend forward at the waist. This strike is also known as a “monkey hand claw and grab”.

6. Circle your right hand counterclockwise to deliver a right inward heel palm claw to the opponent’s face. •This will force the opponent’s head upward. •Typically the right arm travels in a counterclockwise direction to claw the face. Some practitioners keep their right elbow on the opponent’s back to act as a check as the right hand orbits clockwise to set a claw on the opponent’s face (this position will resemble and outward hooking parry over the opponent’s right shoulder). Once the claw is set on the right side of the opponent’s face, fulcrum his head back.

7. From Point of Contact, complete your right arm’s Path of Action by dropping it to the opponent’s back to act as a positional check against his arms. Simultaneously execute a left front crossover sweep kick to the opponent’s right leg. Plant your left foot forward and form a left front twist stance as you deliver a left underhand heel palm claw to the back and underside of the opponent’s groin. •As you right arm claws across the face, it will act like a rolling check and end as a horizontal positional check across his back to check his Width Zone and control his arms.


511

CIRCLING THE STORM

8. Pivot clockwise to form a left neutral bow stance as you circle your left hand counterclockwise, up, around, and to the right side of the opponent’ face to grab his jaw as you check his right shoulder with your right hand. Immediately step back with your left foot toward 10:30 to form a right neutral bow stance facing 4:30 as you pull the opponent’s head back. Immediately follow with a right knee kick to the middle of his spine. •Your right hand acts as a check and a fulcrum between the opponent’s shoulder to leverage his head back. Turn the opponent slightly counterclcokwise to deliver the right knee kick. •Deliver your right knee kick as he is falling to take advantage of Borrowed Force. You may slide up with your left foot (gauging leg) if necessary. •The knee kick is controlled so that you daze the opponent and not break his back.

9. Plant your right foot back forward to form a right neutral bow stance as your left hand delivers a left outward claw across the opponent’s face as you simultaneously deliver a right upward lifting forearm strike to the back of his neck. •Utilize Gravitational Marriage provided by the left otuward claw and the planting of your right foot. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the right hand strike as a “right rising lift punch”.

10. Replace your left hand on the right side of the opponent’s face and fulcrum the opponent’s head backward and force him to the ground. As he begins to fall, deliver a right inward downward diagonal inverted roundhouse punch to his left temple. Simultaneously deliver a right knife-edge kick to the back of his right knee or any available opening. •A later revision to the 1975 IKKA Red Manual did not include the right inward downward diagonal roundhouse punch or knife-edge kick. Instead, the technique concluded with a “right downward looping ball of foot kick to any available opening the moment the opponent hits the ground”. It further described “using Residual Torque from the previous strike to enhance this kick. Use the ground to create a sandwiching effect with your kick”. •Use 1/4 beat timing when delivering the right inward downwar diagonal inverted roundhouse punch and the knife-edge kick.

11. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30. Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin

512

UNFOLDING THE DARK NAME—The term darkness is used in self-defense techniques to represent attack originating from the Obscure Zone. In this defense, you will utilize actions that create torque and unwind (unfold) in the Obscure Zone (dark).

ATTACK RIGHT REAR FLANK Left Step Through Punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches

BASICS Technique Transitory One-Legged Stance Snapping Knife-Edge Kick Back Thrusting Heel Kick Reverse Bow Stance Spinning Stiff-Leg Sweep Transitory Left Reverse Bow Stance Outward Back Knuckle Strike Close Kneel Stance Inward Overhead Hammerfist Strike Spinning Back Heel Stomp

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 4:30 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Black #17 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #14 32 System 2nd Brown #19 FORM LOCATION None


513

UNFOLDING THE DARK

TECHNIQUE •In this technique, the opponent is attacking from your Obscure Zone. You will unfold the back half of the Universal Pattern.

1. Hop toward 10:30 and form a transitory left one-legged stance facing 4:30. Immediately deliver a right snapping knife-edge kick to the opponent’s left knee while looking at the opponent from over your right shoulder. •This action should stop the opponent’s forward momentum as well as cause him to bend forward. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated hopping toward 10:00.

2. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) toward 4:30. Drag your left foot (gauging leg) to your right foot and execute a right back thrusting heel kick to the opponent’s left rib cage. Your hands positionally check to your right. •Notice that both feet act as gauges for distance and angle. •This action should drive the opponent back. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting toward 5:00 with your right foot.

3. Plant your right foot toward 4:30 and form a right reverse neutral bow stance. Immediately slide your left foot counterclockwise 180-degrees to execute a left spinning stiff-leg sweep to the outside of the opponent’s left leg. Conclude the sweep by forming a transitional left reverse bow stance. • Plant your right foot flat footed. •This action should force the opponent to lean backwards as well as have his head directed between 7:30 and 10:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described planting your right foot toward 5:00 in a right inverted neutral bow stance.

4. From your transitional left reverse bow stance, pivot counterclockwise and form a left neutral bow stance facing 4:30. Simultaneously deliver a left outward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s left kidney. Your right hand checks high. •This action should force the opponent to bend further back (between 7:30 and 10:30), thereby angling the front of his body so that it is exposed facing upward. •Some practitioners deliver the left outward back knuckle simultaneously with the formation of the left reverse bow stance.


514

UNFOLDING THE DARK

5. Immediately drop and form a left close kneel stance as you simultaneously deliver a right inward overhead hammerfist strike to the opponent’s sternum. Your left arm positionally checks the opponent’s left arm . •This strike should stun the opponent as well as force him to the ground (to your right side) on his back with his head between 7:30 and 10:30. •The hammerfist may be delivered on a diagonal if necessary. •The close kneel stance closes your low line of entry.

6. With your opponent on his back, deliver a right spinning back heel stomp to his face or any available opening. •Some practitioners do not spin for the stomp, but simply lift and cock the right leg to stomp backwards. If the opponent’s left arm or leg is up, you can deliver a right inward sweep kick to either limb as you cock your right leg in preparation for the stomp.



515

UNWINDING PENDULUM NAME—The term pendulum is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a downward block. In this defense, you will utilize your downward block (pendulum) from a twist stance and unwind to deliver a second block. BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Front Twist Stance Downward Block Inward Block Front Crossover Sweeping Kick Underhand Claw Back Scoop Kick Reverse Bow Stance Outward Heel Palm Strike Outward Elbow Strike Inward Heel Palm Strike Front Crossover Transitional Front Rotating Twist Stance Outward Whipping Inverted Middle Knuckle Fist Strike

ATTACK FRONT Right Front Kick & Right Punch Combination WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Multiple Attacks (One-Man) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Brown #17 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #15 32 System Not Found FORM LOCATION Form 4


516

UNWINDING PENDULUM

TECHNIQUE 1. While in a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00, slide your right foot back to form a left front twist stance facing 12:00 as you execute a right downward block to the outside of the opponent’s right leg. Simultaneously cock your left hand slightly beside your left ear. •This action controls the opponent’s Width and will turn him slightly to his left. •Your left hand is in a position similar to THUNDERING HAMMERS.

2. Pivot clockwise to form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left inward block to the outside of the opponent’s right arm. Have your right arm hang naturally along your right thigh. •This action, combined with the previous block, should result in turning the opponent so that his back faces you.

3. Immediately execute a right front crossover sweeping kick to the back of the opponent’s left knee. •This kick should buckle as well as force the opponent’s left leg to spread apart from his right leg.

4. Plant your right foot forward to form a right front twist stance as you execute a right underhand claw to the opponent’s groin from the rear. Your left hand checks horizontally across the opponent’s arm at his elbows. •Historically this is where the Base Technique ends and the Extension begins.

5. Pivot counterclockwise 180-degrees to deliver a right back scoop kick to the opponent’s groin. •Some practitioners delvier a right inward horizontal heel palm claw to the opponent’s face as you pivot counterclockwise.

6. From Point of Contact, plant your right foot toward 11:30 (between the opponent’s legs) and form a right reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of his right leg. Simultaneously deliver a right outward heel palm strike to the opponent’s left kidney. Your left hand positionally checks the back of the opponent’s waist. •This action should force the opponent’s head to snap back.


517

UNWINDING PENDULUM

7. Execute a switch by having your right leg slide alongside and to the right of your left leg. Immediately pivot counterclockwise and slide your left leg back to form a left reverse bow stance toward 10:30 to buckle the inside of the opponent’s left knee. Simultaneously execute a left outward elbow strike to the back of the opponent’s head with a right inward heel palm strike to his right kidney. •These simultaneous strikes should cause the opponent to fall backwards before the effects of the strikes are felt.

8. Execute a left front crossover toward 7:30 and rotate counterclockwise to form a transitional left front rotating twist stance as you deliver a left outward whipping inverted middle-knuckle fist strike to the opponent’s right temple. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 7:00. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described this as a “Cobra Strike”.

9. With your right foot, step toward 7:30 and complete your double cover out in the same direction. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 6:00.


518

PIERCING LANCE NAME—The term lance is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent an knife attack. In this technique, you will utilize a counter strike with the opponent’s weapon in a piercing manner. BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Outward Downward Hooking Parry Heel Palm Parry Back Elbow Strike Wide Kneel Stance Back-To-Front Switch Front Thrusting Knife Edge Kick

ATTACK FRONT Right Step Through Knife Thrust (while your arms are up) WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Weapons (knife) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Black #16 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #16 32 System Green #24 FORM LOCATION None


519

PIERCING LANCE

TECHNIQUE 1. From a left neutral bow stance and both hands raise slightly above your shoulders, slide your right foot toward 7:30 as you execute a right outward downward hooking parry to the outside of the opponent’s right wrist. Simultaneously execute a left heel palm parry to the outside of his right elbow. After your left hand makes contact, slide to the top of his right wrist and set a grab. •Re-direct the opponent’s knife thrust toward 5:00.

2. While maintaining the grab with your left hand and without disrupting your Flow of Motion, slide your right foot clockwise toward 1:00 to form a left neutral bow stance and buckle the opponent’s right leg with your right leg as you simultaneously execute a right back elbow strike to his right or left ribcage. •At this stage, your position is back to back with your opponent while still maintaining your left hand grab on his right wrist.

3. Immediately slide your right foot counterclockwise toward 7:30 to form a right neutral bow stance Simultaneously your right hand grabs the opponent’s right wrist and your left hand form s the shape of the crane and hooks around the left side of his neck and throat. Without any hesitation, pivot counterclockwise and drop to form a left wide kneel stance as your left forearm fulcrums on his right shoulder and back and forces his neck, throat and head back. Guide and force the opponent right elbow onto your left knee as he falls backward. •This action is intended to break his right elbow across your left knee. His right arm should be crossing in front of your body, while you are pulling his right arm toward 7:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 8:00 with your right foot.


520

PIERCING LANCE

Another version of this defense begins after step 5 and is described below: Step 5 Release your left hand and grab palm down (clockwise) and wrap his left arm around your left leg. Twist your left hand counterclockwise as your right heel palm pushes down on his elbow to cause a shoulder dislocation. Step 6 Grab the opponent’s right wrist with your right hand (palm up) and pivot clockwise to form a left reverse bow stance as you twist his wrist clockwise as you simultaneosly deliver a left heel palm strike to his elbow. Step 7 Cock your left leg and dleiver a left heel stomp to the right side of the opponent’s neck as both hands grab his right wrist and pull upward to cause further dislocation. Step 8 Execute a left front crossover stomp to his right wrist as you force his arm to the ground. Step 9 Complete your crossover and double cover out toward 11:00.

4. Grab the opponent’s right wrist with your left hand as it assist your right hand in twisting his right arm counterclockwise while you move your left foot toward 9:00. Immediately pivot counterclockwise to form a left wide kneel stance facing 9:00 as you force the opponent’s knife (if he is still holding on to it) into his own throat. •If the opponent releases the knife on the arm break, maintain the hold on the opponent’s right wrist with your left hand as your right hand grabs the knife and plunges it into the opponent’s throat.

5. Execute a back-to-front switch to deliver a right front thrusting knife-edge kick to the opponent’s right shoulder blade. •At this point, both hands are controlling the opponent’s right hand while the knife is in his throat. •You will end in a right neutral bow stance facing 10:30.

6. Grab the opponent’s right wrist with your right hand. Release your left hand grab and shift your left hand to grab the back of the opponent’s right hand. Twist the opponent’s right hand clockwise and upward to sprain or break his wrist. Simultaneously wrap the opponent’s right arm around your right leg. Continue to have your left hand rotate clockwise and upward while simultaneously pushing down on the opponent’s right elbow with your right hand to cause his shoulder to dislocate. •Your left hand will reverse clockwise with your palm facing away.

7. Grab the knife with your right hand and pull it out of the opponent’s throat. •Cut across the opponent’s throat as you pull the knife out.

8. In the same Flow of Action, execute a right front crossover toward 6:00 as you cut the opponent’s right triceps and biceps with the knife. 9. Compete your crossover and double cover out toward 6:00.


521

ESCAPE FROM DARKNESS NAME—The term darkness is used in self-defense techniques to represent attack originating from the Obscure Zone. In this defense, you will utilize evasive maneuvers to escape from your opponent’s attack.

ATTACK LEFT REAR FLANK Right Step Through Punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches

BASICS Technique Transitory One-Legged Stance Thrusting Knife-Edge Kick Spinning Stiff-Leg Sweep Transitional Right Reverse Bow Stance Neutral Bow Stance Vertical Punch Outward Claw Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike Heel Palm Strike Rear Crossover Hooking Heel Kick

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 7:30 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Black #19 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #17 32 System 2nd Brown #13 FORM LOCATION None


522

ESCAPE FROM DARKNESS

TECHNIQUE •Some instructors teach this as an attack from 6:00.

1. Hop toward 1:30 and form a transitory right one-legged stance facing 7:30. Immediately deliver a left thrusting knife edge kick to the outside of the opponent’s right knee. Your hands are positionally checking to your left in the Neutral Zone. •This action will stop the opponent’s forward momentum as well as force him to bend forward. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated hopping toward 1:00.

2. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) toward 7:30 and immediately spin clockwise to deliver a right spinning stiff-leg sweep to the back of the opponent’s right knee. Conclude this sweep by forming a transitional right reverse bow stance and deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to his kidney. •This action will cause his right knee to buckle to the ground. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting toward 7:00 into a horse left fighting horse stance.

3. Pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance facing 7:30. Immediately step forward with your left foot toward 7:30 and form a left neutral bow stance as you deliver left vertical punch to the right side of the opponent’s jaw. During this action your right hand grabs and gravitationally checks his right shoulder and your left knee braces against his back. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting and stepping toward 8:00. •Your left forearm rides along his right shoulder to act as a Gravitational Check. A pre-1975 description of this punch described it as a “downward punching plunging punch”.

4. With your left knee checking his back, reverse the motion of your left hand and execute a left outward claw across the opponent’s face. During the same flow of motion, deliver a right inward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to the left side of his jaw. •Your right hammerfist should conclude with your right forearm dropping on, as well as to the back of, your opponent’s right shoulder to keep him in check. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated using a right inside downward diagonal forearm strike along the opponet’s left lower jaw with the point of your left elbow checking his right shoulder.


523

ESCAPE FROM DARKNESS

5. Slide your right foot clockwise and back toward 4:30 to form a left neutral bow stance facing 10:30. During this action have your right hand grab under the opponent’s jaw and pull as you execute a left heel palm strike to his right mastoid. •This simultaneous pull and strike is for the purpose of snapping the opponent’s neck as in LEAP OF DEATH. This action will spin the opponent clockwise to face you on his hands and knees. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot toward 4:00 and facing 10:00 in a left neutral bow stance.

6. Execute a left front crossover and single cover out toward 4:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 4:00.

7. Survey. 8. With your opponent still on his knees, execute a right rear crossover and deliver a left hooking heel kick to the opponent’s face. •Your left hook kick follows a counterclockwise path. •This action should cause the opponent to fall to the ground.



524

CAPTURING THE ROD NAME—The term rod is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent armed hold-ups involving revolvers or semi-automatics. In this defense, you will disarm the opponent by first capturing the weapon.

ATTACK FRONT Right Pistol Against Your Chest WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Weapons (gun)

BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Outward Parry Two-Finger Poke Forward Bow Stance Front Snapping Ball Kick Outward Upward Diagonal Stiff Arm Lifting Strike Inward Downward Diagonal Pistol Strike Outward Downward Diagonal Pistol Strike

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Black #7 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #18 32 System Not Found FORM LOCATION Form 6


525

CAPTURING THE ROD

TECHNIQUE 1. With your right foot, step toward 12:00 and form a right neutral bow stance. Simultaneously execute a left outward parry while simultaneously grabbing the pistol (at the cylinder or hammer) with your right hand. •When you step forward with your right foot, pivot your upper body counterclockwise (facing 9:00) to ensure that you get out of the Line of Fire. •Use your left outward parry to deflect the barrel of the weapon.

2. With your right hand controlling the pistol, execute a left two-finger poke to the opponent’s eyes. Immediately retract your left hand and grab under the barrel and trigger guard of the pistol to assist your right hand. •The poke should cause pain and temporarily blind the opponent.

3. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 to form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as both hands twist the opponent’s wrist and weapon clockwise. •Complete the twist with a lock as you force the grip of the pistol toward you with the muzzel pointed toward your opponent’s head or body.

4. Pivot clockwise to form a left forward bow stance as you yank the gun from the opponent’s hand. Pull your right arm and weapon past your right hip as you deliver a right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s groin. •When you remove the gun from the opponent’s grip, force his trigger finger against the trigger guard in order to break it. Have the gun travel toward 6:00 past your right hip as you execute the right front snapping ball kick. •This action should disarm the opponent and force him to bend forward at the waist.

5. Plant forward and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00. As you plant forward, deliver a right outward upward diagonal stiff-arm lifting strike using the butt of the pistol to the right side of the opponent’s face. Your left hand checks the opponent’s right arm. •This strike should daze the opponent as well as lift his head. •Historically this is where the Base Technique ends and the Extension begins.


526

CAPTURING THE ROD

6. Immediately follow with a right inward downward diagonal pistol strike to the left side of the opponent’s jaw. 7. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 and form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right outward downward diagonal pistol strike to the right side of the opponent’s jaw. 8. Execute a left front crossover toward 4:30. Simultaneously grab the barrel of the gun with your left hand to transfer the weapon into the palm of your right. Step out with your right foot toward 4:30 to face 10:30 in a left neutral bow stance as you drop your left hand down below the level of the weapon to act as a check. Point the weapon toward the downed opponent. •The position of your left hand will be below and to the right of your right hand with your palm out and your fingers in a vertical position. Rest your right wrist on top of your left wrist. Caution: never let your left hand exceed the length of the barrel.


527

PRANCE OF THE TIGER NAME—One of modern Kenpo’s main predecessors is Hung Gar Gung Fu. This defense utilizes methods and maneuvers characteristic of Tiger system of this Chinese art. BASICS Technique 45-Degree Cat Stance Outward Downward Hooking Parry Thrusting Sweep Kick Knife-Edge Kick Outward Back Knuckle Strike Front Crossover Sweep Twist Stance Outward Two-Finger Hook Reverse Bow Stance Spinning Stiff-Leg Sweep Transitional Neutral Bow Stance Knee Kick Inward Overhead Hammerfist Strike Front Crossover Rear Twist Stance Thrusting Heel Palm Strike

ATTACK FRONT Right Step Through Uppercut Punch WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Punches DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 3:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Black #8 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #19 32 System Not Found FORM LOCATION Form 4


528

PRANCE OF THE TIGER

TECHNIQUE •This technique may be utilized as a defense standing up or from the ground. •Another variations of this defense is described as follows: Step 1 Slide your right foot back to form a left 45-degree cat stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right outward downward diagonal back knuckle strike to the outside of his right arm. As your right arm cocks high, your left hand acts as check to his right arm. Step 2 Execute a left inward sweep kick to the opponetn’s right shin/knee as your right hand continues its counterclockwise motion to deliver a right inward horizontal hammerfist strike to the inside of his right arm. At the conclusion of this sequence, your right arm will be cocked horizontally across your waist and your left hand will be guarding high. Step 3 Deliver a right knife-edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee as you simultaneoulsy deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to his right temple. Plant forward and form a right neutral bow stance. Step 4 Execute a right front crossover sweep kick to the inside of the opponent’s right foot as you simultaneously deliver a right inward two finger hook to the opponent’s left eye. Plant into a twist stance. Step 5 Pivot counterclockwise and form a left reverse bow stance and convert it into a left spinning stiffleg sweep to the inside of the opponent’s right knee.

1.

Slide your right foot back to 6:00 and form a left 45degree cat stance facing 12:00 as you execute a left outward downward hooking parry to the inside of the opponent’s right elbow. Immediately follow this with a right inward downward block (palm up) to the inside of the opponent’s right arm (near his hand). •Follow through with the action of your right hand and cock it near your left hip palm up. Your left hand is positioned in front of, as well as to the right of, your solar plexus. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the left hand’s action as a “left hand heel of palm downward parry”. •An early version of this defense (pre-1975) inserted a right outward horizontal heel palm claw to the opponent’s face simultaneously with the left outward downward hooking parry. Your right arm then continues its clockwise circle to deliver the right inward downward block (palm up) simultaneously with the left thrusting sweep kick.

2. Immediately execute a left thrusting sweep kick to the opponent’s right shin. •Your left hand continues to check in case the opponent wishes to attack with his right hand again. •The sweep momentum.

kick

should

help

stop

the

opponent’s

forward

3. Continue the flow of your action by delivering a right knife-edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee. Simultaneously execute a right outward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right temple. Your left hand continues to check. •The kicking combination of a thrusting sweep kick followed by a knife edge kick is called a “side chicken kick”. •Historically this is where the Base Technique ends and the Extension begins. •This action will buckle the opponent’s left knee as well as daze him.

4. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover sweep to the inside of the opponent’s right foot and plant into a twist stance. As you settle into your twist stance, deliver a right outward two-finger hook to his right eye. Your left hand is still checking his right arm. •The sweep should spread his legs and 1/4 later the hook to his eye will temporarily blind him.



529

PRANCE OF THE TIGER

Step 6 Pivot counterclockwise and form a transitional left neutral bow stance. Immediately deliver a right knee kick to the opponent’s solar plexus simultaneously with a right inward overhead hammerfist strike to his left kidney. Step 7 Your right hand will check the opponent’s right shoulder as you deliver a left upward knee kick to his sternum. Step 8 From Point of Contact plant toward 7:30 to form a right rear twist stance. As you settle into your stance, deliver a left downward thrusting heel palm strike to the back of the opponent’s head. Step 9 Complete your crossover and double cover out toward 7:30.

5. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left reverse bow stance and convert it into a left spinning stiff-leg sweep toward 1:30 to the inside of the opponent’s right knee. Your left hand continues to check his arms. •This action should cause the opponent to bend forward. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated a direction of 1:00.

6. Pivot counterclockwise and form a transitional left neutral bow stance facing 4:30 and immediately follow with a right knee kick to the opponent’s solar plexus. Simultaneously deliver a right inward overhead hammerfist strike to the back of his neck. Your left hand checks the opponent’s right shoulder. •This action should stun the opponent and continue his downward descent.

7. Immediately switch your hands so that your right hand checks his right shoulder as you execute a left inward overhead hammerfist strike to the back of his head simultaneously with a left knee kick to the underside of his chin. •The opponent continues to fall toward the ground at this point. •Your left knee kick will be directed toward 4:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that your left knee kick be directed toward 4:00.

8. From Point of Contact execute a left front crossover toward 7:30 to form a right rear twist stance toward 1:30 as you deliver a left downward thrusting heel palm strike to the back of the opponent’s head. •This action will force the opponent to the ground. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that the left foot plants toward 7:00 and the left heel palm strike (jab) be directed toward 5:00 to force him down.

9. Complete your crossover and double cover out toward 7:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward 7:00.


530

BROKEN ROD NAME—The term rod is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent armed hold-ups involving revolvers or semi-automatics. In this defense, you will utilize methods designed to dislocate or break the arm holding the weapon. BASICS Transitory Front Rotating Twist Stance Outward Hooking Parry Neutral Bow Stance Uppercut Forearm Strike Vertical Lifting Upward Back Knuckle Strike Inward Downward Diagonal Pistol Strike One-Legged Stance Outward Downward Diagonal Pistol Strike Thrusting Knife Edge Kick Inward Upward Diagonal Raking Pistol Strike Front Rotating Twist Stance (in-place) Outward Downward Diagonal Pistol Strike Inward Downward Heel Palm Strike Transitory Neutral Bow Stance Inward Upward Diagonal Pistol Strike

ATTACK FRONT Right Pistol Against Your Back WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Weapons (gun) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 6:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Black #14 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #20 32 System Not Found FORM LOCATION Form 6


531

BROKEN ROD

TECHNIQUE 1. Pivot 180-degrees clockwise and form a transitory right front rotating twist stance as you execute a right outward hooking parry (like a waiter carrying a tray) to the outside and on top of the opponent’s right wrist. •To ensure that you move off the Line of Fire, pivot clockwise on the ball of your left foot while slightly lifting yourr ight foot off of the ground and planting it toward 4:30. Your head (and attention) will be focused toward 7:30. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting clockwise (in-place) toward 5:00.

2. Without a loss of momentum, step toward 7:30 with your left foot and form a left neutral bow stance as your right hand grabs the opponent’s right hand and pistol from above. Simultaneously execute a left uppercut forearm strike to the underside of the opponent’s right elbow. •When you step forward, make sure that your left leg checks the inside of your opponent’s right knee. •Both the uppercut and the right grab apply opposing forces to successfully fracture the opponent’s right elbow. This action controls the Line of Fire and forces a relase of the pistol. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 5:00 with your left foot to check the outside of the opponent’s right knee.

3. Immediately switch your legs by having your left foot (gauging leg) slide slightly back toward 1:00 as your right foot steps toward 5:00 and forms a right neutral bow stance to aid in buckling the inside of the opponent’s right knee. As you step forward, your left hand acts as a gravitational check while you yank the pistol out of the opponent’s hand with your right hand (if the pistol has not already been released). •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping directly forward with your right foot to the inside of the opponent’s right knee to buckle.


532

BROKEN ROD

4. Immediately deliver a right vertical lifting upward back knuckle strike under the opponent’s chin with the butt of the pistol. In the same continuous motion, loop the pistol clockwise and deliver a right inward downward diagonal pistol strike to the opponent’s left temple. •Make sure that the muzzle of the pistol points away from you at all times. •This strike should force the opponent’s upper body backward. •Historically this is where the Base Technique ends and the Extension begins. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated deliver a right inward horizontal pistol strike to the opponent’s throat or sternum.

5. Hop toward 4:30 with your left leg and form a left onelegged stance to the outside of the opponent’s right leg as you simultaneously loop the pistol counterclockwise to deliver a right outward downward diagonal pistol strike to the back of the opponent’s right elbow. Your left hand checks on or near the opponent’s right shoulder. •This motion is similar to the second half of GLANCING LANCE. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated hopping toward 4:00 to form a left one-legged stance.

6. Immediately deliver a right thrusting knife-edge kick to the back of the opponent’s left or right knee. Your hands will be checking in the neutral zone. •The choice of which leg you kick at is dependant upon the circumstances (whichever leg is closest). The 1975 IKKA Red Manual specified the opponent’s left knee.

7. Plant your right foot toward 10:00 between the opponent’s legs and form a right neutral bow stance. Simultaneously deliver a right inward upward diagonal raking pistol strike to the opponent’s right lower ribcage.


533

BROKEN ROD

8. Pivot clockwise and form a right front rotating twist stance (in-place) as you deliver a right outward downward diagonal pistol strike to the back of the opponent’s neck. Immediately follow with a left inward downward heel palm strike to the back of the opponent’s neck. •Follow through with the pistol stirke and use the same rotational force to deliver the left heel palm strike. •After the palm strike, your left hand will contour the opponent’s neck and act as a check on top of his right shoulder. •These strikes will force the opponent to bend forward.

9. Pivot counterclockwise and form a transitory right neutral bow stance as you execute a right inward upward diagonal pistol strike to the right side of the opponent’s face. Without a loss of momentum, continue to pivot counterclockwise and step with your right foot toward 3:00 and pivot to form a left neutral bow stance facing 9:00. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated delivering a right outward upward diagonal pistol strike to the opponent’s face.

10. Briefly survey the opponent. Execute a left front crossover toward 3:00 as simultaneously grab the barrel of the gun with your left hand to transfer the weapon into the palm of your right. Step out with your right foot toward 3:00 to face 9:00 in a left neutral bow stance as you drop your left hand down below the level of the weapon to act as a check. Point the weapon toward the opponent. •The position of your left hand will be below and to the right of your right hand with your palm out and your fingers in a vertical position. Rest your right wrist on top of your left wrist. Caution: never let your left hand exceed the length of the barrel.

534

ENTWINED MACES NAME—The term mace is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent a fist. In this defense, you will utilize horizontal figure-eight blocking pattern to deflect and capture (entwine) the opponent’s punches (maces). BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Inward Handsword Parry Extended Outward Handsword Forward Push-Drag Maneuver Forward Bow Stance Vertical Punch Thrusting Inward Handsword Strike Rear Crossover Reverse Bow Stance Downward Hammerfist Strike Front Rotating Twist Stance (in-place) Raking Vertical Outward Back Knuckle Strike Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Knee Kick Inward Downward Hammerfist Strike Rear Crossover Back Thrusting Heel Kick

ATTACK FRONT Left & Right Punch Combination WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Multiple Attacks (One-Man) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Black #2 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #21 32 System Green #26 FORM LOCATION None


535

ENTWINED MACES

TECHNIQUE 1. Step back with your left foot to form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you execute a right inward handsword parry to the outside and top of the opponent’s left arm. Immediately flow into a right extended outward handsword to the outside of the opponent’s right arm. Your left hand checks at solar plexus level. •Your right hand executes a looping figure-eight pattern that follows a path and not a line. The figure-eight pattern is begun by striking diagonally downward to your left and completed by striking diagonally downard to the right. •The opponent’s Height and Width Zones are kept in check by consistently crisscrossing the opponent’s arms diagonally and down.

2. Grab the opponent’s right wrist with your right hand and pull his arm diagonally downward past your right hip as you execute a forward push-drag maneuver ending in a right forward bow stance as you deliver a left vertical punch to the opponent’s face. •Your grab is made just before your right hand completes the second block (when it crisscrosses diagonally and down to your right. Start the grab at the arm and track down to the wrist. •Your forward body momentum, resulting from the push-drag shuffle, coupled with your right hand pull, all contribute to Borrowed Force. •This action should stop the opponent’s forward momentum.

3. Pivot counterclockwise to form a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right thrusting inward handsword strike to the left side of the opponent’s neck as his jugular vein. Your left hand acts as a positional check against his right arm. •This strike should snap the opponent’s head back. •Historically this is where the Base Technique ends and the Extension begins. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described this strike as a “thrusting chop”.

4. Execute a left rear crossover and immediately have your right foot step out to form a right reverse bow stance facing 1:30 to buckle the inside of the opponent’s left knee. Simultaneously deliver a right downward hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin. Your left hand positionally checks over your right shoulder. •Your opponent will bend forward at his waist.


536

ENTWINED MACES

5. Pivot clockwise and form a right front rotating twist stance (in-place) facing 12:00 as you deliver a right raking vertical outward back knuckle strike to the right side of the opponent’s face or nose. Immediately deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to the opponent’s sternum with a left knee kick to this groin. •Your left hand momentarily cocks at your left hip as you begin your rotation in preparation for the heel palm strike. •Your left knee utilizes the principle of Threading. •At the conclusion of your heel palm strike and knee kick, cock your right hand near your right ear (fist clenched; palm facing out).

6. Plant your left foot toward 6:00 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right inward downward hammerfist strike to the opponent’s left collar bone. Your left hand positionally checks near your solar plexus. •This strike employs a grafted principle, combining both thrusting and hammering methods to complete the manevuer. •The force of this strike should drive the opponent downward as well as backward.

7. Immediately execute a left rear crossover and execute a right back thrusting heel kick to the opponent’s solar plexus. •Your right hammerfist strike may be used as a lock-out block to as you prepare to deliver the right back kick. •This should drive the opponent backward as well as drop him to the ground.



537

DEFYING THE ROD NAME—The term rod is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent armed hold-ups involving revolvers or semi-automatics. In this defense, you will deflect (defy) the opponent’s Line of Fire simultaneously with counterstrikes.


BASICS Front Rotating Twist Stance Outward Hooking Parry Front Snapping Ball Kick Two-Finger Poke Neutral Bow Stance Inward Downward Forearm Strike Upward Flapping Elbow Strike Outward Downward Diagonal Pistol Strike Knee Kick Inward Overhead Hammering Pistol Strike Front Snapping Instep Kick Side Snapping Knife-Edge Kick Front Crossover Outward Pistol Strike Rear Twist Stance Outward Downward Diagonal Pistol Strike Spinning Back Heel Kick

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Black #18 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #22 32 System Not Found FORM LOCATION Form 6


538

DEFYING THE ROD

TECHNIQUE 1. Pivot counterclockwise to form a left front rotating twist stance (in-place) as you execute a left outward hooking parry (like a waiter carrying a tray) to the inside and on tope of the opponent’s right hand. Your right hand is positioned in front of your solar plexus. •As you rotate your left foot will slide toward 1:30. •Rotate your body to get out of the opponent’s Line of Fire. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward 2:00.

2. Grab on top of the opponent’s right hand (at the pistol) as you execute a right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s groin simultaneously with a right two-finger poke to the opponent’s eyes. •This should temporarily blind the opponent.

3. Plant your right foot forward toward 11:00 and form a right neutral bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s right knee as you execute a right inward downward forearm strike to the opponent’s right forearm to force his upper body forward. Simultaneously pull the opponent’s right arm diagonally downward toward your left hip with your left hand. Immediately follow with a right upward flapping elbow strike to the underside of the opponent’s chin. •This strike will snap the opponent’s head back. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated grabbing the opponent’s right hand to assist your left hand in pulling the opponent diagonally downard inward your right upward flapping elbow strike.

4. Grab and remove the pistol from the opponent’s right hand with your right hand as you maintain the grab with your left hand. Immediately step back with your right foot toward 6:00 to form a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you execute a right outward downward diagonal pistol strike to the back and left side of the opponent’s neck. •This strike should stun the opponent and begin to force his head to bend forward. •Your left hand checks the opponent’s right arm outward to the left.


539

DEFYING THE ROD

5. Execute a right front knee kick to the opponent’s sternum as you pull the opponent downward. With your right leg still in the air, circle your right arm counterclockwise and execute a right inward overhead hammering pistol strike to the opponent’s spine (directly opposite the sternum) to create a sandwiching effect. Immediately deliver a right front snapping instep kick to the opponent’s groin. Your left hand will check the opponent’s right shoulder throughout. •Your right hand and the pistol form an open-ended triangle. Use this open-ended triangle as you anchor your elbow to force the opponent to bend forward. •Utilize Borrowed Force as you pull the opponent downard into your right knee kick. •Historically, this defense ends with the right inward overhead hammerfist strike. All motions after this point form the Extension. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated striking the back of the opponent’s head with the pistol.

6. From Point of Contact, immediately deliver a right side snapping knife-edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee. •This should buckle the opponent’s left knee outward and cause him to start to fall.

7. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover toward 4:30. With your right foot still in motion, circle your right arm counterclockwise and deliver a right outward pistol strike to the outside and underside of the opponent’s right elbow. Your left hand acts as a high positional check. As your right foot plants into the left rear twist stance, retrieve your right hand to your chest and execute a right outward downward diagonal pistol strike to the opponent’s head. •The strike to the opponent’s right elbow should clear the opponent’s right arm and pin it against his body. This strike to his head should begin to force the opponent onto his back. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated delivering a right inward horizontal pistol strike to the inside of the opponent’s right arm to create a clear path.

8. Pivot counterclockwise and deliver a left spinning back heel kick to any available opening.


540

DEFYING THE ROD

9. From Point of Contact, execute a left front crossover toward 6:00 as simultaneously grab the barrel of the gun with your left hand to transfer the weapon into the palm of your right. Step out with your right foot toward 6:00 to face 12:00 in a left neutral bow stance as you drop your left hand down below the level of the weapon to act as a check. Point the weapon toward the opponent. •The position of your left hand will be below and to the right of your right hand with your palm out and your fingers in a vertical position. Rest your right wrist on top of your left wrist. Caution: never let your left hand exceed the length of the barrel.

541

FATAL DEVIATION NAME—The term fatal is used in self-defense techniques to represent actions that can result in death. In this defense, lethal methods may be inserted. BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Inward Block Forward Push-Drag Maneuver Forward Bow Stance Extended Outward Block Thrusting Vertical Punch Thrusting Inward Handsword Strike Front Crossover Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Reverse Bow Stance Back Hammerfist Strike Rear Crossover Thrusting Back Heel Kick

ATTACK FRONT Left & Right Punch Combination WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Multiple Attacks (One-Man) DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Black #9 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #23 32 System Green #30 FORM LOCATION None


542

FATAL DEVIATION

TECHNIQUE 1. Step back with your left foot to form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you execute a right inward block to the inside of the opponent’s right arm. Your left hand positionally checks in front of your solar plexus. •

2. Execute a forward push-drag maneuver ending in a right forward bow stance as you deliver a right extended outward block to the inside of the opponent’s left arm. Simultaneously execute a left thrusting vertical punch to the opponent’s face. •This strike will snap his head backward and control his Depth Zone. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated remaining in a right neutral bow stance while delivering the left thrusting vertical punch.

3. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you execute a right thrusting inward handsword strike to the left side of the opponent’s neck. Your left hand remains positionally checking at your solar plexus. •Historically this is where the Base Technique ends and the Extension begins.

4. Execute a left front crossover as you deliver a left inward horizontal heel palm strike to the right side of the opponent’s jaw. As you crossover, have your right hand circle counterclockwise, and diagonally downward, to force the opponent’s arm against the right side of his body and hip. •The fingers of your left hand will point out and your elbow will be anchored. •Your right elbow should positionally check the opponetn’s left arm at the same time as his checks his right arm.

5. Step forward (toward 11:00) with your right foot and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 to buckle the inside of the opponent’s right knee. Simultaneously circle your right arm counterclockwise to deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the left side of the opponents’ jaw. Your left hand will remain braced against his right jaw. •Your left hand creates a backstop to create a sandwiching effect. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping forward with your right foot toward 10:00.


543

FATAL DEVIATION

6. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right reverse bow stance to further buckle the inside of the opponent’s right leg and expose his groin. Simultaneously deliver a right back hammerfist strike to his groin. Your left hand checks over your right shoulder. •The opponent will bend forward at the waist.


and single cover out

8. Survey. 9. Return with a left rear crossover and immediately deliver a right thrusting back heel kick to the opponent’s stomach. •This will cause the opponent to fall to the ground.



544

TWISTED ROD NAME—The term rod is used in self-defense techniques to symbolically represent armed hold-ups involving revolvers or semi-automatics. In this defense, you will disarm the opponent by first twisting the weapon from his hand.


BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Outward Hooking Parry Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Reverse Bow Stance Shovel Kick Thrusting Heel Kick Close Kneel Stance Downward Knee Drop Two-Finger Poke Downward Pistol Strike Upward Pistol Strike Knife Edge Kick

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Left to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System 1st Black #20 Orthodox 24 System 2nd Brown #24 32 System Not Found FORM LOCATION Form 6


545

TWISTED ROD

TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step toward 11:00 and form a left neutral bow stance as you execute a right outward hooking parry (like a waiter carrying a tray) to the outside and on top of the opponent’s right hand near the weapon. Simultaneously your left hand grabs on top of the opponent’s right hand near the pistol. •This maneuver is done to get you out of the Line of Fire as well as to positionally check the opponent’s right leg with your left knee. Be conscious of the Line of Entry at all times.

2. Step forward with your right foot (between you left leg and the opponent’s right leg) to position yourself behind the opponent’s right leg and form a right neutral bow stance. As you step forward deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the opponent’s face. •As you step forward, have your right arm (which is now horizontal and perpendicular to the opponent’s right arm) pin and press against the back of the opponent’s right hand. During this this action, pull inward with your left hand (which acts as a fulcrum) and push forward with your right forearm (utilizing Opposing Forces) in forcing the opponent’s right hand and muzzle of the pistol to point toward the opponent’s face.

3. Pivot counterclockwise to form a right reverse bow stance as your left hand and forearm assist in twisting the opponent’s right wrist counterclockwise in order to break his wrist. Follow through with this action and force the opponent onto his back. •The opponent will fall onto his back with his head toward 4:30 and his feet toward 10:30. Your right leg is used as a trip in forcing the opponent to the ground.

4. Immediately execute a right shovel kick to the opponent’s right ribcage. Follow through with this action and deliver a right thrusting heel kick to the head of the humerus of the opponent’s left shoulder. •The shovel kick first utiliizesthe ball of your right foot followed by the heel in the same motion. •Follow through with the shovel kick ascending to a greater height to cock for the stomp.


546

TWISTED ROD

5. Plant your right foot slightly above and to the right of the opponent’s left shoulder. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left close kneel stance and, without disrupting the momentum of your right leg, deliver a right downward knee drop onto the opponent’s throat. Simultaneously deliver a right two-finger poke to the opponent’s eyes. Your left hand holds onto the opponent’s pistol and right hand. •Keep the muzzle of the weapon pointed away from you throughout. •You will be facing approximately 2:30. •Historically this is where the Base Technique end and the Extension begins.

6. Take the pistol with your right hand and deliver a right downward pistol strike to the right side of the opponent’s jaw. •Your right hand will travel downward and backward toward your right leg.

7. Reverse the motion of your right hand and deliver a right upward pistol strike through the left side of the opponent’s face. •Follow through with this motion and strike the opponent’s right arm.

8. Execute a right knife-edge kick to the opponent’s right arm. 9. Plant toward 4:30 and form a right neutral bow stance. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting toward 4:00.

10. Execute a left front crossover toward 3:00 as simultaneously grab the barrel of the gun with your left hand to transfer the weapon into the palm of your right. Step out with your right foot toward 3:00 to face 9:00 in a left neutral bow stance as you drop your left hand down below the level of the weapon to act as a check. Point the weapon toward the downed opponent. •The position of your left hand will be below and to the right of your right hand with your palm out and your fingers in a vertical position. Rest your right wrist on top of your left wrist. Caution: never let your left hand exceed the length of the barrel.


547

APPENDIX


INTELLECTUAL DEPARTURE NAME—In this technique, you will strategically (intellectually) use a retreating action (departure) to defeat your opponent’s attack.

ATTACK FRONT Right Thrusting Ball Kick WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Kicks

BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Reverse Close Kneel Stance Inside Downward Block Back Thrust Kick Drag-Step Maneuver Knife Edge Kick CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Back-Up Mass Torque Rotate to Block with cocked weapon Borrowed Force RELATED TECHNIQUES Delayed Sword Sword of Destruction Deflecting Hammer Buckling Branch Triggered Salute

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside Right POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Yellow #11 Orthodox 24 System Not Found 32 System Not Found FORM LOCATION NONE


INTELLECTUAL DEPARTURE

TECHNIQUE 1. With your left foot, step between 5 and 6’clock to form a right neutral bow stance. Without hesitation, pivot counterclockwise to form a right reverse close kneel stance as you simultaneously deliver a right inside downward block to the inside of the opponent’s right leg while your left hand positionally guards the right side of your face. •Some practitioners form a modified right front twist stance instead of the right neutral bow stance to “load” themselves with torque for the block. •Some practitioners pivot to form a right reverse bow stance instead of the reverse close kneel stance. •Your block will travel from 1:30 to 7:30. •An early description of this defense (pre-1974) described the block travelling from “2 o’clock to 8 o’clock”.

2. From Point of Origin, deliver a right back thrust kick to the opponent’s groin. •Your kick should occur before the opponent’s right foot plants down.

3. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) and immediately execute a left drag-step maneuver to deliver a right knife edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee. •Some practitioners add a right outward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s temple (or any available target). This strike was added later to ensure that the student was not kicking too early and delivering a poor knife edge kick.

NOTE: The original manual not indicate an Angle of Departure.


SPREADING BRANCHES NAME—In this technique, you will spread the opponent’s legs (branches) to disrupt his base and his ability to attack or counter attack. BASICS Horse Stance Back Elbow Strike Back Hammerfist Strike Reverse Bow Stance Upward Back Knuckle Strike Upward Knee Kick Wide Kneel Stance Inward Overhead Elbow Strike

ATTACK FRONT Rear Bear Hug (arms pinned) WEB OF KNOWLEDGE Hugs & Holds DEFENSIVE LOCATION Inside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Right ATTACK DIRECTION 6:00

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Back-Up Mass Gravitational Marriage

CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Purple #17 Orthodox 24 System Not Found 32 System Not Found

RELATED TECHNIQUES Crushing Hammer Thrusting Prongs The Bear and the Ram

FORM LOCATION NONE


SPREADING BRANCHES

TECHNIQUE •Some schools call this defense SPREADING BRANCH.

1. With your left foot, step toward 9:00 with your left foot and form a horse stance facing 12:00 as you simultaneously pin the opponent’s hands with your left hand as you deliver a right back elbow strike to the opponent’s solar plexus followed by a right back hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin. 2. Without hesitation, slide your right foot back to 7:30 and form a right reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s left leg as you deliver a right upward back knuckle strike to the bridge of the opponent’s nose. •Some practitioners eliminate the horse stance and immediately step back to buckle the inside of the opponent’s left leg as they deliver a right back hammerfist strike.

3. Circle your right hand around the right side of the opponent’s head and your left hand around the left side of the opponent’s head and pull the opponent’s head downward into a right upward knee kick to his face. 3. Plant your right foot toward 1:30 and form a right wide kneel stance as you deliver a right inward overhead elbow strike to the opponent’s upper spine. •Some practitioners plant their right foot toward 3:00.


•


AGGRESSIVE TWINS NAME—In this technique, your opponent aggressively pushes you with his two hands (twins) and you respond aggressively with twins (kicks) of your own.


BASICS Neutral Bow Stance Inward Block Snapping Knife Edge Kick Front Thrusting Ball Kick (step through) CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Borrowed Force Open Line of Attack with Foot RELATED TECHNIQUES Attacking Mace Shield and Sword Clipping the Storm Encounter with Danger

DEFENSIVE LOCATION Outside POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP Right to Left ATTACK DIRECTION 12:00 CURRICULUM PLACEMENT 16 System Varies Orthodox 24 System Not Found 32 System Not Found FORM LOCATION NONE


AGGRESSIVE TWINS

TECHNIQUE •Some schools have added this to the 16 Technique System.

1. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 and form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right inward block to the outside of his left arm. 2. Without hesitation, deliver a right snapping knife edge kick to the opponent’s left knee. •This will cause the opponent’s legs to spread and will move his left foot back thus controlling his Dimensional Zones.

3. Plant your right foot to Point of Origin and immediately follow with left step through front thrusting ball kick to the opponent’s chest or face. Plant your left foot forward to form a left neutral bow stance. •Historically this is where the technique ends but many practitioners have added (suffixed) a right spinning back heel kick to any available opening.


•


American Kenpo Compenduim

Recommend Documents